KERN, JEAN G. and others Special protective garment for aviators (Seenotschutzgerat) 1945 7p Description of a garment designed to protect aviators and navy personnel against freezing in cold ocean water. The garment was developed by Prof. Mecheels; it consisted of 3 layers and contained a special powder in the middle layer, which was to form a protective foam upon contact with salt water. The powder consisted of 24.4% Mersolat H-30 and 41.46% NaHCO₃, and 34.14% citrio acid. Composition of another, less effective, powder is also given: 24.4% IGEPON AP extra conc. and 30.9% NaHCO₃ and 30.9% Benzoic acid. The preparation of Mersolat H-30 and Igepon AP extra conc. is oulined in the appnendix. A person equipped with the garment can exist in 0 degrees C water for 3 hours or more. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 ADAMSON, D.W. Account of Prof. R. Kuhn on "3065", a benzil derivative 1945 6p Brief account of synthesised simple derivatives of benzil which been found to have the same order [of effectiveness] as penicillin, and in some cases more effective[ness]. Most effective, termed "3065," is the 2:2' dehydroxy- 5:5' -dibromo benzil. "3065" is stable towards heat, is little soluble in water, but is soluble in weak alkalis and forms a water soluble complex with boric acid. Brief report is also given on the therepeutic value of unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbons, such as cyclo-octane tetraene and cyclodecane pentane. Cyclodecane pentaene, a deep blue liquid, is stable for several months in the pure state, and for years in the presence of phenols. It has the important property of being active against B. Coli infections and high activity against inflammation. Used has prophylactually or applied 2 hours after contamination, it has proved very effective against mustard gas burns. Report PB 5 gives further information. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 ADAMSON, D.W. Further details on synthesis of "3065" 1945 6p Additional information to Report, PB 1, "Account of Prof. R. Kuhn on '3065,' a benzil derivative." Report gives informaton on the following: (a) Further details on synthesis of 3056; (b) Synthesis of 3214 (an analogue of 3065); (c) Position with regard to samples; (d) Clinical report; [and] (e) Further information on cyclodecane pentaene. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 ALDRICH, R.C. Naval Technical Mission in Europe Synthetic lubricating oil production in France NAV Tec Mis Eu LR 80-45 1945 9p This report deals with production of synthetic lubricants in two French plants, one at Lille and the other at Marseille. Processes are briefly described, and products discussed, as to yield and quality. Analysis of the products produced are tabulated and uses indicated. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 The report number was added from the linked document, not the BSIR citation. ATWELL, H.V. SCHROEDER, W.C. Synthetic lubricating oil plant, Rheinpreussen, Homberg 1945 17p Description of plant and process of manufacture. The lubricating oil synthesis consists broadly of chlorinating a Fischer-Tropsch middle oil, reacting this with naphthalene ln the presence of aluminum chloride as catalyst separating the sludge, neutralising, and fractionally distilling the lube oil product. Includes some photographs of plant and equipment. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 BEESTON, A.W. CROSS, L.C. DRIVER, J.E. German chemical warfare activities, Paris area 1944 9p Survey of chemical warfare plants in Paris area. No evidence of any offensive CW work (research on manufacture) carried on in France by Germans. German interest in French CW centered on DM and the Engin-Z and,to a less extent, on mustard gas and arsine. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 BELLAMY, L.J. NILLSON, K.T. Dr. Michael Jahrstorfer Lab. Director, IG Oppau, evacuated to Heidelberg 1945 2p Describes work of Dr. Jahrstorfer on synthetic waxes, made from Montan wax extracted from lignite, with benzene and alcohol, then bleached with cromic and sulphuric acids. Used (a) as substitute for carnauba wax by esterification with glycols (b) in phlegmatising explosives, by detonising (c)for making a grease with mineral oils, which is claims.: has advantages as regards stability at high temperatures [and] (d) to obtain long chain paraffin waxes of high melting point, by ketonising followed by hydrogenation. He has also worked on the Schollar process for obtaining sugar from wood. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 BELLAMY, L.J. HENDRICKS, T.A. Elektrochemisches Werks Munchen AG 1945 5p This factory has been engaged in the production of hydrogen peroxide 82% (T stoff) and of sodium and calcium permanganate (Z stoff made from the potassium salt), as well as closely associated with the whole development of chemical fuels and explosives derived from the reaction of T stoff with hydrazine hydrate, permanganates, alcohols and easily oxidisable materials. They have also been closely concerned with the development of catalysts for use during manufacture of ingredients and during the use of the finished products. The development of production methods for hydrazine hydrate and its solutions in methyl alcohol/water mixtures are given as well as the difficulties which had to be overcome. These solutions are the basic fuels used in conjunction with peroxide and are prepared to very strict Luftwaffe specifications. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 BELLAMY, L.J. NILSSON, K.T. HAUGHT, J.W. I.G. plastics activity 1945 3p Information is given on the work of the IG Plastics Laboratory on the manufacture of plastics and their use. The following subjects are covered: Polyvinyl acetate, Polyacrylic esters, Polystyrene, Polyvinyl chloride, Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride, Igamide (nylon), Polyethylene (lupolene), Vinylidene chloride polymer, Melamine resins, and Urea resins. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 BELLAMY, L.J. NILLSON, K.T. I.G. production of synthetic fatty acids 1945 3p Brief information is riven on the synthetic fatty acids industry in Germany, dealing with production, separation and utilisation of fatty acids, other agents added to soaps to improve performance, grease manufacture and thickening agents. Brief information is also 'loan of a soap powder substitute which contained no fatty acid, but possibly made from hydrocarbons by treatment with sulphur dioxide and chlorine. This product appeared under the trade name, "Mersol". "I.G." stands for the German conglomerate IG Farbenindustrie AG. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 BELLAMY L.J. NILLSON, K.T. I.G. production of synthetic fatty acids 1945 3p Description of methods of producing synthetic fatty acids, based on interviews with Dr. Keünecke. Synthetic fatty acids were produced by a similar method at IG Oppau, IG Heidebreck, Upper Silesia, end at Deutsche Fettsaurewerke Witten Ruhr. Method consists of the oxidation of paraffins (normally from the TTH Hydrogenation process on lignite) using the same technique employed by the Jasco Co. of America which held licences from IG A small proportion of IG Kaurit-Leim ( a phenol formaldehyde resin) was sometimes added to softer [sic] soap made from synthetic fatty acids, but no additives were used to improve detergent properties. In connection with the development of tropical greases, it was learned that the addition of 2% of calcium benzoate to a soda base grease made with synthetic fatty acids would render it water resistant without lowering the melting point which was about 2000C. Aluminum stearate and similar products from mixed fatty acids were made on the pilot plant scale for use in waterproofing and also as thickening agents for lubricating oils. "I.G." stands for the German conglomerate IG Farbenindustrie AG. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 1, 1946-01-11 BIDLACK, V.C. CURTIS, F. J. HARRIS, J. M. Anorgana GmbH Werk Gendorf. Chemical warfare 1945 37p In addition to general information on Anorgana GmbH, a subsidiary of IG Farbenindustrie AG, technical data is given on chemicals manufactured from acetylene, processes evolved by Dr. Reppe for development of acetylene compounds, lacquers, varnishes, waxes and emulsions, pharmaceuticals, and miscellaneous items, namely, Igepon G, (a detergent) Ramasite, (a water proofing agent), Blattan, (a contact insecticide), and polystyrene. Formula charts are included for acetylene+formaldehyde, Y -butyrolactone, and acetylene+acetaldehyde. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 BIDLACK, V.V. Chemische Werke Albert Biebrick, near Wiesbaden 1945 6p This report deals with resin coatings made by this plant. The coatings are chiefly phenolic resins in suitable solvents. A number of these are described. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 BIDLACK, V.C. and others Dr. Alexander Wacker - Gesellschaft Für Elektrochemische Industrie Burghausen, Germany 1945 30p Report on one of outstanding German companies engaged in the manufacture of chemicals from acetylene which they produce from calcium carbide. Outlines organization, raw materials requirements, products and capacities, and pending research products. Descriptions of processes in producing: (1) Butanol and Butyraldehyde; (2) Chlorinated Hydrocarbons; (3) Alcohol Solvents; (4) Ethyl Acetate - "Etrol"; (5) Acetic Anhydride; (6) Insecticides; (7) Artificial Shellac; and (6) Polyvinyl emulsions. Contains several diagrams. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 BLANCHARD, KENNETH G. An evaluation of the work on antimalarials of the IG Farbenindustrie, Elberfeld, Germany - visited 30 May-1 June 1945 1945 20p As in the United States, the Germans have assayed for antimalarial activity, numerous substances prepared for other purposes. i.e. dyes, insecticides, anesthetics. etc. This report discusses screening methods, clinical examination of drugs, causal prophylaxis, cure of avian infections. synthetic antimalarial drugs. and various antimalarial compounds (Endochin, Plasmochin series, Acridines, Dimeplasmin and Diapromin). CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 BROWN, J.S. ALDRICH, R.C. Liquid oxygen plants in France and Belgium 1945 6p Visit in February and March 1945 to Liege, Uokange, Briey and Wittring (Saarguemines). The Germans did not use existing plants for military purposes but built special units such as at Liege and Wittring. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 BULLARD, R.H. Societe Belge De L'Azote 1944 7p An investigation of conditions in a Belgium chemical plant producing various nitrogen compounds. Products mainly fertilizers, were used mostly in Belgium and little shipped to Germany. "Slow-down" and sabotage made this industry of little use to Germans. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 BULLARD, R.H. Societe Belge L'Azote Liege - Miscellaneous chemicals 1945 6p Brief report on products produced and methods used at this plant manufacturing inorganic and organic chemicals. Chief raw material was coke oven gas. During the war this plant produced compressed methane gas for use as motor fuel as follows: Coke oven gas, which contains CO₂, CO,CH₄ C₂H₄H₂ and N₂ was scrubbed to remove the CO₂. Gas was then cooled to liquify the CO, CH₄ and C₂H₄, thus separating from the H₂ and N₂. The CO is removed from the CH₄ and C₂ H₄ by fractionation and the methane is compressed into cylinders for use. An original method of producing acetone consists of reacting alcohol and water over a catalyst in one step, according to the equation: CH₃ CH₂ OH + H₂O = CH₃ CO CH₃+C0₂ + H₂. Catalyst used was not disclosed. Notes on methods of producing other products are also given. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 CALCOTT. W.S. WHITE, L.M. IG Farben AG Bunawerk 1945 14p Report of a visit to this plant, giving lists of raw materials purchased, products made and processes used to make them, including catalysts, temperatures, pressures, etc., capacity, source of raw materials, and raw materials and finished products on hand. This plant produced Buna S, other Bunas, and chemicals for its production, as well as utilizing by-products. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 CALCOTT, W.S. BOYNE, J.G. LEAPER, P.J. IG Farben, AG Leuna, Germany 1945 8 p This plant was extensively damaged by bombing. Estimated to still have a synthetic ammonia capacity of 150 T/day. Chief products made were alcohols, lubricating oils, phenols, emines, and adipic acid for "Luran.", the IG "Nylon", "Mersel" and "Mersolat" - soap substitutes, aldehydes, acids, etc. Processes used briefly indicated. Production figures before bombing given, and organic research program outlined. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 CALCOTT, W.S. IG Farbenindustrie Plant, Frose, Germany. Fuels and lubricants 1945 3 p This plant is primarily for the production of tetraethyl lead and ethyl fluid. It is undamaged and ready to operate. Ethyl Gasoline Corp. process used. 300 metric tons per month of tetraethyl lead made. Operation details briefly given. Management Orders filed with MIRS. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 CHAFFEE, C.C. ATWELL, H.V. IG Farbenindustrie. Mainkur -Hoechst 1945 33 p Information obtained from the plant manager, Dr. Giesler, regarding organization, principal products, manufacturing processes and lines of research; also on the crude oil demulsifying agents known as "Dismulgans". There are related processes (in German) for manufacture of: "Humectol CX (Dismulgan V), Kaurit MKF, Trypaflavin (a prophylactic for colds), Thiodiphenylamin S, Dismulgan IV and Dismulgan VII. Interesting facts, mainly production statistics are given on ocenolsulfate, melamine, maprehal (a condensation product of melamine and formaldehyde), Pollon I (acronyl plastic used for waterproofing textiles) and phenothiazine. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 2, 1946-01-11 CHINARD, FRANCIS T. and others IG Farbenindustrie AG Abteilung: Behring Werke A.D., Lahn, Germany 1945 19p This plant is the largest producer in Germany of therapeutic antisera, vaccines, and related products. Plant is undamaged. A complete list of standard biological products made is given. Comparison of methods used for antisera with US methods is briefly made. Methods of production are briefly described. Photographs are presented illustrating the technique used in obtaining infected louse material for Typhus vaccine. Stocks on hand on 4/1/45 and for comparison in 1935 and 1931 are given. Monthly production capacity is also listed. Recommendations for continued use of the plant are given. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 3, 1946-01-11 CJITTICK, M.B. SHERWOOD, T.R. French and Belgium chemical industry 1944 13 p Gives bits of information regarding French, Belgian and German chemical industries and chemists through visits to Sec. des Usines Chimiques Rhone-Poulec and Societe d'electrochimie, d'electro-metallurgic, et des Acieries electriques d'ugine in France and Comptoir Belge de'l'Azote (Cobelaz) and Union Chimique Belge in Belgium, and visits to M. Jean Lecomte at the Sorbonne and Prof. O. Dony at University of Brussels. Lists chemicals manufactured by these companies, amounts demanded and supplied to Germany, and companies affiliated with "Cobelaz". CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 3, 1946-01-11 CULLUMBINE, H. SEYDEL, PAUL V. MUNN, JAMES F. Interviews on chemical warfare 1944 15 p Interview reported with Prof. Bacq, in charge of Belgian Medical C.W. Research. Brief discussion of Prof. Bacq's experiments on physiological action of vesicants "H, PS, CN and similar agents". Interview reported with Dr. Moritz Ney, Robert Thill, Dr. Keller and Dr. D'Huart. Dr. Ney and Thill were interested in anti-gas work, Dr. Keller was chief chemist at a plant making steel casings and Dr. D'Huart was chief chemist at a plant making HE and armor piercing shells. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 3, 1946-01-11 CURTIS, FRANCIS J. IG Farbenindustrie AG, Elberfeld & Leverkusen 1945 11 p Information is given on isocyanate polymers produced by these plants. Products called "Desmodurs", "Desmosits" and "Desmophens" with various suffixed letters and numbers are mentioned, preparation directions and structural formulas given. These materials are polymerized with polygols, etc. to form injection or molding plastics such as "Igamid U", which is described, or resinous adhesives such as "Polystal," used for plywood. Diisocyanates reacted with diols or other difunctional reactive groups to form infusible cross-linked products, useful as lacquers for wood, rubber, leather, paper, etc. The processes for making ethyl and benzyl cellulose and "Cellaprit" - cellulose acetate 50% water wet, are given in some detail. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 3, 1946-01-11 CURTIS, FRANCIS J. and others Miscellaneous chemicals - IG Farbenindustrie AG, Elberfeld and Leverkusen 1945 53 p This report deals chiefly with the plant at Leverkusen. The Elberfeld plant is mentioned only very briefly. The products made are listed, and capacities given. Production of the following miscellaneous chemicals are discussed in some detail. a. Acrylonitrile (acetylene and nitrile) b. Phosgene. c. "Porofor N"- a product soluble in Buna giving off N₂ during vulcanization to make a superior, small pored foamed rubber. Specific gravity of the product is 0.2 - 0.6. "Porofors DB and 254" are also mentioned. d. Chlorobenzene. e. Nitrochlorobenzene. f. Diphenyl ( and polydiphenoyls). g. Chiorodiphenyl. h. Salicylic Acid. i. Sodium Salicylate. j. Phenol. k. "Tanigans" - artificial tanning agents made from waste sulfide liquor. l. "Persistol" - a water repellent, mixture of Zr 0Cl₄ and paraffin emulsified with "Igepon". Said to be as good as Zelan and wash-proof. m. "Mersolat" a suspending agent. At. Elberfeld, process and equipment for production of hexamethyletetramine is described. In appendices, the organizational set-up, processes in use, and a complete products list are given. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 3, 1946-01-11 CURTIS. FRANCIS J., and others Pharmaceuticals and insecticides at IG Farben plants, Elberfeld and Leverkusen 1945 127 p This report together with Report PB 248, "Pharmaceuticals at the IG Farbenindustrie Plant, Germany: a supplementary report", presents the complete story of pharmaceutical research, products and operations at the I.G.. Farbenindustrie plants at Elberfeld and Leverkusen. The subjects dealt with include sulfonamides and sulfones. antimalarials, remedies for tropical diseases, remedies for virus diseases, anesthetics - both general and local, antibacterial agents - penicillin as well as a new substance, dibromsalicil, described by Dr. Richard Kuhn of Heidelberg, hormones, vitamins, periston - a blood substitute, and a number of miscellaneous topics. The reports contain extensive data on Sontochin and the testing of other antimalarial, complete descriptions of such sulfonamides as Badional, Marfanil end Tibatin, methods for the preparation of synthetic oestrone, and Peristone, and finally an index of documents obtained at the IG Plant. Elberfeld. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 3, 1946-01-11 CURTIS, H.A. Production and uses of calcium carbide in Germany 1945 22 p Quotes from several sources regarding situation in 1936, as of May 1942, the expansion then definitely scheduled, and final production goal set by the R.W.A., and developments since May 1942. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 3, 1946-01-11 DEWEY, D.R. Naval Technical Mission in Europe Wartime research on synthetic fuels: Kaiser Wilhelm Institut für Kohlenforschung Nav Tec Mis Eu LR110-45 1945 9 p Research on the Fischer-Tropsch synthesis has been directed along the line of iso-paraffin synthesis. Good yields have been obtained at 300 atm. and 420-450°C over an alumina-thoria catalyst. Also reported are synthesis of aromatics and the use of zinc-oxide-alumina and iron catalysts. The report number was added from the linked document, not the BSIR citation. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 3, 1946-01-11 FOGLER, M.F. SMADEL, J.E. New liquid incendiary agent (CIF3) 1944 13 p Report on fluorine compound developed by Germans as liquid incendiary agent. Development of chlorine trifluoride requested by German army for use in shells against aircraft and tanks. A liquid with a boiling point of 12°C, is stable when stored in iron pressure cylinders. Substance combines with all organic and a number of inorganic compounds so vigorously that heat generated will generally cause material to burst into flame. CIF₃ not developed industrially, and probably never used by German army. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 3, 1946-01-11 FOGLER, M.F. Production of Hydrazine Hydrate, IG Farben, AG, Leverkusen, Germany 1945 8 p Hydrazine hydrate produced was for jet propulsion and rocket fuels. Equipment in good condition. Capacity 60 tons/ month. Complete sets of drawings and specifications for the plant are available. The process is described in some detail and a flow-sheet is given. A 95-98% solution is prepared. Concentrated NH₂NH₂. H₂0 vapors are a little known blood poison. Leaks must be prevented, and good ventilation provided. Also acts as a skin poison. It is important to protect eyes from spray or mist of the solution. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 3, 1946-01-11 FRASER, D.S. and others Report on Alpine Chemische Werke AG Schaflenau, Nr. Kufstein, Austria 1945 5p List of chemical and pharmaceutical products manufactured at these works and their uses. The principal product was aqueous hydrogen peroxide manufactured by the electrolysis of ammonium hydrogen sulphate according to the Riedel de Haen Process. The electrolysis was conducted continuously until the concentration of ammonium persulphate reached 200 gm/1. Then it was hydrolyzed in the presence of a small amount of sulphuric acid giving hydrogen peroxide. Distillation gave a product containing 2 to 3% of hydrogen peroxide, which was then concentrated by distillation to 30%. A small quantity (200 kg/day) was concentrated from 50 to 90% by a special method still under development. This procedure employed four stages of distillation operated at 50°C temp. and at 80,60,20 and 15 to 18 mm. pressure respectively. Stainless steel (V2A) or glass tubes were employed for the distillation. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 4, 1946-01-11 GARVEY, B.S. Gustave Siegal AG. Feuerbach near Stuttgart 1945 5 p Description of processes of producing aluminum hydroxide pigment and silicate catalysts. The hydrated alumina pigment is produced by large scale titration of aluminum sulfate solution with sodium carbonate solution. Pigment reported to be as good for reinforcement as channel black and better for color. Research on magnesium silicate was incomplete although it is said to produce di-, tri-, and tetra- mers of isoprene or butadiene. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 4, 1946-01-11 GORDON, K. IG Farbenindustrie, Frankfurt; chemical warfare 1945 2 p Brief description of new poisonous gas, a new material which goes through all known gas masks. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 4, 1946-01-11 GORDON, K. Statistical data - IG Farbenindustrie - Hochst 1945 3 p This plant, having suffered no serious damage from bombing, is probably the largest potential producer of chemicals and drugs in Germany. The main items produced are: Organic and inorganic chemicals, organic chemicals from acetylene, plastics, textile dyes, azo colours, photographic dyestuffs and colours, textile auxiliaries, leather auxiliaries, emulsifiers for lubricants, anaesthetics, sedatives, hormon preparations, vitamins, chemotherapeuticals and antiseptics, synthetics, narcotics, serums and vaccines, veterinary pharmaceuticals, insecticides and fungicides. Paper lists prinicipal developments of war importance that have been done at this plant. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 4, 1946-01-11 GORMLEY, W.G. Hydrogen peroxide - Electro Chemische Werke Hollriegelskreuth 1945 17 p Process of concentration of thirty-five (35) percent solutions to eighty (80) percent or higher, which makes possible the use of peroxide as an efficient fuel in submarines, rockets, rocket aircraft, etc. is explained in this report. Operating details of large scale plant for production of this high test peroxide at Hollriegelskreuth are given. Details of this process were given to the Japanese. Also a process for producing hydrogen peroxide economically through an electric discharge is outlined, including some costs of production. The third part of the report reviews German peroxide production potential. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 4, 1946-01-11 HAENSEL, VLADIMIR Kaiser Wilhelm lnstitut für Kohlnforschung, Mulheim 1945 16 p Report on equipment and personnel of chemical laboratories and summary of research projects under investigation. A major research project has been the experiments on the Fischer -Tropsch synthesis, which was carried out partly in small glass or steel reactor tubes erected in an inclined position on normal laboratory benches and partly in rather semi-technical steel apparatus in the technical laboratory. Experiments have been conducted with ruthenium catalysts, cobalt catalysts, medium pressure catalysts, iron catalysts, and reports on methods and results in these experiments are given in this report. Other investigations included: work on iso-synthesis, aromatization, olefins in Fischer-Tropsch products, methylation, miscellaneous reactions employing aluminum chloride, preparation of alpha-olefins. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 4, 1946-01-11 HAENSEL, VLADIMIR COTTON, ERNEST Plant of Chemische Werke Huls, Huls, Germany 1945 8 p Description of a synthetic rubber plant using, as one of the principal materials, acetylene manufactured from natural gas. The plant was found practically intact when inspected April 11, 1945. The acetylene, ethylene oxide, acetophenone, acetylene hydrogenation and ethylbenzene plants and processes are described generally. Ethylene oxide is processed to produce ethylene glycol and di-glycol is produced by recycling the glycol through the same reactor. Diethylbenzene is shipped to aviation blending stations under the code name of "Kybol". CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 4, 1946-01-11 HALL, C.C. POWELL, A.R. Plant of Klocknerwerke, A. G. Castrop-Rauxel, Germany 1945 12 p Description of Fischer -Tropsch synthetic oil plant, of the unit for the separation of coke-oven gas into hydrogen, ethylene, etc. and of a large "Koksofengas Spaltung Anlage", or a plant for the thermal cracking or reforming of coke-oven gas at normal pressure. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 4, 1946-01-11 HALL, STANLEY A. Insecticides and fungicides at the IG Farbenindustrie plant, Hochat. 1945 15 p Report of investigation of insecticides produced at Hochat laboratories, particularly of a detailed investigation of "Gix", containing as an active ingredient 60% of 1-trichloro-2, 2-bis (p-fluorophenyl) ethane. Members of Hochat staff interpreted their results, obtained by generally poor testing methods, as unduly favorable to the performance of "Gix" as compared with DDT. "Nirosan" containing 1,3,6,8.-tetranitrocarbasole as active ingredient. "Dizan" containing N-(phenyldiazo) piperidine. Fungicides investigated: NAME: 23171W ACTIVE INGREDIENT: 1-thiocyano-2, 4-dinitrobenzene; NAME: Brassicol and Tritisan 5 ACTIVE INGREDIENT: pentachloronitrobenzene; NAME: Bulbosan ACTIVE INGREDIENT: 1,3,5-trichloro-2,4,6-trinitrobenzene; NAME: Brassisan ACTIVE INGREDIENT: 1,2,4-trichloro-3,5-dinitrobenzene; CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 4, 1946-01-11 HALL, STANLEY A. Insecticides, insect repellents. rodenticides and fungicides of IG Farbenindustrie, AG, Elberfeld and Leverkusen. Germany 1945 48 p The subjects covered in this investigation comprise primarily insecticides and mosquito repellents. but also include rodenticides, fungicides and one organic miscellaneous chemical. As much of the research at the Elberfeld and Leverkusen laboratories has been closely interlocking, the results of investigations in these two places have been combined in this report. The German scientists have had an active interest in the field of insecticides and insect-repellents. but it is difficult to evaluate their results short of subjecting them to experimental tests in the US Two organic fungicides and two new organic rodenticides were uncovered which may have some value. A new non-toxic organic compound for testing the germination of seeds was uncovered. This may be of use to seed specialists. This report should be read in conjunction with Off. Pub. Bd., Report, PB 240, "Manufacture of insecticides, insect repellents, rodenticides. IG Farbenindustrie, AG: Leverkusen and Elberfeld". CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 4, 1946-01-11 HALL, STANLEY A. Report on insecticides manufacturers in Hamburg 1945 2p Lists the insecticide manufacturers, relating the condition of the factory of each and what each produoes. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 5, 1946-01-11 HANDLEY, E.T., and others The Leverkusen Works of IG Farben - Miscellaneous chemicals 1945 50 p Report deals with the Central Research Laboratory, and Buna N production at this plant. Documents on "Igetex," "Regenerat" plasticizers, and research reports of plant personnel etc. were removed. Description of the Laboratory is given in considerable detail with a list of personnel. A pilot Plant "continuous tube polymerize in which it was claimed that reactions had been carried out to 60% in as little as 15 minutes" is described in detail. Formulas and reaction conditions for Buns N rubbers made at this plant are tabulated. Equipment and processes are described. Production data and coat calculations are presented. The rubber testing and polymer evaluation work of the laboratory is described in considerable detail, and the tests performed are discussed. Polymerization research at this plant is outlined, and a list of materials tested for polymers and copolymers is given. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 5, 1946-01-11 HANDLEY, E.T., and others Synthetic rubber plant, Chemische Werke Hüls 1945 125 p Part I. gives information on condition of plant, personnel, general description of the plant and outline of operations. Part II. contains technical information. Hüls is the only plant in Germany which manufactures acetylene by the electric are cracking of hydrocarbon gases. Acetylene is converted to acetaldehyde and butadiene is produced from the latter by the so-called aldol process. For styrene production, benzene is obtained from coal tar plants in the Ruhr and ethylene is produced at Hüls. Butadiene and styrene are polymerized continuously in emulsion to Buns. S. Four types of Bun. S have been produced at Hüls Buna S, Buns SS, Buna S[R] and Buna S3. Related organic chemicals including rubber softeners are also manufactured. Details of the butadiene, sytrene, and polymerization processes were obtained. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 5, 1946-01-11 HASCHE, R.L. BOUNDY, R.H. IG Farbenindustrie AG 1945 7p Description of capacity and production at plant mining and briquetting brown coal and generating power for the second largest calcium carbide plant in Germany. Products of chemical plant were, Calcium carbide, calcium cyanamide, aoetylene, acetaldehyde, acetone, Acetone was produced by a vapor phase catalytic method in accordance with the following equation. 2 CH₃C00H → (CH₃)₂CO + H₂0 + CO₂ CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 5, 1946-01-11 HASCHE, R.L. BOUNDY, R.H. The Oxo plant, Ruhrchemie Oberhausen-Holden 1945 4p The Oxo unit is adjacent to the Ruhrchemie plant at Oberhausen-Holden; a separate company called the Oxo Gesellschaft was formed sometime after 1938, and the stook is jointly held by Ruhrchemie, the IG and Henkel. The process is for the production of aldehydes and acids by the interaction of olefines and water gas, the products forming a very valuable class of detergents for synthetic fibres, being non-acid and non-alkaline. The process is briefly described and there is a sketch of the unit attached. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 5, 1946-01-11 HOEFFDING, O. Statistics of German production, consumption and stooks of liquid fuels, rubber and strategic chemicals 1945 16 p Pamphlet gives monthly statistics up to the fall of 1943 on the German supply situation with respect to liquid fuels, crude and synthetic rubber and selected strategic minerals. Included in liquid fuels are aviation gasoline, motor transport gasoline, motor transport diesel oil, diesel oil for the Navy, fuel oil for the Navy, production of aviation gasoline, motor transport gasoline production, diesel oil production, crude oil production in greater Germany. Figures on rubber include a survey of Buna and crude rubber supply position and crude rubber allooation quotas. Included in the figures on chemicals are toluol supply position, trinitrotoluol allocations, propellants position, propellants and explosives production and consumption by Wehrmacht, chemical warfare agents, T-stoff normal and T-stoff special. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 5, 1946-01-11 HORACK, H.M., and others Pharmaceuticals and insecticides at the IG Farbenindustrie plant, Hochst a. Main 1945 38 p This report deals with the activities of the pharmaceutical department of the IG Farbenindustrie plant at Hochst a. Main, Germany. The subjects discussed are the chemotherapy of infections and neoplastic diseases, analgesics, vitamins and other pharmaceuticals. Appendices contain lists of the scientific staff of the plant, pharmaceutical preparations made at Hochst, two articles on Rutanol and Nitroacridine (chemotherapeutic remedies developed for typhus), and photographs of the plant. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 5, 1946-01-11 HORNE, W.A. JONES, J.P. Fischer Tropsoh Unit, Leipzig Gas Works 1945 9p Description, diagram and illustrations of the Fisoher-Tropech plant at the gas works of Leipzig, Germany, being installed for the purpose of enriching the town gas for the city of Leipzig and at the same time to yield much needed recoverable liquid and solid hydro-carbon products. The plant was of usual design for operation at low pressure on cobalt catalyst. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 5, 1946-01-11 HOWARD, THOMAS W., and others Pharmaceutical targets in southern Germany 1945 17p This report presents information on products and processes at the following chemical companies: Schiring AG, Berlin; Luitpolot-Werk. Munche-Thalkirchen; Alpine Chemische AG Kufstein, Austria; Chemische Fabrit Aubing. GmbH. Anbing near Munchen; F. Hoffman-La Roche A Co.. Grensach Baden. Schering research projects included work on hormones, new sulpha drugs known as Pyrimal and Globucid and unsuccessful attempts to produce penicillin and synthesise vitamin A. Luitpold Werk is a small factory manufacturing enzymes. Alpine Chemische AG, owned by the Sobering company, mixes and packages pharmaceutical products. Synthetic operations at this plant are the manufacture of salicylic acid from phenol by the Kolbe process, purification by sublimation and manufacture of pure sodium salicylate. Chemische Pabrik Anbing, GmbH, owned by Schering and A.O. Hayl made the following synthetic products: acetylsalicylic acid, salicylic acid, salol, acetanilid, sulphonal, methylsulphonal, lactylphenetidine, acetanilid, veterinary products. F. Hoffman-La Roche and co., AG produced a variety of chemical products. A list of detailed chemical procedures obtained by investigators is given. The word "targets" in the titles refers to targets for exploitation by Allied intelligence forces. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 5, 1946-01-11 HUNTER, RALPH M. Dessauer Werke F[ü]r Zucker Und Chemische Industrie, Dessau - Alcohol 1945 4p This plant produced alcohol from wood. Maximum monthly production was 480,000 liters 94% ethanol and 1,600,000 kg. lignin (50% solution). Albuminous material produced was first used as stock feed, later refined for human consumption. Lignin was sold for use in plastics, or as used for fuel. The process is briefly described. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 5, 1946-01-11 HUNTER, R.M. The electrochemical industry, Burchausen Area 1945 38p Description of plant, equipment and processes at the following chemical factories: IG Farbenindustrie, Gendorf, producers of chlorine, hydrogen, ethylene, acetylene; Alexander Wacker Gesellschaft für Eleotrochemische, Burghausen, producer of chlorine, acetylene chlorination, calcium carbide, ferrosilicon; IG Farbenindustrie, Gerethofen, producer of chlorine and metallic sodium; Suddeutsche Kalkstiokstoff Werke AG, Trostberg, producer of cyanamide; Vereinigte Aluminum werke, Ranehofen; Vereinigte Aluminum werke, Töging; Vereinigte Aluminum works, Pocking. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 HUNTER, R.M. IG Farbenindustrie AG, Leuna - Nitrogen fixation plant 1945 5p The synthetic ammonia plant is described in some detail. The apparatus is shown in a diagram, and the process outlined. Catalyst composition is also given. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 INTERROGATION OF Dr. Muller Conradi, IG Farbenindustrie - Tetra ethyl lead-luboil-iso-octane 1945 6p Dr. Conradi, factory manager of the Oppau plant of IG Farben, was questioned on the following subjects: (1) Tetra Ethyl lead production in Germany and Japan. (2) Hydro-reflation plants in Japan. (3) Methods of producing Synthetic Luboil. (4) Experimental work on paraffin waxes to be oxidized for the manufacture of soap. (5) Method of producing iso-octane. [and] (6) Method of producing Oppanol, a polyisobutylene. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 KERN, J.G MURRAY, R.L. SUDHOFF, R.W. IG Farbenindustrie AG, Ludwigshafen and Oppau, Wehrmachlt items 1945 69p Detailed report on processes and equipment in the mannfacture of items for the Wehrmacht and in research undertaken for them at these two plants. Products produced at Oppau were: 1. E.T. 110 Tanol. 2. E.T. 300 (C1-100). 3. Lubricants. 4, D.H.D. Benzine. 5. Paraflow. 6. Test motor fuels. 7. Wax 41a. 8. IG Wax S. 9. Self-igniting carbon or coal. 10. GM-1. 11. Dry ice. 12. Opponal B200. 13. Silical gel. 14. Hydrogen. [and] 15. Zurdol. Products produced at Ludwigshafen included many organic and inorganic chemicals among them: smoke acid (Nebelsaure): smoke powder; sodium sulfite; sodium cyanide; phosgene; liquid HC1; liquid ammonia; ethylene glycol; Glysentin. diethylene glycol; nitroalkanes; [and] organic glass. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 KERN, J.G. MURRAY, R.L. SULHOFF, R.W. Rohm and Haas, Darmstadt, Germany 1945 19p Visit in June 1945 to this plant. The types of products are pharmaceuticals, leather assistants and tanning agents, textile assistants, washing compositions, and plastics. Plastics are the most important, and a detailed discussion follows regarding plexiglas, plexigum, rohagite and other plastics. A list of Rohm and Haas products is given by name and a summary of sales from 1939 through 1944. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 KLEIDERER, IRVIN C. RICE, JUSTUS H. CONQUEST, VICTOR Pharmaceuticals at the IG Farbenindustrie plant - Elberfeld, Germany: a supplementary report 1945 141p This report, together with Report PB 237, "Pharmaceuticals and insecticides at IG Farben plants, Elberfeld and Leverkusen," presents the complete story of pharmaceutical research, products ,and operations at the IG Farbeninduetrie plants at Elberfeld and Leverkusen. The subjects dealt with include sulfonamides and sulfones; antimalarials; remedies for tropical diseases; remedies for virus diseases; anesthetics - both general and local; antibacterial agents - penicillin as well as a new substance, dibromsalicil, described by Dr. Richard Kuhn of Heidelberg; hormones; vitamins; periston - a blood substitute; and a number of miscellaneous topics. The reports contain extensive data on Sontochin and the testing of other antimalarials, complete descriptions of such sulfonamides as Badional, Marfanil and Tibatin, methods for the preparation of synthetic oestrogen, and Peristone, and finally an index of documents obtained at the IG Plant, Elberfeld. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 KRAUSEN, R.S. Dynamit AG., Duneburg - Substitutes for nitrated types of explosives 1945 2p Some information is given about Murol and Mansatz, two new tyres of explosives, which are substitutes for T.N.T. The plant Dynamit AG used the Barmar nitric acid process. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 LEAPER, P.J. IG Farbeninduetrie AG Plant Hoechst/Main 1945 9p Report on organic chemicals made in this plant. "Geserol" is IG [Farben] trade name for D.D.T. "Fluor-Geserol" is difluorodiphenyltrichloroethane, in which 2 F atoms take the place of Cl atom in the benzene nucleus. Also known as "GIX." Has lower m.p. than D.D.T., makes better emulsions and improved insecticidal properties, especially against mosquitoes. Detailed directions, flow sheets, etc. are in documents filed with MIRS. Organic chemicals and plastics manufactured are listed. Production of butanol or butyraldehyde by reduction of crotonaldehyde under differing conditions is mentioned, and methods are in documents filed with MIRS. "Uresin B" - a nitrocellulose plasticizer and emulsifier for other plastics was made by reacting butanol with urea and condensing with formaldehyde. "Igepons" - Sodium sultanates of aliphatic glycols are mentioned. Tanning materials called "Tanigans" - Complex resins formed by condensing a phenolformaldehyde reaction product with a complicated naphthalene sulfonic acid was prepared in a quantity of about 6000 tons in 1944. Production of glycerine from cheap sugars by hydrogenation is described. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 LEAPER, P.J. IG Farbenindustrie Mainkur, Frankfort on Main. 1945 5p Report of visit to plant chiefly engaged in dye manufacture including sulphur colors, vat dyes, and azo dyes. Largest non-dye item was melamine which the plant used for the manufacture of plastic and lacquers, and also shipped to other IG {Farben] plants. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 LEAPER, P.J. IG Farbenindustrie Wolfen Farbenfabrik Wolfen Near Halle - Miscellaneous chemicals 1945 8p Rather superficial examination of a small section of a heavily bombed chemical plant. Plant was completely shut down at [the] time. Principal products were inorganic and organic chemical compounds, dyes, and nitrogen products. Some chemical warfare materials were produced; also detergents and insecticides. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 LEAPER, PERCY J. Schimmel & Co., Miltitz near Leipzig - Pharmaceutical production 1945 3p Report on operations during war period of Schimmel and Co., the largest plant in Germany devoted to the manufacture of synthetic aromatic chemical and natural products for perfumery and cosmetic industry, which included work on insecticides, some fractionation work such as refining of fusel oil, and manufacture of synthetic Menthol and essential oils (for [the] Wehrmacht), a synthetic pharmaceutical, Menthyl Valesianate, used in air and sea sickness, and a number of synthetic chemicals, including Methoxy phenyl cinnamic acid, an intermediate for a tracer chemical used in making X-ray photographs of the gall bladder. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 6, 1946-01-11 LIEBHAFSKY, H.A. Hydrazine hydrate (B-stoff) as a fuel 1945 3p Brief discussion of the use of hydrazine hydrate as an adjunct to the combustion process in the manufacture of hydrogen peroxide. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 LIEBHAFSKY, H.A. The manufacture of hydrogen peroxide 1945 3p Brief description of the production of hydrogen peroxide at the Elektrochemishce Werke by the Pietzsch-Adolph process. "T-stoff" seems to have been derived from thymiol in three grades - TN for general use; TS for submarines; and TSS for torpedoes. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 PB317 LIVINGSTON, C.S. LEWIS, D.T. RECHEL, E.R. Dynamit AG plant at Troisdorf 1945 11p Description of manufacture of high explosives (tetryl and P.E.T.N.) and of initiators and detonators (lead azide, lead styphnate, gasless delay fuze powder), filling method and electric match heads. This report also includes a description of plastics moulded and manufactured and of the application of plastic materials to the manufacture of explosives. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 McAULAY, J. and others CIOS Trip No.215 - 17th May to 12th June 1945. Information on production of hydrogen perxoide - hydrazine hydrate and calcium permanganate 1945 7p Detailed report on methods of industrial production of hydrogen peroxide, emphasizing high concentration (80-85%), quantity production, and improved methods, especially direct synthesis through electrical discharge; hydrazine hydrate; calcium and sodium permanganate. CIOS stands for Combined Intelligence Objectives Subcommittee which was an organization working under the allied headquarters to exploite German industry after World War II. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 McCARTHY, C.L. Adrenochrome - an interview with Dr. Demater Buchnea 1945 4p Description of the method of preparation of adrenochrome from adrenaline a drug which acts as a blood catalizer of sugar in the treatment of diabetes. No information on the clinical use of adrenochrome is given, although it is stated that it is not a substitute for insulin but acts as an adjunct to it. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 McCARTHY, C.L. Chemical Research Laboratory of Dr. Bruno Bottcher, Kronach, Bavaria 1945 2p Brief description of the porcelain and plastic factories in which Dr. Bottcher is interested and of the chemical laboratory which he maintains for research on medical activities of the bi-products of the factories. Gives structure of one of the compounds of a new class of sulfurized organic compounds called "Trithjones". Other research activities are listed, namely: purification of Adrenochrozme, purification and concentration of Penicillin by electro-osmotic diaphragm process, new method for production of plastics from Xylol (patent applied for) and a "one-step" method for production of synthetic rubber. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 METCALF, H.B. Report on Hamburg Serum Works at Hamburg 1945 2p Lists the preparations made and the monthly production figure of each. Relates the recent history of the works, concluding that they are unimportant unless properly supervised. Samples were taken of the tetanus unconcentrated horse serum, the potency of which seemed high. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 MOIR, G.A.A. WALKER, A.S. HARRIS, J.M. IG Farbenindustrie, Bitterfeld; description of plant and production 1945 3p Brief description of the organization, personnel, plant production, and research carried on at this plant are given. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 MOIR, G.A.A. and others Interrogation of Dr. Kiebert, Dr. Redies, and Dr. Konrad of the IG Farbenindustrie (Bayer & Co.) at Leverkusen (target Nos. 8/12, 22/2, 24/1) (production of chlorine, miscellaneous chemicals, and insecticides) 1945 3p The plant is divided into 4 sections: (a) inorganic products, including chlorine, etc., (b) intermediates, including polymerization to Buna S and N, etc., (c) dyestuffs, including insecticides, and (d) maintenance, packing, etc. Subjects of special interest were synthetic rubber research, centralized at Leverkusen under Dr. Konrad; hemical warfare, charcoal, hydrazine (produced by a special methods and believed to be used in connection with rocket bombs) and research amongst the following: Lauseto and Lausito-Neu, insecticides, and two products not yet produced which are resistant to fungal action and suitable for use in marine paints, new tanning products, new fungicides for impregnation of textiles, leather, and wood, Sontochin, and a nylon type substance. The term "target" in the title refers to facilities slated for exploitation by allied investigators following World War II. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 MOIR, G.A.A.and others Interview with Dr. Klebert, [Dr.] Redies, and Dr. Konradi: synthetic rubber [and] chemical warfare 1945 4p Brief description of the plant and methods used at the IG Farbenindustrie plant at Leverkusen are given. Work here dealt with synthetic rubber, chemical warfare agents, such as hydrazine, insecticides, such as Lauseto and Lauseto-neu, and drugs, such as Sontochin. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 MURRAY, H.L. Gebr. Giulini GmbH, Ludwigshafen am Rhein 1945 6p Report of production processes and capacities for the following products: Al₂O₃; crystal soda (Na₂CO₃ 10H₂O); calcined Al₂O₃; hydrate of alumina; quicklime; sodium aluminate; gas purification Fe₂O₃; aluminum sulfate; potassium alum; ammonium alum; ammonium superphosphate; potassium ammonium superphosphate; sodium fluo-silicate; sodium phosphate. The key product of Giulini's operation is the production of Al₂O₃ from bauxite by a combination of the Bayer and Pyrogen processes. Economics were clained for this method, viz: (1) Na₂SO₄ was cheaper than Na₂CO₄. (2) The SO₂ could be recovered in the form of H₂S0₄. (3) The NaOH produced in the Pyrogen process could be used in the Bayer process. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 OWENS, J.H. IG Farbenindustrie Leunawerke, Leuna 1945 1p This report consists of a list of office records removed from the files of the Leuna Werke of the IG Farbenindustrie, for the years 1935 through 1944. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 PECK, R.G. COTTON, ERNEST Von ELBE, GUENTHER Uhde Gesellschaft Für Hochdrucktechnik, Dortmund and Bowinghausen, Germany 1945 2p Report on Friedrich Uhde, an independent chemical engineer until forced to combine with IG Farbenindustrie, and on his pressure research laboratory and engineering offices. Only development he discussed was the reaction of methane and high pressure (5000 ats). CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 7, 1946-01-11 PHELPS, H.J. The N.V. Organon Pharmaceutical factory, Oss, Holland 1945 27p This is a report of a visit to the N.V. Organon Pharmaceutical Factory at Oss, Holland. This factory had been under the control of Schering of Berlin throughout most of the occupation period, and had been an important center of manufacture for this concern after the bombing of their plants in the Berlin area. The report discusses new developments in vitamin, anti-louse powders, antibiotics, and antimalarials. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 8, 1946-01-11 PHILIPPE, C.D. CHURCH, M.G. RANSOM, D. Belgian plastic, industry 1945 21p Three reports are included under this heading. I. Interview with M. Leon Wangler. He was the agent in Belgium for several German producers of molding powders. Brief statements are given regarding the manufacturers of the products with which he was familiar. II. Interview with M. Julian Linet, director and manager of Professional Group of Moulders in Belgium. Discusses chiefly this groups activities under German occupation. III. Interview with M.F. Schryvers, head of Plastics Section of the Office des Produits Chimiques in Brussels. This interview deals also with conditions during German occupation. A list of Belgian moulders with capacity and specialties is given in an appendix. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 8, 1946-01-11 PRYOR, M.G.M German plastic developments 1945 3p Visit to Homogenholzwerk "Holig," a factory financed by F. W. Brugmann and Son at Baiersbronn, the factory being new and never having been in production. Among the processes and products were: Homogenholz (wall board); moulded products; low-density material called "Schaum-holz"; materials for stabilized skins including "Tronal" made of layers of fine glass fabric impregnated with a phenolic resin; and other resins. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 8, 1946-01-11 QUIRK, R.N. C.I.O.S. investigation of Ruhr synthetic oil, etc. plants; preliminary progress report 1945 9p A brief description of the condition and work carried on at several plants interested in synthetic oils, etc., is given. A brief summary is also given of the technical work carried an, such as; Preparation and purification of synthesis gas; Catalyst ovens; Catalysts; Method of operation of the process; The "0 x 0" process for the treatment of C₁₂ - C₁₇ olefines to produce aldehydes; Coal hydrogenation; The Pott-Broche process and the use of pitch; Vapour phase hydrogenation; The D.H.D. process for dehydrogenation napthenes to the spirit to aromatics; Use of propane and butane; Carbonisation and gasification; Lurgi pressure gasification process; Krupp-Lurgi low temperature carbonisation process; Brown coal low temperature carbonisation by the so-called "Spurgas" process; Coke ovens; Hard coal tar, and Brown coal tar. CIOS stands for Combined Intelligence Objectives Subcommittee which was an organization working under the allied headquarters to exploite German industry after World War II. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 8, 1946-01-11 RICHARDSON, R.E. C.R. Boehringer Sohn, Ingleheim an Rhein, Germany 1945 7p A brief report on this pharmaceutical firm discussing products and specialty pharmaceuticals. It is stated specifically that antimalarials were not made. In normal times, Boehringer extracted theobromine from cacao wastes, which as methylated to the trimethyl derivative, caffeine. Boehringer production of synthetic caffein was made by the standard Traube synthesis. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 8, 1946-01-11 RICHARDSON, R.E. and others IG Farbenindustrie AG, Hochst am Main 1945 84p The Hochst plant, manufacturers of organio and inorganic chemicals, plastics and dyes, is described in some detail. This includes a description of the Chlorine and Methane Chlorination Plants and the Acetaldehyde Division. Processes are outlined for the production of sodium sulfide, manochloroacetic, sulfuric, and chlorosulfonic acids, synthetic tanning agents, vinyl acetate, polymers from vinyl acetate, the "Polyurethanes," also known as "Superpolyamides" and also (debatedly) "Nylons," synthetic carbazole, used for dyes and insecticides, and glycerogen, a substitute for glycerine. Insecticidal compositions made at the plant are listed. Tables show properties, compositions, etc. of acid proof cements. Information secured on the commercial applications of vinyl polymers in glues, paints, food preserving safety glass, cloth impregnation, artificial leather, and extruded tubing is given. There is also some information about pharmaceuticals and medicinals made at Hochst and their application. Photographs and diagrams are scattered through out the report. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 8, 1946-01-11 RICHARDSON, R.E. and others IG Farbenindustrie AG, Hochst am Main, Germany - Wehrmacht items, miscellaneous chemicals 1945 48p Information is given on the following products; 1. Aluminum chloromethyl - a mixture of AlCl₂HG₃ and A1C1(CH₃)₂ (method of preparation given). Use - substitute for phosphorus, and as a Griguard agent. 2. Nitrous Oxide - used as fuel booster for planes. 3. Luminous paint pigment. 4. Smoke screen agent. 50-50 wt mixture of chlorosulfonic acid and sulfur trioxide. 5. Tetranitromethane, an explosive. Continuous process of preparation from acetylene is given in some detail. Lab. production of 10 kg/day attained in excellent yield. Properties described. 6. Infra-red camouflage dyes. 7. Mustard gas protectives. Three promising compounds are reported. 8. Products glowing in u.v. light if exposed to mustard gas. 9. Jet propulsion fuels. Diketene plant is described. 10. Bullet-proof glass. 11. Foodstuff preservatives. Basic idea was to coat foodstuffs with a polyvinylacetate film. 12. Anti-tank mines. 13. Self igniting cushion for landing field defense, to ignite on contact with airplane wheels. 14. Fire extingusher. Chlorobromomethane plant and process described, 15. Black powder substitute. Tetranitrocarbazole and tetranitrodiphenylaminesulfone sodium picrate and trinitro-N-ethylaniline. 16. Explosive intermediate. (H₂C =N-SO₃K)₃ called "Weissalz." 17. Products to prevent radar sound [sic] wave detection of U-boats. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 8, 1946-01-11 SCHADE, H.A. FORAN, E. ALDRICH, R.C. Navel Technical Mission in Europe The Fischer-Tropsch process n.d. 25p I. Inspection of Fischer-Tropsch Plant at Harnes (Lille) France. Capacity 48 tons/day. Producing 36 tons/day (288 U. S. bbl.) due to Co shortage. Produces gasoline of octane rating - 50. 25% of product is diesel fuel of very good quality - octane no. of 90 or above. Heavy wax made is used in paints, varnishes, and polish. Butane gas is bottled at 300 p.s.i. for gas driven autos. Process is described in considerable detail. Design of cooling system of the reactors is discussed. Yields are (volume %): gasoline 60, diesel fuel 22, solid wax 10, gaseous products 8. II. Translation of prisoner of war, Ernst Nagelstein's report on FischerTropsch Process with special consideration of the Lutzkendorf Plant of the Wintershall Co. Discusses selection of feedstock and site, describes the process, and lists industrial and scientific concerns interested in the development of the synthesis. Discusses possible developments of the process. III. Manufacture and regeneration of catalyst. This is discussed in home detail. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 8, 1946-01-11 SCHATZEL, R.A. WHITE, W.L. Hackethal Dreht Und Kabelwerke AG, Hanover - Miscellaneous chemicals 1945 11p This was one of the prinicipal manufacturers of bare and insulated cables in Germany. Plant considerably damaged. Brief description of equipment and processes in rolling mill, enamelling, rubber and plastics insulating. Formulas and mixing procedure given for insulating compounds. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 8, 1946-01-11 SCHATZEL, R.A. WHITE, W.L. IG Farbenindustrie Laboratory, Leverkusen (miscellaneous chemicals) 1945 9p This report is a follow-up to check on specific products mentioned in another report. "I-Gummi" is a thermoplastic with good strength narrow temp. range.[sic] It is a long chain polyster of adipic acid and di-isocyanate, with glycerine and glycol (1:30 on mole basis). Formulas for various plasticizers used as Buna S softeners are given. A short description of various Bunas (12 of them) is given, including co-polymer ratios and some physical characteristics. Bunas suitable for cable insulation are discussed. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 SCHWARZ, EUGENE E. Medical supplies plant of Drs. Degan and Kuth, Duren 1945 5p Report of investigation of successful bombing of factory making dressing materials, bandages and cotton, ointments, sulfonilamide, and certain cardiaca and Valeriana preparations. No documents or supplies found. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 SEYDEL, PAUL V. SEEMILLER, J.C. Chemical installations in the Cologne Area 1945 23p Plants were visited to obtain basic information on the materials being manufactured. I. Deutsche Gold - Und Silberscheideanstalt Werk, Knapsack, produced Cl, Na, some CaCl₂ and heat treating salt mixtures. Processes and equipment described and some cost data given. II. Sachtleben, AG, Offices. List of correspondence files found in premises on various chemicals given. III. AG für Stickstoffdünger Fabrik produced CaC₂, CaCN₂, acetic acid, acetaldehyde, acetone, acetic anhydride and ferrosilicon. Plant considerably damaged. Equipment and processes briefly described. IV. Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Univeristy. V. Deutsche Gold - Und Silberscheideanstalt, Werk August Wegelin, produced carbon blacks for rubber, paper, cement, paints and other purposes. Capacity 10-12 tons per day. VI. C.F. Boehringer and Sons Offices. VII. Westdorp and Wehner made glass photographic plates. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 SKEY, A.J. NIELSSON, K.T. Dr. Julius Walter Reppe acetylene chemistry 1945 2p ref discussion of the following developments: 1. Reduction of acetylene requirement for butadiene 2. Development of synthetic blood plasma - Periston . 3. Development of the tackifier, Koresin, a polymerized isobutyloxysterol, for Buna. 4• Development of Densodrin, polyvinyloctodecylether, for Leather treatment. 5. Production of cyclopolyolofines from acetylene. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 SMADEL, JOSEPH E., and others Chemical Institute of Phillips University - University of Marburg 1945 8p Reports interviews with 3 members of the chemical faculty. Indication of experimental work on polymerization of alkalene oxides. Information about use of H₂0₂ (called "T-Stoff") in 60-85% strength for use in torpedoes briefly mentioned by Dr. Wilhelm Jost. Prof. Hans Meerwein stated he found new catalysts to convert pinene to camphene en route to synthetic camphor. These are thoric or tungsten acids an used at 180°C. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 SMADEL, JOSEPH E.,and others Institute für Fleckfieber und Virusforschung des O.K.H. 1945 16p History of this institute for spotted fever and virus research; description of present buildings, staff, typhus vaccines, animals available for laboratory use and laboratories. Techniques of production of louse typhus vaccine, mouse lung typhus vaccine, yolk sac typhus vaccine, yellow fever vaccine, and rabies vaccine are described. Appendices include an analysis of typhus vaccines prepared at the institute and a list of articles by Or. Herman Ever who has done much investigation in virus diseases and developed a rapid aggluturation test discussed in this report. Also included in this report are the description of a laboratory at Schwazenfeld and an underground hospital at Nürnberg. Oberkommando des Heeres (O.K.H.) was the German High Command of the Army. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 SMADEL, JOSEPH E. Interview with Dr. Engelbertz of Chemische Fabrik Greisheim Elektron (IG Farbenindustrie - Greisheim) 1945 4p Plant produces, intermediates for dyes, pharmaceuticals and explosives, electrodes of carbon, flotation chemicals such as Na-,K-, C₂H₅-,isopr-, bu-, and bz-xanthates, (K-ethyl-xanthate is oxidised to the disulphide (dixanthagen) which is used to impregnate clothing for control of body 110e), "bonderizing chemicals," paint and varnish dryers, metallic potassium (used as a catalyst for buna polymerization), boron carbide (used for abrasives), and welding gases and equipment. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 SMADEL, JOSEPH E. Laboratory studies of typhus vaccines prepared by Behringverke, IG Farbenindustrie, Marburg, Germany1945 4p A report on samples of typhus vaccines prepared from infected rabbit lung and infected yolk secs of embryonated eggs. The samples prepared from rabbit lung had little detectable complement fixing antigen of typhus. In contrast the yolk sac vaccine had good quantities of this antigen. The results of complement fixation studies on the vaccines are presented. CHEMICALS AND ALLED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 SMADEL, JOSEPH E. CURTIS, FRANCIS J. Manufacture of insecticides, insect repellents, rodentioides, IG Farbenindustrie AG, Leverkusen and Elberfeld 1945 12p A report on the manufacture of insecticides and related products. It deals with Lausets-old, an analog of DDT, and other DDT types, giving preparation and methods of use. This report should be read in conjunction with Off. Pub. Bd., Report, PB 252, "Insecticides, insect repellents, rodenticides and fungicides of IG Farbenindustrie AG, Elberfeld and Leverkusen". CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 STRICKLAND, O.W. French and Belgian explosives establishments 1945 48p Detailed description of methods of production and uses of the following items produced by IG Farbenindustrie AG, Höchst Am Main for the Wehrmacht; Aluminum chloromethyl (methyl stoff); Nitrous oxide (GM-1); Explosive intermediate (Weisselz); Luminous paints; Substitute for blank powder in propellants (Treibsätze); Smoke -screen agent (Nebelsäure); Oil substitute (Steuerol); Tetra nitro methane (X-stoff); U-boat program; Infra-red camouflage (Infra-rot tarnung); Cloth treating agents to resist mustard gas (Selloxins); Product for detection of mustard gas in the dark; Fuel for jet propulsion (Sondertreibstoff): Bullet proof glass (Panzerglas); Protection of foodstuffs (Lebensmittel-Konservierung); Anti-tank mine (Haftmine); Landing field defense - Self igniting cushion (Brandkissen); Chlorobromonothane (Feuerloschnittel CB). CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 STRICKLAND, O.W. Intermediates for explosives production. IG [Farben Plant at] Ludwigshafen 1945 7p There is listed the materials supplied direct to the German Army by I. G. Ludwigshafen. There are given methods of production of the following intermediates which were issued to other factories for conversion into explosives: pentaerythritol, dinitro diphenylamine, ethlene diamine dinitrate or PH-Salz, and the insecticide known as Lauseto, prepared by the action of chloral upon a mixture of benzene and chlorobenzene, having one less chlorine atom than DDT. Col. Strickland also visited Lampaden, 10 miles S.E. of Trier, and saw ramps from which rockets mzy have been launched. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 9, 1946-01-11 SUDDHOFF, R.W. IG Farben, AG - Griesheim Elektron, Frankfurt Am Main - Miscellaneous chemicals. 1945 7p Report on products and special processes at this plant, Hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen and acetylene were produced and distributed; also by-product neon and argon were produced, principally for electric lamp usage, and also some krypton and helium. Acetylene generators were fabricated. Griesheim introduced the first hydrogen welding equipment sold under the name "Autogen". Carbon for electrode manufacture for electrochemical operations was produced by the special coking of coal. The Organic Division's work was the production of intermediates for dyes and other uses. Operations comprised nitration, amidation and chlorination steps, following conventional schemes. A complete list of the products made is given in an Appendix to this report. Process of nitration and the production of meta dichlorobenzene and benzidene are described in some detail. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 SUDHOFF, R.W. IG Farbenindustrie A. G., Mainkur Works. Fechenheim 1945 3p Report of visit to plant of IG Farbenindustrie. Primarily a dyestuffs plant though recently considerable efforts have been made in the manufacture of intermediates for plastics and resins. Among the processes briefly described are those for producing Melamine or Azamine E, Maprenal MJB, Benzoguanamine, Maprenal BG, Kaurit MKF, (used as a treating agent for rayon), and phenothiaziae. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 SWANSON, A.A. Manufacture of Phlegmatized P.E.T.N. at Fabrik Zur Verwertung Chemischer Erzeugnisse GmbH Wolfratshausen. 1945 8p The process of Wolfratshausen (30 kilometers south by west of Munich) for manufacture of phlegmatized pentaerythritol tetranitrate (P.E.T.N.) is given. The steps in the process are: nitration, washing, recrystallization, phlegmatization, and drying. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 TARR, P.R. Chemical plant, Dr. Alexander Wacker, Gesellschaft für electrochemische industrie combat, Burghausen, Bavaria, Germany; Chemistry laboratory, laboratory removed from IG Farbenindustrie AG, Ludwigshafen, to Carl Freudenberg AG, Mullheimentalstr., Weinheim, Germany. 1945 1p Brief information on the manufacture of chemicals, solvents and plastics from the fundamental base of acetylene, together with the uses of plastic raw materials, primarily for surface cratings. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 TARR, P.R. Gaseilling plant and munitions dump, near St. Georgen, Bavaria; [Anorgana GmbH werk], Gendorf, Bavaria, Germany. 1945 2p This is a modern gas filling plant which is elaborately equipped to fill artillery shells, mines, and aerial bombs. Facilities are available for mixing agents and to thicken vesicants before filling into munitions. Data were obtained on organization of the German war effort and on a number of chemical processes, particularly for mustard gas and its raw material, as well as on the future plans of IG Farbenindustrie AG for the development of chemicals from acetylene. In the title the name of one facility was given as "Anorgana BmbH werke." CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 TOWNSEND, J.R. Dr. Richard Gotthold Vieweg, professor, Techniche Hochschule, Darmstat, 6 Gall Road, St. John's Wood, London. 1945 1p A test method for Q of dielectrics, mentioned by Prof. Vieweg, is briefly described. Substitute materials with which he had worked or was familiar are listed, namely: low pressure molded materials consisting of mixtures of phenol formaldehyde and sawdust; field wire insulation of extruded polyvynl chloride; Lupolen - a polyethylene mixtures of thiokol and waxes for submarine cable insulation; Plystyrene insulation stabilized from crazing [sic] by narrow band of polimers; silicone cement for cementing teeth to dentures; and two synthetic rubbers, Polyurettian and Polyisocyanides. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 TURNOCK, L.C. Henkel and Cie AG, Dusseldorf - Miscellaneous chemicals. 1945 10p Principal subsidiaries and products; capital investment and present appraised worth; number and classification of employees; principal products, productive capacities, and unit costs; raw materials and sources; electrical energy, coal, water and steam requirements with costs; general sales policy and distribution of products of Henkel and Cie, [AG] as of June 25, 1945. The plant and equipment are practically undamaged. Essentials of the processes of manufacture of sodium perborate and synthetic glue are given. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 TURNOCK, L.C. Werke Koholyte Leulsdorf. 1945 10p Description of plant, products, raw material sources, processes, energy requirements, unit costs, distribution and sales policy. Products made were: chlorine, hydrogen, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, calcium chlorate, calcium chloride, aluminum oxide and chromium oxide abrasive powders and mixes, [and] magnesium oxide. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 VOLWILER, E.H. Information on a material possibility used for in jet propulsion 1945 1p Brief description of the manufacture of hydrazine hydrate possibly used for jet propulsion, or rocket fuel, or both. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 VOLWILER, ERNEST H. Investigations by Professor Kuhn, Kaiser Wilhelm Institut Für Medizinsche Forschung 1945 6p More infromation is given on cyclodecapentaene. (See P.B. 1 and P.B. 5) Formula given as C₁₂H₁₂ (?). Had an inky-blue color reminiscent of the azulenes from camomiles. Absorption spectra also similar. Cyclo-octatetraene was found to be toxic and ineffective against the B. coli group. Cyclodecapentaene was not toxic to rats in 0.5 - 1 g doses. Product minimizes effects of mustard gas burns. Research on Vitamins A, E, B₆ and rutin, is mentioned. Large doses of E may prevent and cure fatty degeneration of the liver. Dibromosalicil works well against Staph albus infections, 300 times as effective as English Ca - penicillin. Various other halogen derivatives are mentioned as having possible specific action against various organisms. Thiophene and furane derivatives are also briefly mentioned in this connection. A proteclytic enzyme obtained from molds similar to Penicillium notatum is briefly mentioned. It is used to aid protein digestion. Product called "S-206". May have some value as a constituent of cleaning preparations to remove spots from clothing. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 WATSON, H.E. . Spangenburg Werke Schnachenburg Allee, 153 Hamburg; water resisting varnishes 1945 2p Imported sulphate pulp residues are purified and worked up into resin acids which are usually esterified. The process is comparatively new, and is analogous to the development of improved varnishes from shellac now taking place in England. The crude raw material is decomposed with sulphuric acid, washed and thoroughly dried. This product contains about 50% resin acids and is known as Rohtalloel. Rohtalloel is distilled giving 80% "Talloel". Talloel is esterified with glycerin, or glycerin substitutes. This produces a product which forms rather slow drying but very waterproof films. Talloel and its esters has not been considered as good as linseed oil and should be regarded only as a substitute. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 10, 1946-01-11 WEIR, H.M. Gesellschaft für Linde's Eismachinen Hollriegelskreuth 1945 31p Report of visit to Linde Company, near Munich, which makes equipment covering the entire field of temperatures below normal. Emphasis on commercial manufacture of oxygen (and nitrogen) and on the low temperature separation of hydrocarbon gases. Distinguishing features of the design of the plants is that heat recovery is widely practiced. Descriptions of processes for liquefaction of air, ammonia production, and separation of hydrocarbons. Contains eleven diagrams. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 WEIR, H.M. NEWMANN, L.L. Die Staatliche Materialprufungsanstalt An Der Technische Hochschule - Fuels and lubricants. 1945 18p This is a report of interviews with personnel at this institution. The work done on lubricant additives to increase allowable bearing loads is discussed. All the work had been directed toward organic phosphorus compounds. A thesis "Preparation of phosphorus compounds and their use in lubricants" by Gerd Muller, dated 12-1-44 is said to be an excellent summary of work done, and is to be microfilmed. Structural formulas of the additives are tabulated. In addition several tables of experimental results using these additives are given. Photographs of the test apparatus are included. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 WHITE, LESTER M. Deutsche Gold und Silber Scheide Anstalt, Degussa, Frankfort/Main. 1945 10p The main offices of Degussa and the adjoining offices of its subsidiary Holzverkohlungs-Verein (Hiag) were visited and information obtained about the following: sodium cyanide and potassium cyanide, other metal cyanides, sodium cyanate, sodamid, sodium metal, potassium metal, beryllium metal, lithium metal, Degesch, carbon black, ceramic materials and refractoeies, hydrogen peroxide, and other peroxygen compounds. Sodium cyanide was used in case hardening and heat treating of steels, production of acetone cyanhydrin used in production of Plexiglas, and for silver plating of airplane engine bearings. Sodium cyanate was used for production of Duloin, a sweetening agent, and Aminopyridine was made from sodamid and converted to Eubasin for use as a substitute for quinine-camphor solution in the treatment of tuberculosis and kidney diseases. Photographs show condition of the offices. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 WHITE, LESTER M. and others. Interview with Dr. Oskar Loehr, IG Farbenindustrie AG, Frankfort on Main. 1945 6p Dr. Loehr's replies were short and evasive. A brief, general report is given on materials prepared for Buna S and N production, sodium, chlorine and chlorinated hydrocarbons, acetylene derivatives, DDT, and hydrogen peroxide. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 WHITE, T.N. Report on Leuna, Leunawerk, subsidiary of IG Farben (Target No. 28/6.04). 1945 3p The examiner found that about 90% of the files had previously been removed. He further removed c.40 reports of research projects - on plastics, cathylitical problems and organic combinations, to Dentine. A list of key research men at the plant is included in the report. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 WHITTAKER, H.W. Report on visit to Cave used for storage of hydrogen peroxide. 1944 11p Detailed report on a cave near Vaas in which hydrogen peroxide and permanganate had been stored: Description of the chambers; examination of valve from pump casing; examination of 2" plug-cook from main pipe line; examination of samples of peroxide and permanganate. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 WINSLOW, CARLILE P. Prof. Dr. Alfred Schmid, Konstanz, and Holig Homogenholz Werke GmbH, Baiersbronn 1945 14p Personal data on Prof. Alfred Schmid (eleotro chemistry specialist), owner of the "Holig" factory, in which synthetic wood, resins, glues were produced; finished products were flooring and cowling for aircraft. The report gives few technical details and is largely limited to Scbmid's personal and business connections. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 WOLDENBERG, MAX WHITE, LESTER M. Production of concentrated hydrogen peroxide solutions, Bad Lauterberg (Hartz) 1945 31p Description of plant and technical information on production and properties of concentrated hydrogen peroxide used by the Germans in auxiliary devices for launching airplanes, V1 and V2 bombs, naval torpedoes, jet propelled planes and unmanned tanks. Operations of the plant are divided into these four steps: 1. Electrolysis of ammonium bisulphate to form ammonium persulphate solution. 2. Conversion of ammonium persulphate to potassium persulphate crystals by reaction with potassium bisulphate, with regeneration of the ammonium bisulphate. 3. Hydrolysis of the potassium persulphate with live steam and rectification of the resultant H₂0₂-H₂O vapors to produce 30-40% H₂O₂, with regeneration and purification of the potassium bisulphate. 4. Concentration of the 30-40% H₂0₂ solution to 80-86% by vaporization and rectification under vacuum in special equipment. This step is new and the entire process is described in detail in this report. Research on peacetime uses of hydrogen peroxide, especially expansion of its chemical uses, had not yet begun. Report contains photographs of plant and layout and flow sheet diagrams. Recommendations for the future use of the plant and the product are given. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 ASSESSMENT REPORT 1945 4p Report on the condition, equipment, and documents and their disposal, of the Degaussing Laboratory, Physikalische Institute, University of Tübingen. In a Bericht presented by Dr. Piescke, describing the experimental arrangement and outlining the researches the following are included: the Helmholtz coil, the magnetometer of the Flux-gate type, demagnetizing coils, one a solenoid and the other the Droppel-U, MES-Coils, three magnetic ships models and Sperrbrecher research. Two articles on the magnetic amplifier are mentioned and it is pointed out that the best type of mu-metal developed by Siemens for transductors is designated as "Werkstoff 1040 (Siemens)." ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 BARKER, G.C. ROBSON, J.W. ABSON, W. Report on Talstation Lofer 1945 3p Work of the Talstation up to the end of 1944 was along these line: production of high intensity sound and its effect on human beings; a controlled rocket, radio and the infrared cell being used for control. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 CARMICHAEL, D. Interrogation of Dr. George Otto Erb, at Maria Veen a 5660, near Coesfeld, Electric detonators - types of fuzes. 1945 7p Dr. Erb worked in his own laboratory along such lines as: high speed electrical detonators, electric time and percussion fuzes using igniters and heat elements, base fuze with percussion and fixed delay, rocket propulsion devices, explosive propulsion for flying bombs, rocket propulsion for aircraft. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 11, 1946-01-11 DINGLEY, E.N., Jr. German Sonne navigational air radio station 1945 4p Very brief description of a German radio station in Bresles, France, which had been almost completely destroyed by bombing. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 DYER, C.L. Activities of Dr. Hans Erich Hollman - Radar, signals communications. 1945 8p Interview with Dr. Hans E. Hollman and Dr. Max Bense, German scientientists on April 22, 1945. Carried on laboratory research in fields of color film, steroscopic film, and other film techniques. Also theoretical and experimental work in short wave transmission, measurement of efficiency of induction heating apparatus, ultra sensitive vibration demonstration equipment and other scientific research. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 DYER, CARLETON L. Organization of Telefunken Radar, Signals Communications, Optical Devices. 1945 43p Report on the organization and work of Germany's largest firm in the radio and television fields: Tables of organization, list of location of plants, list of key personnel. Special discussions, (1) Artificial radar target; (2) artificial radar panorama targets; (3) lighthouse tubes; (4) cathode ray screen materials; (5) crystal detectors; [and] (6) microwave tube research. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 DYER, CARLETON L. Radar and communications targets in Belgium, Eindhoven and Aachen 1944 55p Reports visits to Radar School, Ghent, Aachen Technische Hochschule, and various firms and factories in Belgium engaged in manufacturing radar and communications equipment, and information obtained regarding personnel, activities of the firms, condition of the target, types of equipment found, etc. The term "target" in the title refers to facilities slated for exploitation by allied investigators following World War II. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 FRIEND, R.G. The Luftwaffe Signal School, Köthen. 1945 18p The school was badly damaged and looted before the investigating team arrived. The establishment layout is described. Investigation of the laboratories indicated that the work done was chiefly concerned with evaluation and study of British and U. S. equipment. Radar equipment, which was mostly damaged, is described. Several plates and drawings of this equipment are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 GREATBATCH, A.R. X-ray apparatus and radiological activities in France. 1945 6p Very brief reports on 5 French firms engaged in the manufacture of X-ray and radiological equipment. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 GRIGGING, RAVENEL HOLD, F.R. Drs. Kleen and Lerbs, Target No. C 1-633 1945 2p Information obtained from Dr. Kleen, head of the Telefunken Tube Research laboratories, and from Dr. Lerbs, in charge of the Magnetron group, regarding centimeter tube development. These men had diagrams (construction) of magnetrons, klystrons, and grounded grid triodes, mostly experimental. The term "target" in the title refers to facilities slated for exploitation by allied investigators following World War II. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 GUTEHOFFNUNGSHÜTTE. Sterkrade/Ruhr electrodes. 1945 4p This plant produced electrodes (lightly coated and heavily coated). Details on a new coating formula are given in this report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 HABICHT, H.R. Hauptausschuss Elektrotechnik (list of underground plants of the electrical industry). 1945 3p Contains list of construction jobs, almost all underground supervised by Fritz Borho, loaned since 1942 to the Main Committee for Elektrotechnic - planning group - under Lueschen. List, as of Feb. 1945, gives name of contracting firm, location of the underground or evacuated plant and the code word of the enterprise. Borho explained the system in giving code names to underground plants. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 HANSELL, C.W. MacFARLAN, AG Report on private laboratory of Prof. Vierling. 1945 3p Visit to laboratory of Prof. Vierling at Feuerstein, on a hill above Ebermannstadt, north east of Forchheim, Prof. Vierling being professor of Fernmeldetechnik at the T.H., Hanover. The work done here was on speech communication systems known under the name of Gleichlauf, Anna, Baustein, and Nacht fee; the standard appeared to be that of a high class amateur group. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 HORSLEY, CAPERTON B. German X-ray and electro-medical industry. 1945 14p Report of inspection of Siemens-Reiniger-Werke A/G, Rudolstadt, largest European manufacturer of X-ray tubes and valve tubes for X-ray equipment; of Siemens-Reiniger-Werke A/G Erlangen, manufacturer of X-ray apparatus and other electro-medical equipment; and of Metallgussgesellschaft, Bolitz-Ehrenberg, producer of light metal castings for aircraft engines as well as X-ray equipment. Statistics of production and lists of X-ray manufacturers, physicists, radiologists, and X-ray clinics are given. Technical developments, trends and practices in the design and construction of X-ray tubes and valve tubes and in X-ray and other electro-medical equipment are summarized and German sources of supply for raw materials are enumerated. The author's name was given as HARSLEY. However, it should have been "HORSLEY." ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 HORSLEY, CAPERTON B. Hamburg, Fuhlsbuttel, Rentgenstrasse 24. 1945 3P Visit to C.H.F. Muller, AG, in Hamburg where there were designed and manufactured various X-ray tubes and housingsand the "Cascade" high voltage generator for deutron acceleration. In addition they were to start production of a magnetron, designed by Telefunken; they had constructed an experimental 2 M.V. betatron and another 15 M.V. betatron. The recommendation is made that the plant be permitted to resume manufacture of medical X-ray equipment. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 HORSELY, CAPERTON B. Siemens-Rheiniger-Werke A/G. Erlangen (15 Kilometers north of Nurnberg) - X-ray apparatus. 1945 3p Outlines types of information obtained and items removed for further examination and study from this plant, which designs and manufactures X-ray apparatus and other electro-medical equipment, the largest plant of its kind in Germany. [It manufactured] X-ray tubes superior, in certain respects, to tubes now being manufactured in the United States. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 12, 1946-01-11 HELLER, M.F. Signal communication targets in Brussels. 1945 14p Account of a visit by the M.I. 8 representative on the CIPC Target Mission, relating to the guarding of targets, the demolitions carried out on signal targets, the booby traps, and the safes and strong boxes. (a) "CIPC" stands for "Combined Intelligence Priorities Committee" (b)The term "target" in the title refers to facilities slated for exploitation by allied investigators following World War II. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 HOLT, F.R. and others. C.H.F. Muller, AG, Target No.1/132 e, X-ray equipment. 1945 4p Report on C.H.F. Muller firm, subsidiary of the Phillips organization, manufacturer of X-ray equipment. Details concerning infra-red tubes built into mobile sets and used in army tanks were revealed by Dr. Hans Ritz, Director of Research. Infra red receivers and searchlights made "seeing in the dark" possible. Chief military applications: night attacks by tanks, aircraft detection, naval gunnery control at night. Range of the set was 10-15 Km when relying on radiated heat. Ritz also stated that he had done research work in connection with splitting the atom. The term "target" in the title refers to facilities slated for exploitation by allied investigators following World War II. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 HORNER, W.A. Funk Versuchungs Anstella für Kriegsmarine Pelzerhagen near Neustadt, north of Lubeck. 1945 1p Description of the establishment which test[s] all operational radar equipment for the German Navy, develops transmitters, conducts underwater acoustic research, and other matters. There is listed also associated research stations. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 HUNT, G.L. TE KA DE electric valva factory - C.F. Weiss textile mills, Helmbrechts; Siemens Halske telephone equipment factory, Hannerman mills, Asch Czechoslovakia. 1945 2p Brief description of the work being carried on in these two factories. Te Ka De electric valve factory is entirely engaged in the manufacture of radio receiving valves. Types being made: -RG12D60 2T2, RL12T15. This type of valve manufacture is of conventional design. The main occupation of the Siemens Halske telephone equipment factory is the manufacture of 4-channel carrier telephone equipment with a frequency range up to 29 ks/sec. A subsidiary occupation was the manufacture of measuring equipment, e.g., wavemeters, attenuators, etc., for telephone or carrier-telephone frequencies, although some of the wavemeters covered S-band work and decimeter wavelengths. In connection with the S-band work, magnetrons and klystrons were being used experimentally. The magnetrons were of the split-anode type suitable for local oscillator use, and the klystrons were copies of the British types. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 HUNT, G.L. Telefunken, C.R. tube laboratory and factory, Bad Liebenstein; A.E.G. research labs., Electronic valve application laboratory and factory, Clausthal-Zellerfeld; E. Leybold's Nachfolger laboratory, Berg academy, Clausthal-Zellerfeld. 1945 2p At the Telefunken, C.R. tube laboratory and factory, research and development was carried out on electron optics, cathodes, CRT screens, photo-electric effects and secondary emmission. Double layer screens were produced as well as potassium chloride screens. It was intended that water-cooled valves, types LRS 250, RS 255 and RS 257, and magnetron type LMS 100 to be put into production at the A.E.G. research labs., Electronic valve application laboratory and factory. Development work at the E. Leybold's nachfolger laboratorium, radio and physics laboratory was done on radio sondes for German army and navy and infra-red receivers. Brief description of the work is given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 HUNT, G.L. HACHEMEISTER, C.A. BORGARS, S.J. Electronic valve (tube) factories - Helmbrechts and Minden. 1945 17p Description of two German radio tube factories, including data on the plant, types of tubes manufactured, special processes, documents found. Photographs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 INSTITUTE F[Ü]R Theorie der Elektrotechnik A.D.T.H., Stuttgart. 1945 2p Brief account of research projects at the Institute for Electrotechnic Theory; (1) Dr. Bader, mathematician, worked on network and filter problems, machine solutions of equations. (2) Dr. Breitlung worked on magnets, particularly hysterisis measurements, magnetic suspension of materials. (3) Dr. Kessler worked on DC amplifiers. No details are given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 KOLKS, R.H. RIDDLE, J.M. HACHEMEISTER, C.H. Report on Physikalisch-Technische Reichsanstalt at Weida and Zeulenroda, Thuringen. 1945 3p Brief report on war research activities of German organization, the equivalent of the U. S. Bureau of Standards, including organization chart. At Zeulenroda, where high frequency laboratories are located, measurements were made on materials for absorbing electromagnetic radiation, namely Eisenpane and Moltspren. Magnetrons were designed and constructed for use in search receiver design and in frequency measuring experiments, centrimetric radiators were studied and designed, research was conducted on the design of search receivers and valves, etc. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 McLEAN, F.C. Television in France. 1944 5P Report on television equipment in the laboratories of COMPAGNIE De COMPTEURS at Montrouge and in the studies of RDF near the Eiffel Tower. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 MENARD, J. Z. German research and development in the radio station. 1945 31p Report of an investigation of two Black List Targets in the Lyon Area, of the production facilities of several French factories, and an attempt to obtain available information about German research and production in the field of Radar and controlled-missiles. Major observations: (1) Development of important equipment not intrusted to French by Germans. (2) Lyons laboratories of Le Materiel Telephonique developed several radar, pulse telephony, and pulse telegraphy equipment, not, however, up to Allied Standards. (3) Some information obtained on German radar activities. (4) Specifications for a number of German tubes listed. (5) location of German manufacturers and radar organizations listed. The word "targets" in the description refers to targets for exploitation by allied intelligence forces. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 MERTZ, P. TOWNSEND, J.R. McCARTHY, R.H. Phillips underground valve plant, Porta, Westfalia (target No. C-1/678). 1945 1p Report on examination of Phillips underground plant to obtain information on equipment and methods used in manufacture of valves and electric control spools for glider missiles. Production appeared to have been set up solely for the P-8000 tube, a miniature pentode, Grids, cathodes, heaters, plates and button type stems are made in the plant. The word "target" in the titles refers to targets for exploitation by Allied intelligence forces. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 MULLET, L.B. RAMM, E.T. WAYNE, E. Report on Fernmeldetechnisches Entwicklungslaboratium and interrogation of Dr. H. Kimmel 1945 3p Account of work being done by Kimmel at Olching (near Munich). He was mainly concerned with design and small-scale production of test and measuring gear; RC oscillator pulse and signal generators, high frequency attenuator, absorption wavemeters, Diode voltmeters, calibrated receivers. Other problems worked on by Dr. Kimmel were: a proposed AL aerial sSYSTEM; direction finding system known as "Susel"; regulated output receivers; indicator for 50 c/s phase difference measurements; and a time modulation system. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 13, 1946-01-11 NUTTING, D. C. Establishments ORA-Grandin M. Chauchat, Metox - Radar 1944 7p Brief reports of inspection of two French firms manufacturing radio equipment under German contracts. The Ora-Grandin firm manufactured an amplifier believed to be intended for Ultra-Sonic equipment and a receiver type R 600 built to German specifications. No work was done on Radar or any equipment involving pulse technique. The Metox firm manufactured various transmitter and receiver equipment for the German army and navy. This firm manufactured equipment from German blueprints and did no actual laboratory work for the Germans. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 PALMER, C.M. HEPBURN D. Vereinigte Bayrische Telefonwerke, AG 1945 3p Condition and description of contents of medium sized factory making standard telephone equipment. Attached is a list of service equipment made by the various factories of Siemens and Halske. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 PARROTT, JOHN A. Siemens and Halske, Technical Bureau, Hamburg (sales and service actually) 1945 1p Lists officers and manufacturing plants of Siemens and Halske. Technical data of general character on Siemens Carrier, and voice frequency repeaters, and photographs of coaxiyl cables used for radio purposes were obtained. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 RADFORD, A.S. Messrs. Steeg and Reuter - Bad Homburg 1945 7P Report of condition of laboratories, wartime activities and technical developments of Steeg and Reuter, firm engaged during the war almost exclusively on the production of piezo electric crystals for frequency control and for pressure measurement devices. Rock salt prisms and polarisation equipment for infrared experiments have also been produced. Shortage of good quartz led to the development of methods for the most economical use of the material. Methods of determining the electrical axis of crystals and method of construction of wafer crystals are described. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 RAMM, E.T. MULLETT, L.B. Interrogation of Professor W. O. Schumann of the electro-physical laboratory, Munchen Beu 1945 5p Interview with W.O. Schumann, professor of theoretical physics. Discussion of pulse generating circuits, gas discharge tubes, especially oscillations in plasma and gas discharge phenomena at low pressures. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 REEVES, A.H. The Antenna Research Station belonging to Thekriegsmarin Establishment N.V.K. (Pelzerhaken and Sonderberg) 1945 1p The village of Bokel, near Rendsburg (Schleswig) is the location of this field station for antenna research. It is a broad band (15 to 50 m.) antenna system capable of giving a beam between 10 and 35 deg. (total) width (depending on the wave length) and capable of being rotated electrically to receive from any direction. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 REEVES, A.H. Dr. Dohler, late of Hamburg University (theoretical physicist) (experiments with spark-gap pulse transmitters, etc.) 1945 3p Reports work of Dr. Dohler leading to a prototype model of a spark-gap transmitter working reasonably well down to a wavelength of 60 cms. If his claims are true (probably the case) he has a practical spark transmitter for certain applications both in R.C.M. and for radar transmission. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 REEVES, A.H. Nachrichtenmittelversuchkommando, Funkversuchsstelle, Pelzerhaken (Neustadt - Radar Research and Development Establishment of German Navy). 1945 3p Report on the evacuation center for the principal Navy radar research and development establishment. German radar apparatus was found to be well designed and well engineered but the question of "Centimeter radar" had not been solved by Germany. Details are given concerning magnetron, modulation system, antenna system, scanning system, receiver, wavemeter for 10 cms., experimental magnetron, etc.) Also details on the 3 cm technique and the technique from 2.0 to 1.6 cms. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 SNOWDEN, M. REDGMENT, P. WHITMER, R.M. Interview with Dr. Oskar Heil, Konstanz research in velocity-modulated oscillator tubes 1945 4p Report on Dr. Oskar Heil's research in velocity-modulated oscillator tubes. Special data on the R.E/4-101, particularly its cavity design, electron focussing and the most desirable beam in electron optics. Heil's techniques for studying electron optics are described in detail. Special discussion of energy spectrum of electrons in the beam, transit time resonance, operation of an amplifier, positive ion focussing. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 SOUTHERN, R.W. COVENTRY, A.J. SS Oberabschnitt Nordsee Hamburg, Harvestehudeweg 8 a 1945 2p Two charts, giving the lay-out of the SS systems of radio communication. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 SPROULE, R.S. PETERSON, V.W. PATTISON, R.R. Investigation of gas turbine and jet propulsion work in Paris 1944 28p While results of the investigation were mostly negative in the gas turbine and jet propulsion field, points of interest obtained by Engine team of "T" force on visits to factories, caves, etc., in the Paris area were: Exhaust-driven turbo-superchargers on Heinkel 274 at Farman factory; the Electromechanique built, Brown-Beveri design, exhaust driven turbo-superchargers, mounted on the Hispano-Suiza Y.51 (12T) engine; the Rateau turbo-superchargers; a machine used by Gnome et Rhone for machining shrouded supercharger impellors, from a forging; a petrol driven starter motor to fit a standard eclipse flange designed by Air Equipment; tail assembly and ailerons in the H.I.P.A. Factory; a German atomic H.2 welding process called "Arcatom", details available at Societe de Soudure Autogene C. Francaise; etc. Appendix II comprises a list of documents and materials procured for further study. A visit to Paris gives amplification of points of interest to M.A.P. namely: A double fuel system developed for the 801 engine; a method of finning B.M.W. 801 cylinders with light allow strip; a method of chrome plating the bores of 801 cylinders; details of the Messerschmitt P.8 propeller hub; bakelite propeller mounting cones developed by Ratner; and an exhaust turbine supercharger from the B.B.603 H.E. 274, installation of Farmans. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 STEVER, H. GUYFORD. Radar and electronics targets, Cologne and vicinity 1945 35P Detailed reports on information obtained as a result of visits to twenty-nine establishments formerly engaged in radio and electronic production or research. These included industrial firms and universities. Most noteworthy is the report on the infra-red experiments undertaken at the Physikalische Institute, University of Bonn. The word "target" in the titles refers to targets for exploitation by Allied intelligence forces. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 14, 1946-01-11 WAYBURN, EDGAR Report on the Siemens-Reiniger Werke A/G at Erlangen 1945 3p A description of the plant of the largest manufactures of X-ray and other electro-medical equipment in Germany. Present output is less than 20% of prewar output. Mass radiographic apparatus (35 mm and 80 mm) examined. Investigator feels that 6 or 7 years ago Siemens-Reiniger manufactured mass miniature radiographic apparatus was superior to anything else in the world, but at present it lags behind British or American apparatus in most respects except for the lens. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 WHITMER, R.M. SNOWDEN, M. Report on Physical Department of University of Strasbourg at Seefeldon 1945 2p Detailed account of Dr. Offo Brandt's research in supersonics, particularly supersonic direction of torpedoes. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 WHITMER, R.M. and others. Report on Forschungs Anstalt der D.R.P. Post Dienstelle. F 1945 3p This report discusses work of the laboratories on television, control of glide bombs, electron multipliers, klystrons, magnetrons, and Hela (broad band intercept receiver). ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 WIEMANN, HERMAN and others. Targets in Mulhouse 1945 12p Summary of information obtained at Dolfuss-Meig Company, Mulhouse and at additional firms in Mulhouse manufacturing machine gun feeders, electric cable connections for antiaircraft guns, electric motors, uniforms, medical supplies, mm. guns, torpedo tails, heavy trucks, radio parts, relays for U-boats, 105 mm. shell cases, fuel injection pumps for Diesel motors. The word "target" in the titles refers to targets for exploitation by Allied intelligence forces. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 WILLIAMS, JAMES H. Interrogation of Dr. Carl Bosch: Cathode screens, Selenium dry rectifiers. 1945 3p Report on research work of Dr. Bosch on cathode ray screens, Selenium dry rectifiers, high tension insulators and machines, and biology incidentally. Contains some information on results of oral use of certain salts for treatment of rheumatism. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 WORDEN, L.R. DROGE, H. Radio Sonde transmitters Wurt Radio GmbH, Stuttgart and Neuhausen 1945 6p Description of radio Sonde transmitter developed by Germans just before the end of the war but never in production. In addition to relaying usual signals for barometric pressure, temperature and humidity, it permitted measuring of wind velocity without the necessity of following the balloon with a theodolite. Device has only 2 tubes and a conventional Radar station can be used as a ground station. Pamphlet includes wiring diagram and original German description. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 BRIGHTMAN, HARRISON M. and others Deutsche Edelstahlwerke- Krefeld, Germany 1945 20p Complete layout of this steel mill, with buildings named is given in a drawing and attached list. The organization is described, and the various parts of the plant and equipment are discussed in some detail. Products made at this plant were high alloy steels only. Chemical specifications are given for steels produced. A stock list of materials on hand is also presented. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 BRIGHTMAN, H.M. Gebrüder Bohler A. G. Buderich - Metallurgy 1945 28p Detailed report on the steel works Gebrüder Bohler, Buderich, manufacturer of high quality steels, steel tools, and forgings. Main items of production: Aircraft and diesel engine cylinder sleeves, armor-piercing shell steel, gun barrels, crabon tool steel, welding wire and electrodes, nitriding steel, high speed steel. Personnel employed: 4000 Topics covered in the report: (1) Powder metallurgy (hard cemented carbides), (2) The research laboratory. Equipment and main types of research are listed. (3) Raw materials and electric furnace steel melting (4) Ingot preparation prior to rolling on forgoing. (5) Heating for rolling and forging. (6) Rolling mills. (7) Forge shop. (8) Heat treatment. (9) Machine Shop. (10) Spring Shop. (11) Cold Finishing Shop. (12) Apprentice School. (13) Analyses and monthly tonnage figures of products under normal operations (14) List of steel-making raw materials. (15) A graph showing the rise and fall of production during the war years. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 BRIGHTMAN, HARRISON M. and others August Thyssen Hutte, AG - Hamborn 1945 26p Report on an important steel plant, which had suffered considerably from bombing. Items discussed: Open hearth furnaces, basic Bessemer converters, electric furnaces, rolling mills, raw materials, by-products. The plant produced ingots and rolled steel. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 BRIGHTMAN, HARRISON M. and others Friedrich-Alfred-Hutte at Rheinhausen-Metallurgy 1945 22p Report on one of the steel works of the Krupp Corporation, producing semi-finished material (including billets, slabs, and sheet bar), railroad accessories (rails, sleepers, tie plates, fish plates), shapes (beams, channels, angles), bars (rounds, squares, flats, hexagons). Information given: Personnel, extent and condition of plant, raw materials, coke ovens, sintering machines and screening plant, blast furnaces, basic Bessemer converters, open hearth and electric furnaces, surface conditioning, rolling mills, statistics on production, raw materials, inventory, etc. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 BRUMER, SAMUEL Underground factory sites in Ansbach 1945 5p Reports inspection of seven underground factories in Ansbach, giving location, condition, description of contents, etc. One report deals with a special independent laboratory for tests and experiments in light metals conducted by Eugen Berblinger. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 COLCLOUGH, T.P. Burbach Eisenhutte, Saarbrucken - Metallurgy 1945 8p The steel works at Burbach consist of coke ovens, blast furnaces, Thomas and Martin plants, and rolling mills - all for the manufacture of carbon steels. These works and their use are described. There is also an account of the recovery of vanadium. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 COLCLOUGH, T.P. Rochling'sche Eisen Und Stahwerke GmbH 1945 26p Dr. H. Rochling has headed this company with the main works being at Volkingen in the Saar, near Thionville, and the Rochling works near Wetzler. The works are a good example of an integrated operation from ore preparation and manufacture of coke to the finished steel product, the capacity of each operation per year being given in an appendix. During the war the production of the Martin and electric furnaces has been practically confined to the production of alloy steel. This production for the years 1936 to 1944 is given in a table. Recent major developments are the manufacture of guns and steel castings, the cold-rolling of strip, the finishing of bars. Other developments: desulphurisation of liquid pig iron by the use of liquid soda ash; recovery of vanadium from pig iron; improvement of coke oven gas by the Still process; development of the all-basic Martin or O.H. Furnace. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 15, 1946-01-11 COLCLOUGH, T.P. SIMPSON, J. Steel making in Belgium and Luxembourg during German occupation 1944 20p Steel production in Belgium during the German occupation is summarized. Detailed production records are said to have been collected by Major Harrison for the Economics division of SHAEF. Very little special quality steel of any type was made. Manufacture of H.P.N. (Hamborn, low P, low N steel made in Basic Bessemer converter) is described in some detail. Typical analyses are given as follows: C Mn S P N 0.05 0.34 0.022 0.043 0.008 0.04 0.28 0.025 0.037 0.009 Test procedures on this steel are described and results given. A list of uses for H.P.N. steel is also included. Recovery of Vanadium from pig iron is extensively discussed. The manufacture of shell steel is briefly indicated. Steps taken by the Germans to conserve Mn are briefly mentioned. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 HUNTER, R.M. The electrochemical industry, Bitterfeld area 1945 26 p A general description of plants in this area is given. Production of magnesium, aluminum, magnesium alloying and fabrication, alkali and chlorine is given in detail, with processes, yields, capacity and equipment completely described. Production methods and equipment for production of alkali chlorates, graphite, metallic calcium, phosphorous (red and yellow), potassium bichromate, potassium permanganate, barium metal and bearing metal alloys are given also, but in briefer form. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 LINK, ALBERT E. Synthetic Mica Process-Ostheim, Germany 1945 4p Synthetic mica has been produced by the KWI Ceramics Institute (Forschungsemeinschaft für Keramik, Glastechnik and Emailtechnik). The best synthetic mica is as good as natural mica. The mica blocks carry the same cleavage characteristics as natural mica. The general summary and technical details of the process are given. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 McCARTHY, R.H. and others. Report on Osnabruck Kupfer und Kabel Werke KlosterStrasse, 29 1945 3P Report on telephone and telegraph products, especially wire manufacture, rolling, drawing, insulating and quadding or pairing, stranding, sheathing. German practice appears to be lower in quality and quantity than good American and British practice. The only unique nature was lack of annealing of copper wire at any stage. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 MOTT, B.W. Aluminum Woerwerke, Erftwerke, Gravenbroich 1945 8p Detailed description of a plant for the production and recovery of aluminum: (1) Electrolytic production of aluminum from bauxite, (2) Production of anti-radio-location strip, (3) Recovery of swarf and dross, (4) Recovery of aluminum alloys from wreck aircraft. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 REPORT ON (1) Drahtwerke Eidelstedt (C-22-1013a) (2) Rheinische Draht Und Kabelwerke (C-22-1013b) 1945 2p Report on Drahtwerke Eidelstedt, manufacturers of iron wire and screen and Rheinische Draht Und Kabelwerke, who draw and fabricate cable, bare-rubber, and high voltage paper insulated cable. A plastic extrusion machine for insulating three wires at a time is described in some detail. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 SCHATZEL, R.A. WHITE, W.L. Felten & Guilleaume Carlswerke, Cologne - Miscellaneous chemicals 1945 5p This is one of the largest electric companies in Germany. This plant has two divisions, 1. "Copper and Cable" and 2. "Iron and Steel". The copper plant includes a refinery and rolling mill where copper, aluminum copper alloys and copper clad steel is rolled. Rolling practice is described. The wire drawing department is briefly discussed, and the materials used for wire insulation given, with formulas for compounding. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 SCHATZEL, R.A. WHITE, W.L. Land Und Seekabelwerke - Cologne - Miscellaneous chemicals 1945 7p This plant produced insulated wire and cable. Mixing directions and formulae are given for insulating materials. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 SCHATZEL, R.A. WHITE, W.L. Suddeutsche Kabelwerke, Mannheim - Miscellaneous chemicals 1945 7p This is a complete plant equipped to manufacture bare and insulated copper and aluminum cables. They also make Pyrotenax and all ceramic insulated cable. Formulas and mixing procedures are given for ignition cable, power cable, heavy duty jacket, "Igelit" -(for aircraft, post office cable, and general use) insulations, Pyrotenax cable production is described. This is a low voltage cable for use in hot locations, such as boiler rooms, explosive factories etc. It is an Al conductor, Al sheath cable with MgO as insulator between conductor and sheath. Filling and drafting procedure is given in detail. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 SIDERY BONSEY IG Farbenindustrie (metallurgical and chemical) Bitterfeld near Leipzig 1945 2p At the Aluminum Works I and II, alumina is fed to Sonderberg furnaces via 4" pipe by means of air pressure, total capacity being 35,000 tons per annum. There is also described the casting shop for aluminum and magnesium and the extrusion and forging plant. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 TAMPICO, J. ASHLEY, H.C. Report on Kaiser Wilhelm Institut für Metallfarschung Stuttgart, Seestrasse 75. 1945 2p Brief list of research projects at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Metallurgy: (1) Combustion of aluminum and magnesium as fuels in atmosphere of steam and H₂0₂ (2)Alloy substitutes for platinum. (3) Corrosion of aluminum and magnesium alloys. (4) X-ray methods for study of metals - No details given. Names of research personnel are listed. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 YOURY, F.W. THOMAS, GEORGE Light steel building products 1945 22p Extensive report on a representative sample of German light steel products. Germany is considered to be years behind Great Britain and the United States in the design and manufacturing of lighter fabricated steel products for use in building construction. Discussion of steel windows and doors, with outline drawing of industrial windows, casement windows, and doors. Special account of the use of steel for hangar doors and roofs. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 16, 1946-01-11 BALDESCHWIELER, E.L. Production of synthetic fatty acids and edible fats - Deutsche Fettsaurewerke, Witten, 1945 10p Contains flow sheets for the oxidation plant for manufacture of fatty acids and for the manufacture of edible fats, with additional explanations of the processes for making these synthetic products. Diagram is provided of kettle used for oxidation. FOOD AND KINDRED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 CROMARTIE, WILLIAM J. HENZE, CARLO Research in the field of fat and protein supply in Germany 1945 6p A brief survey is given of the work done in Germany for the purpose of compensating the acute fat and protein shortage. A description is given of the sources of raw material (tomato seed oil, grape seed oil, fish protein, oilseed proteins), and of a synthesis (total synthesis of fats and biochemical synthesis of fat and protein by fungi from sugar and nitrogen compounds). Finally the possibilities of economizing on fat by taking advantage of the metabolic transformation of carbohydrate into fat within the human organism are considered. FOOD AND KINDRED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 DILL, DAVID B. Manufacture of Torula food yeast from sulphite liquors 1945 7p A dry yeast product containing one to three per cent moisture and 40 to 50 per cent protein is produced by a continuous process. The yeast is suitable as a human or animal food. Sulphite liquor produced as a by-product in the manufacture of cellulose from beech wood is neutralized with amnonia. This forms a growth medium for the Torula yeast. The process yields approximately 7 tons of dry yeast powder and fifty tons of cellulose per 100 tons of completely dry wood. FOOD AND KINDRED PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 SHELDON, L.M. Ashaffenburger Zellstoffwerke, AG 1945 7p Description of plant and of processes in the production of wood cellulose. The following factors were considered as probably responsible for the high quality of the resultant product: 1. Viscosity control throughout the entire cycle; 2. Drying technique which involved exposure to temperatures not greater than 90 to 92°C while reducing the moisture content from about 30 to 7% or less; 3. Treatment of the pulp for reduction of ash by means of a final wash with dilute HCL solution. The chief use of the product was in the smokeless powder industry. LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS (EXCEPT FURNITURE)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 WINSLOW, CARLILE P. Dr. Butefish, A director of I. G. Farbenindustrie and member of its executive technical committee, previously at Leuna, and an expert on coal hydrogenation 1945 4p Brief information collected on the following subjects: Hydrogenation of wood and lignin; destructive distillation of wood; wood-sugar-alcohol-yeast-feeding; utilization of lignin - plastics; glues and gluing; pulp and paper; wood preservatives; fireproofing; chemical seasoning; resin-treated compressed woods; painting and finishing; high-frequency heating; wood in aircraft; naval stores and gasogenes. LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS (EXCEPT FURNITURE)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 WINSLOW, C.P. Pulp and paper activities in the Mannheim, Darmstadt, and Heidelberg area 1945 10p Lists the developments in the utilization of forest products, condition of mills, stocks of raw material an hand, and description of firms and institutions carrying on research in this field. LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS (EXCEPT FURNITURE)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 COWDEROY, J. A. Daimler Benz plant at Wendlingen 1945 10p Report based on a visit to a completely destroyed Daimler Benz plant which manufactured cylinders and camshafts for types MB 501, MB 511, and MB 518, high speed diesel engines used in E-boats. The engines are briefly described, and differences between the various types are pointed out. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 DEN HARTOG, J.P. HART, H.H. Mechanical plants in Beltfort[, France] area 1944 6p Report on production and present condition of the following plants: Alsthom at Belfort (produced electric motors from 1 to 30 H.P., large steam turbines, generators, large water turbines). Peugeot at Montbeliard (produced trucks, auto engines, engine hoods for airplanes, tracks for German half-track vehicles). Etablissements Marti at Montbeliard (sole manufacturer of acoustic depth sounding equipment) Etablissements Japy Freres at Beaucourt (manufacturers of typewriters, alarm clocks, hand pumps, electric motors.) MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 DEN HARTOG, J.P. SCHILLING, A.H. Mechanical and metallurgical targets, Savoy region 1944 7P Brief reports on French establishments in the fields of hydraulic engineering, aluminum, electric machinery. The word "target" in the titles refers to targets for exploitation by Allied intelligence forces. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 COWDEROY, J.A. M.A.N., Augsburg and Harburg - the Franciskaner Keller, Munich 1945 25p Reports of visits to M.A.N. works at Augsburg (producers of diesel engines) and to M.A.N. design offices at Harburg (gas turbine developments) and to Franciskaner Keller, Munich, which housed factories making small component parts for B.M.W.. aero engines, petrol transfer pumps for aero engines, and small sheet light alloy pressings for parts for airframes. Detailed information includes: Description of engines developed at M.A.N. works, complete test records of engines for Type XXI U-Boat, schematic drawing of M.A.N. proposed gas turbine propulsion unit. Investigations were under way on axial compressors. exhaust turbo superchargers, and component parts of various types of engines, and also on the measurement of air flow in pipes. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 ELLUM, G.F.C. and others. Report on J.M. Voith Maschinenfabriken 1945 3p Report of work done on 1. Voith-Stauber compressors to deliver oil free air or gas 2. axial flow compressors and 3. blade profile for water turbine runners. There is also a report on wind tunnel and air compressor blade tester. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 GARTER, D.H. and others. Interrogation of Herr Schaaf. Solid injection, jet engines 1945 2p Herr Schaaf related about work at B.M.W. in Munich on development of solid fuel injection engines. An analysis is given on the heat-resisting materials used by B.M.W. for making certain sheet metal pressings for jet engines, the chemical content of the combustion chamber and turbine blades. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 17, 1946-01-11 GILBERT-BERTHIEZ, F.C. Inspection of "Muller Montag", Vertical milling machine with copying attachment 1945 2p The Muller Montag was found to be a standard vertical milling machine of 15" x 24" in which a copying attachment had been incorporated. The machine, however, is not fully automatic and cannot be compared to the Keller machine. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 GREENOUGH, H.V., Jr and others Brown-Boverie company, plants and industries 1945 13p Brief description of type 26 and type 21 submarines, together with turbo-supercharges, propulsion motors, and turbines used in submarines. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 JUNKERS PLANT, Dessau 1945 2p Specifications for an 8 cyl. 90 degree V-engine, called type KM8, for use in naval torpedoes. This engine was manufactured by the Junkers Plant, Dessau. List of personnel in charge of engine development is given. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 KRIG, R.J.M. COWDEROY. J.A. HOGGER, H.C. M.W.M. Mannheim, Daimler Benz, Rothenbach Brown Boveri Co., Mannheim 1945 8p Reports of visits to Aero engine test plant, Daimler Benz; to M.W.M. factory at Mannheim (manufacturers of 1450 H.P. Krupp engines for U-boats); and to Brown Boveri Co. works at Mannheim (manufacturers of exhaust gas driven super-chargers and gas turbines and axial air compressors). Detailed descriptions of engines found are given. The only development of axial compressor was said to have been a secret project ordered by the German Air Ministry and thought to be for the B.M.W., manufacturers of aero engines. No drawings or information were found on this product. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 LLOYD, P. Gas turbine development 1945 30p Development and production of gas turbines at B.M.W., Daimler Benz, and Junkers, covering personnel, location of plants, design, performance, manufacture, production statistics, diagram of engines. The report gives data on jet and rocket propulsion engines. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 MURPHY, G. Diesel engine research and development in Germany during the war and pre-war period 1945 7p Diesel engine development in Germany has been directed mainly toward the improvement and weight reduction of conventional four-cycle engines, especially the six-cylinder 40/46 M.A.N. submarine engine. Detailed design information and reports on performance are given for the following engines: (1) M.A.N. double-acting, twenty-four cylinder Vee-type, two-cycle engines; (2) Junkers Juno 205 (opposed piston, aircraft diesel engine) used only experimentally; (3) M.A.N. submarine engines. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 OSBOURNE, ALAN SPOFFORD, WILLIAM P. Report on visit to offices and test shop of the Schmidtische Heissdampf GmbH 1945 2p Information on reciprocating steam engines of high thermal efficiency, the type and consumption of lubricating oil for these engines operating at pressures from 40 to 55 atms. Considerable information on the Schmidt high pressure steam installations was also obtained. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 PERRY, R. L. Report on refrigeration and cold storage plants in Germany 1945 3p Brief report on refrigeration and cold storage methods as well as research in cold storage problems, indicating that no significant advances had been made in Germany. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 SAUNDERS, O.A. Research and development of engines at Hermann Goering Institute - Volkenrode 1945 4p Research on heat transmission, combustion, flame propagation in pipes, and the measurements of gas temperature, shaft torque, R.P.M., and their applications to engines is summarized briefly in this report. Although work was not yet completed, investigations were of a high order. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 SEBRA, F. Luftfahrtforschungsanstalt, Hermann Goering-Volkenrode, Brunswick 1945 15p Report of visit to two of the five component institutes of the Herman Goering Research Institution. The work at the Motor Research Institute was under three main headings (a) engine research, (b) heat transfer, and (c) combustion, considerable attention being paid to gas turbines. The work at the Weapon Research Institute was mainly concerned with rocket fuels and gives considerable detail concerning the composition of hypergols and ergols. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 SIMONSON, E.T. German refrigeration industry 1945 64p Typical refrigeration equipment installations in various plants are described. Refrigerated rooms for test firing ammunition and for engine testing are also described, the latter in some detail and with several diagrams. Equipment manufactured by Linde Eismachinen AG, is tabulated, briefly described and illustrated by a number of pictures. Brown Boverie equipment is also described. "Complete plans and specifications for the operation of U Boat Type XXI refrigeration equipment were obtained and are available from MIRS as document CIOS/MIRS/104". Research work on air conditioning of military tanks is in file as CIOS/MIRS/107. This work is considered good. Field refrigerators for troop use also considered good. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 SPOFFORD, WILLIAM P. OSBOURNE, ALAN Report on visit to Mannheim area. Description of plants 1945 3p Brief descriptions of conditions of plants in the area. Heinkel Hirth at Stuttgart, Escher Yyss at Ravensburg and Brown-Bover: at Eberbach were producing jet models or doing work in the gas turbine field. Motorenwerke at Mannheim produced light weight, high speed compact Diesels with precompression cylinders. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 STELLA, ARTHUR R. The Peugeot organization 1944 29p Report of prewar and wartime production of this industrial organization and particularly of the changes in production attempted by the Germans during their period of occupation. The Peugeot organization includes three main groups: Societe des Automobiles Peugeot at Sochaux (manufacturers of motor vehicles); Societe des Cycles Peugeot at Valentigney-Beaulieu (manufacturers of motor cycles); Peugeot Freres (manufacturers of Hotchkiss armament and tools and agricultural implements). Useful lists included are: names of German firms which removed machinery from Peugeot-Sochaux; list of documents brought back by investigators; information on German firms based on interrogation of workmen deported from Peugeot works. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 18, 1946-01-11 THOMAS, G. YOURY, F.W. German mechanical engineering industry 1945 28p Survey of plants in the mechanical engineering industry. Principal items covered: High pressure steam generators, hammer mills for pulverizing coal, rotary excavators, pumps, crushing, grinding and screening machines (for reducing rubble to fineness suitable for the manufacture of concrete), and hard coal graders. Data include name of firms, personnel, activities, descriptions of important machinery. MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL)
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 BARNES, J.W. SUDWORTH, J. Dr. Maurer, V.D.O. Tachometer AG, Reichelsheim 1945 7p Report of interview with Dr. Maurer, engineer in charge of Reichelsheim, experimental workshop of V.D.O. Tachometer AG, company manufacturing speedometers before the war. Projects discussed are the buzz bomb (V.1); A.4 rocket (V.2); improved buzz bomb (V.3); V.4 (an air/air rocket with a speed in the vicinity of M[=]0.7-0.8); Glide bomb B.V. 246; air/air rocket (X.4);[and] butterfly (a ground/air version of X.4). ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 BEAN, C.M. Dynamit AG Small arms factory, Stadelin near Nurnburg. Map coordinate M 50/W0 3605 1945 5p The factory produced military ammunition and explosive rivets, ammunition for 9 mm and 8 mm as well as caps for 20 mm and a variety of detonators. The composition used for the explosive rivets was hexanitromannite, tetrazene and aluminum filings. Lead styphnate was produced on the site from styphnic acid via magnesium styphnate and lead nitrate ("rotes trizinat"). Tetrazene was also produced by the interaction of aminoguandine sulfate and sodium nitrite. The method of manufacture of caps is given. Calcium dichlorophthalate was found in quantity, for coloring yellow tracer compositions. The work of the laboratory research is evaluated as not producing any successful cap composition other than those already known. Considerable ballistics research was done but the records were not available at the time of this visit. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 BETHELL, P. Chemische-Physikalische Versuchs Anstalt der Kriegsmarine. Explosives and repellents 1945 14P Report on composition and use of underwater explosives. This material was obtained from the explosives section of the C.P.V.A. [Chemische-Physikalische Versuchs Anstalt] Doenisch Nienhof which worked on problems involving explosives in all naval underwater weapons and advised the Army and Air Forces on underwater weapons. (Section corresponds to Division R.E.2c of the United States Navy, Bureau of Ordnance). The following types of high explosives used for main fillings are described: Schiesswelle neue Art S.16 Schiesswelle 18 or S.W. 18 S.17 Variant of S.W. 18 S.18 Schiesswelle 36, or S.W. 36 Schiessewelle 39 or S.W. 39 Compound fillings of S.W. 18 and S.W. 36 Trialen mixtures (Torpex type) Specifications for aluminum powder are given in Appendix A. Information given by C.P.V.A. to Japan is also included. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 BRIERLEY, JAMES S. CONSTANCE, P.W. Assessment and partial investigation report on Skoda Werke (Target No. 2/27H) 1945 4p According to company officials, damage of the building containing most of the records and drawings of the Werke at Pilsen, Czechoslovakia, was complete. The investigators, however, believe these records were microfilmed and hidden away, safe and obtainable. Investigation was being done in new guns and carriages in calibre ranging from 5.0 cm. to 42.0 cm.; also development work was done on ammunition components. There is a list of material available for inspection, including a list of development projects and the characteristics of development items. The word "target" in the titles refers to targets for exploitation by Allied intelligence forces. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 CARMICHAEL, D. Karl Badstein, D. Ing., Luroper Weg 5, Bringe, Hamburg. Target No. C 2/616. German armament industry 1945 3p Badstein was once attached to GHQ, Berlin, and also worked with Bergmann and Co. as a research engineer. His work included: a hollow charge shell for use in the 7.5 cm. equipment; long range projectiles; new method of making large guns. Apparently, the target number in the title referrs to targets for exploitation identified by Allied powers. The word "target" in the titles refers to targets for exploitation by Allied intelligence forces. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 DAY, A. CREWS, J.M. German small arms plants 1945 33p Report of work done and weapons produced during and since the German occupation at Fabrique Nationale d'Armes de Guerre, Liege (manufacturers of small arms and munitions); Pierer, Liege (manufacturers of two-barrelled signal pistol) Societe de Precision Moderne, Paris; and Manufacture Nationale des Armes de Levallois, Paris (gun parts for 30 mm. aircraft gun Type MK 103). Detailed description of operations in the manufacture of 7.9 mm. and 30 mm steel cartridge cases are included. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 DR. CHRISTIAN HENRY POLTZ, 9TH ARMY HEADQUARTERS, No.: C 28/1.20, C 2/516 1945 5p Interrogation of Dr. Poltz, specialist on smooth bore shell fin stabilized and fired at high muzzle velocity. The purpose of the interview was to obtain details concerning the organization of the Heereswaffenamt (German High Command Armament Research and Development Department). Note the numbers in the title apparently refer to the list of targets for exploitation by allied intelligence forces. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 FISHER, RUSSELL A. Italian anti-tank shoulder weapon 1944 5P Description and diagram of an armor piercing anti-tank weapon capable of being fired from the shoulder. The weapon is designed for a low velocity high explosive projectile. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 HICKMAN, C.N. Pictorial report V-1 launching system 1945 24p 35 photographs and brief description of V-1 launching sites and equipment, with emphasis on method of launching the robots. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 HICKMAN, C.N. V-1 Launching Sites 1945 12p A chronological record of a 6-day expedition to visit V-1 rocket launching sites. Attached are two diagrams- 1. the slotted tube running the full length of the ramp as it is placed thereon and 2. the piston inside the slotted tube. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 HICKMAN, C.N. Visit to underground V-1 manufacturing plant 1944 8p Illustrations and description of underground plant located in an iron mine near Verdun, designed mostly for manufacture of fuselage parts of the V-1 bomb. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 19, 1946-01-11 HINES, G.H. and MESHANE, E.H. Researches of Col. J. N. Bingen 1944 17p Results of interview with Col. Bingen (Belgian) on his research, the results of which he had offered to the British Government. 1. An ultra-chronograph which is said to be capable of measuring short time intervals with an accuracy of 0.5 seconds. When used in conjunction with special breakscreens on a short base it provides a convenient method of measuring M.V. of guns at all elevations with the accuracy required for experimental or calibration firings. 2. Col. Bingen developed a theory whereby multi-ply glass can be made bulletproof. In his experiments he made up windows for aircraft, which are 80 mm thick, and composed of laminations of glass and resin plastic of graded thicknesses. 3. Col. Bingen described some experiments on the rupture of stretched steel wires by falling weights striking transverse to the wire, and proposed the use of such wire and springs for use to protect targets from attack by light (incendiary) bombs. Col Bingen'. notes on this ultra chromograph and on these experiments are included in this report. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 HOLMES, J.G. and others Interrogation of Herr Stiele von Heydekampf. German tank and engine program 1945 9p Von Heydekampf indicated the German tank program had three influences: the desire for powerful guns and thick armor; the trend toward gun carriages of limited traverse; economic considerations. He gave information on a weapon carrier, the engine program and transmissions. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 LIEBHAPSKY. H.A.. NORRIS. R.H., and BULL, E.H. Bayerische Motor Werke (BMW) 1944 10p A report on the features of a German station for stationary tests on rocket motors. Some 6000 rocket-fuel combinations were tested: nitric acid was the only oxidant used in these tests but many reducing agents (fuels) were tried. Electrical measurements of thrust were made, but absence of the German operators made definite scientific data impossible. Contains several plates. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 LIVINGSTON, C.S, and RECHEL, B.R. Dynamit AG Plant at Sohulebusch. Artillery and weapons (explosives and repellents) 1945 4p Brief description of an experimental T.N.T. plant that had refined completely undamaged. Nitration and purification processes are discussed in some detail and illustrated by 2 diagrams. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 LLOYD, P. Technische Akademie der Luftwaffe, Eckertal 1945 4p Very brief report on Prof. Leist's and Nagel's research in jet propulsion. Projects at Eckerstal are briefly described: Law tension ignition system; ignition and stability of turbine combustion; torah igniter using fuel of the Riedel starter; tests on alternative fuels.
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 LLOYD, P. Technische Akademie der Luftwaffe, Eckertal 1945 4p Very brief report on Prof. Leist's and Nagel's research in jet propulsion. Projects at Eckerstal are briefly described: Law tension ignition system; ignition and stability of turbine combustion; torah igniter using fuel of the Riedel starter; tests on alternative fuels. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 MAGRUDER, L.B., Jr. Eisenwerke Oberdenau; documents and equipment listed 1945 3p This Linz, Austria, plant has electric, open hearth, and Bessemer melting facilities, practically all the Bessemer steel being used for steel castings (principally for miscellaneous automotive parts at Steyr). The plant last: excellent modern one which was apparently designed for the production of armor and fabrication of major armored vehicle components. Lists are included f personnel interviewed, equipment evacuated and documents removed, Including a general assembly drawing of the Maus, 200 ton tank. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 MARTIN;, C.C., Jr. CONSTANCE, P.W. Planning board of Reich Research Council 1945 5p This report gives information obtained at this organization (located in Lindon) which controlled all development and research activities within Germany and occupied countries. The Board maintained files of all research projects, institutions and personnel and records of results. Information was also obtained on certain specific research Projects, including: 1. An aerial rocket about 10 inches in diameter to be fired from fighter or fighter-bomber air-craft against bomber formations; 2. a similar aerial which uses the same body and propelling charge but a differentently constructed warhead; 3. Central mechanism end testing apparatus for accoustically guided torpedo GTE; 4. An anti-personnel weapon for use against infantry; 5. An anti-aircraft device. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 MORTENSEN, M.A. Seewerkes, Immenstaad Der Luftschiffbau Zepplin GmbH, Friedrichshafen 1945 5p Report on Seewerke, established as an aircraft torpedo proving range and overhaul shop in 1942. Torpedoes to be proved were: LTIA-1, 2, and 3 and LTIB-1,2,3, and 4 and for acoustic systems. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 ROOP, W.P. German torpedo motor fluid (Ingoline) 1945 13p German navy directives relating to the delivery of motor products for "ingoline" torpedoes. In French, with English translation attached. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 ROOSEVELT, C.V. The status of synthetic training in Germany 1945 9p An evaluation of German military synthetic training methods and equipment. Potentialities of synthetic training were not fully appreciated by the German armed forces. Most of the trainers found would not be valuable to the American armed forces since they train only for German equipment or are inferior to devices already used here. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 SIMPSON, J.W., and TAILOR, G.W.R. Rheinmetall-Borsig Works, Unterluss; artillery and weapons 1945 7p Report on the following artillery equipment or parts of equipment seen at this main testing range for all Rheinmetall Borsig guns: 5.5 cm. Automatic Equipment Flak MK.58 and Flak MK.59; 88 mm. Flak, remote power controlled mounting; 75 mm, pack howitzer; 37mm. A/TK.. equipment; 75 mm. pak 41 with muzzle squeeze; and 88 missle charging device. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 SMITH, FRED B. Vereinigte Apperattebau Aktiengesellschaft, a subsidiary corporatiom of Rheinmetall Borsig Aktiengesellschaft (Target No. C 19/191). Description of plant and personnel 1945 2p Outlines visit to Wurzen, Grimma and Trebsen, the personnel visited and their duties. The Vereinigte Apparattebau Aktiengesellschaft was responsible for design of all army artillery carriages. Also visited was Dir. Edouard Mueller who was in charge of design of naval guns and mountings until Sept. 1, 1944. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 TEUTSCH, KURT Bleichert transportanlagen Gmb H, Leipzig, N 22, Kaiser Friedrich Str.34 1945 2p Report on the condition of the Bleichert establishment, Target No. C 2/525, and of the production there of flak grenades and axles for the German infantry gun 1942. There were removed grenades and machines and the entire secret correspondence with the Oberkommando der Wehrmacht. Lists documents and equipment removed from XIVth Flakdivision and 4th Eisatzbattallion, Leipzig-Sohnau. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 20, 1946-01-11 WERNISCH, GEORGE Robot bomb factory, Thill, Luxembourg 1945 5p Description of an iron mine which had been in the process being converted into an underground factory. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 AGAR, J.N. German anti-fouling compositions 1945 5p A short review of German research on anti-fouling materials. Principal research activity during war was an attempt to reduce the content of copper and mercury in the anti-fouling composition, as these metals were in short supply and success was achieved. Research also carried out on the theory that fouling should not occur on positively charged but results at War's end were inconclusive. Primary Metal Industries
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 COLCLOUGH, T.P. I. G. Farben - Oppau Works - Ludwigshafen 1945 15p

Description of condition of plant and process of production of both carbonyl nickel and carbonyl iron powder at Oppau Works. Manufacturing method is based on principles whihc were developed by Mond Nickel Company in the manufacture of nickel and whihc have been adopted in recent installations of the production of Carbonyl Iron Powder in the U.K. and the US

Both iron and nickel under suitable conditions of temperature and/or pressure combine with CO gas to form a Carbonyl and by variation of the temperature and/or pressure, these Carbonyls decompose witht he liberation of CO gas, which is recirculated, and the decomposition of metal.

 Primary Metal Industries
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 DOVE, A.B. Elektrowerk-Weisweiler 1945 16p Report on plant located at Weisweiler, near Eschweiler, indicating the plant had operated on ferro-alloys of silcon, manganese, chrome, molybdenum and tungsten. The report covers the plant layout, present equipment in plant, characteristics equipment in plant, list of equipment removed to other plants, electrical characteristics of furnaces, and data regarding number of furnaces operating from May 1943 to close of operations, about Sept. 6, 1944. There are photographs and a sketch. Primary Metal Industries
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 WAGNER, EDMOND H., IVORY, W., and HOLMES, J.G. Tungsten carbide plants 1945 4p Report on two French Tungsten Carbide Plants: Messrs. FILIERE UNION and SOCIETE L' LORRAINE DE CHARBON POUR L'ECTRICITÈ, both located in Paris. The firms were engaged in the production of cores for projectiles during the war. The report covers: Sources of raw materials, processes, plant, products, German activities. The appendix shows a table "New German Code-1941".--(Tool tips mad dies). Primary Metal Industries
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 ALDRICH, R.C. Polhoehe measurement of lubricating oil 1945 4p "Polhoehe" value is related to viscosity index. The method of determining the "Polhoehe" value of an oil is given. A nomograph taken from "Lubrifiants" a French booklet (File CIOS/MIRS/102) used for determining "Polhoehe" values is reproduced. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 ATWELL, H.V., and SCHROEDER, W.C. Steinkohlen-Bergwerk Rheinpreussen Moors-Meerbeck. Fuels and lubricants. CIOS target no. 30/5.05 1945 152p Description of the Fischer-Tropach plant of the Steinkohlen-Bergwerk Rheinpreussen, giving details of the coking, synthesis and alcohol plants; listing annual production of primary products; giving information regarding other synthetic fuel plants. Data and distribution of the following products are given: liquefied gas (Flussiggas: Treibgas). stabilized benzine (Grund Benzin), Diesel fuel, Kogasin, hard paraffin and Gatsch. There are included 27 figures, 23 tables and appendices, A. listing seised documents; B. giving translations of documents relating to research activities; C. documents relating to relocating Moers equipment; and D. abstracts of patent applications relating to the Fischer Trobach process. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 COCHRAM, C. Gelsenburg AG-- bituminous coal hydrogenating plant 1945 5p This plant hydrogenated bituminous coal at 700 ats. Some 2,000 - 4,000 tes/months of tar oils, mainly middle oils, were also processed. The petrol and middle oils made from coal and tar oils were treated in the vapour phase at 300 ats. pressure making petrol of 55% volatility of 100℃. and F.B.P. 155-160℃; the clear octane number was 72. Publication gives a description of the process. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 COTTON, ERNEST Preliminary oil team report on Ammoniakwerke Merseburg, GmbH plant on I. G. Farbenindustrie AG at Leuna, Germany 1945 2p This is a general chemicals and synthetic oil plant manufacturing several products, such as synthetic aviation fuel, synthetic motor fuel, synthetic lubricating oil, fixed nitrogen, synthetic alcohols, and other chemicals. Brown coal is the principal starting material although some hard coal is used. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 EVANS, LOUIS P. Dipl. Chem. Paul Schneider 1945 3p Dr. Schneider directed the production of fuels and lubricants from all sources throughout greater Germany during the war. Paper gives a brief description of the organization which he headed, as well as the types of products produced. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 FORAN, E.V., and ALDRICH, R.C. French shale oil industry 1945 51p

This report based on an inspection trip of French units and pilot plants, deals primarily with methods of distilling shale with secondary consideration to the question of crude oil recovery. Subjects treated includes survey of oil shale resources, description of processes at distillation plants, summary of characteristics of products obtained. The following plants are described in detail: Societe Miniere des Sohistes, Autun; Societe Chimique de la Grande Parcisse, St. Hillaire; Petit Furnace; Societe Bitumes et Sohistes, Lavernke.

Appendices contain additional technical information including a detailed report of the Schist oil output at Autun and diagrams and flow sheets illustrative of distillation processes.

 PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 FRASER, D.S. and others Interrogation of Drs. Julius Schmitt, Ludwig Schmitt, and Heinrich Schmitt, of Dr. Heinrich Schmitt-Werke, K.G., Berchtesgaden 1945 3p Visit with Dr. Heinrich Schmitt, inventor of Schaumkohle (foamed coal) and his two brothers. The invention comprises wetting coal screened from 0.2 to 1.0 mm. with 4-10﹪ of a thermo-setting resin, such as phenolic resin. The foamed coal thus obtained with its high reactivity and permeability was claimed suitable for stationary and venicular gas producers, in gas engines and rockets, etc. Dr. Schmitt also gave information on artillery-shell cases made so as to fire an 88 mm. shell from a 105 mm. gun, the range being increased from 8 to 16 km. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 21, 1946-01-11 GETZ, C.A. and PFEIFFER, E.V. Report on coal-stripping method and equipment in Germany 1945 3p Report on an unusual coal strip mine method: General description of construction and operation. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 GUNTHER, A.E. Germany and Austria, liquid fuels II. Crude oil production group 2B, chief producing companies 1945 5p This report is an account of the relations which existed during wartime between the owners and operators of the Heide-Meldorf group of oilfields, the Deutsche Erdöl Aktiengesellschaft, and the German Navy. Drilling and production of oil wells was an ordinary commerical undertaking with the Navy as the largest consumer. Under a Navy contract attempts were made to produce oil by mining and distillation from a strongly impregnated chalk of Cretaceous (Senonian) age, called "Oil Chalk". Contract was never fulfilled due to technical difficulties and success of allied bombing. British Military Government have ordered Deutsche Erdöl to continue with mining of "Oil Chalk" for use as a substitute fuel. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 HALL, C.C. and POWELL, A.R. Krupp Treibstoffe Werke GmbH Wanne-Eickel - Fuels and lubricants 1945 8p

This report is in two parts. I. Fischer-Tropsch Plant. II. Krupp-Lurgi Low Temperature Carbonization Plant. I. was badly damaged.

I. Production and purification of synthesis gas is described, and composition of the gas given. The synthesis process and apparatus is described in some detail. A drawing of the medium pressure oven is reported to have been obtained. Products are given on a percentage basis, and use indicated. Capacity about 65,000 tons per year.II. Description of the coking chambers given in some detail. Coking capacity of plant - 20,000 metric tons of owl per month. By-products briefly mentioned.

 PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 HOLROYD, R. Visit of CIOS team to oil centers in Leuna, Lutzkendorf, Zeitz, Bohlen, Stressfurt, and factories in Russian occupied territories 1945 6p Report on German synthetic fuel production and description of processes and production of synthetic fuels at the above listed plants and at Blechhammer, Brux, Politz, Heiderbrech, Moosbierbaum, and Ludwigshafen/Oppau. Adoption of automatic control and the use of a falling temperature gradient contributed to an increase in coal throughout at the Leuna hydrogenation plant. The chief research and development work at Leuna has been in connection with production of high aromatic content gasoline. Synthesis gas and hydrogen were made at Lutzkendorf by the Winterschall-Schmalfeldt process. At Blechhammer a pressure process was used for conversion of water gas to hydrogen. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 HOWES, D.A., ALLEN, J.G., and SCHINDLER, HANS Wirtschaftliche Forschungs GmbH - Stassfurt and Bad Berka 1945 7p Detailed description of underground blending station at Strassfurt for the blending of motor gasoline and Diesel oils. Motor gasoline is blended from Hydro gasoline with or without benzol, plus TEL. Specifications are given for aviation diesel oil, for jet propulsion fuel, and for lubricating oil. A briefer note on the Bad Berke station, which had suffered damage by bombing, and a list of three other stations are also included. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 JONES, B.F. and others Wirftschaftliche Forschungs GmbH (WIFO), Pferdebachtat, Heiligenstadt 1945 5p Descriptions of the installations and of the Wifo are given. This appears to have been a distribution center for gasoline and benzol, as well as a center for blending oils and is made of the organization of the Wifo. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 KUHNE, PAUL K. Preliminary oil team report on IG Farbenindustrie, Heidelberg 1945 3p Method of preparation of aviation gasoline generally being followed in Germany where bituminous coal or brown coal is hydrogenated in several stages. The final blend with 5.6 Tel/Imp. gal. tests 95-96 octane no., Motor method, and 150 blending index, rich rating. This was obtained by the use of the D.H.D. process, involving operation with a moving catalyst bed. With the single step hydrogenation process, T.T.H. process, brown coal tar is hydrogenated in the liquid phase with 5055 catalyst yielding a low quality gasoline, 55 octane no., diesel oil and wax. The wax is well suited for synthetic lubricating oil manufacture by cracking to olefins, polymerizing with aluminum chloride and clay finishing. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 MAINE, G. Oil and Gas Fields in the County of Bentheim and Adjacent Counties 1945 4p Detailed account of oil and natural gas fields in Bentheim county and adjacent counties of Meppen and Steinfurt, all near the German-Dutch border. Information on ownership, location, production, pipe lines, transportation, wildcatting areas. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 MURRAY, R. L. Dr. F. Raschig GmbH Chemische Fabrik Ludwigshafen Am Rhein 1945 6p Report of visit made to plant producing the following products from coal tar; distilled tar for roads, middle oil, products from aqua ammonia, heavier oils for wood impregnation, benzol wash oil, coal tar pitch (for briquetting), miscellaneous fine chemicals, phenol formaldehyde moulding powders, phenol formaldehyde cast resins, plywood adhesives. Description of processes and production capacities is given. Synthetic phenol was produced by chlorination of benzene with HCL and air over a catalyst followed by catalytic hydrolysis the chlorobenzene with steam, thus regenerating the HCL. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 ODELL, WILLIAM W., and BALDESCHWIELER, EMILE L. French oil shale industry 1945 9p This report describes oil shale distillation plants inspected at Autun, St. Hilaire, Lavernhe and Severac-le-Chateau and the Petit Retort developed at Grenoble. The Pumpherston type of retort used at Autun which exactly duplicates the Scotch units, has been superseded by unit developed at St. Hilaire known as Lantz retort. This apparatus is vertical, comprised of two distinct but connecting sections, each section traversable by a gas stream. Mareceaux retort used at Lavernhe and Severac-le-Chateau is vertical and comprises two concentric upright cylindrical shells which confine between them a mass of downwardly moving crushed shale. Crushed shale is charged into the upper portion of the retort and discharged continuously at bottom. The Petit Retort has been operated only on a pilot scale. In this process the oil wetted shale passes through a horizontal rotating, externally heated, cylindrical retort comprising two concentric cylinders. cylinders. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 ORIEL, J.A. Oil tragets in Ruhr and Hanover areas 1945 23p Description of the underground lubricating oil plant at Porta; refinery of the Deurag/Nerag at Misburg; Nienhagen and neighboring oil fields; underground hydrogenation plant in the Bueckeberg Mountains; Ruhr Chemie installation at Holten. Lists of batch and dispersed distillation plants are given. This report also includes a detailed description of the process for the dehydrogenation of the paraffins for the manufacture of "0.X.0." at the Ruhr Chemie installation at Holten. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 22, 1946-01-11 ORIEL, J.A. Report on a visit to oil targets in the Ruhr and Hanover areas 4 to 21 April 45 1945 2p Gives list of "Ofens", dispersed refineries, "Rosts", smaller batch still distillation equipment, "Dachs" under ground lubricating oil plants, "Taube", cracking. plants, and "Jacob", primitive cracking plant working in conjunction with an "Ofen". PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 ORIEL, J.A., HORNE, W.W., and JONES, J.P. Dach I, lubricating oil plant, Porta, Germany 1945 8p This report describes equipment and processes in an almost completed underground plant to produce aviation lubricating oil from topped crude oil. The plant consisted of these five units: 1. Distillation - to be carried out in a two stage Coubrough unit; 2. Extraction - neutral and bright stocks more to be furfural extracted for the work up of aviation lubricating oils; 3. Dewaxing - unit is a recent design of Edeleanu Gesellschaft, using methylene dichloride and ethylene dichloride as solvents followed by a continuous band filter; 4. Clay contacting - oil to be batch clay contacted; 5. Clay extraction - batch naphtha extraction of used clay. Digram of plant and photograph of its main entrance are given. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 ORIEL, J.A. N. V. Internationale Maatschappij Hyderringstechniek & Chemie. International Hydrogenation Engineering & Chemical Co., and International Hydrogenation Patents Company. The Hague, Holland) 1945 2p This organization is the joint concern of the Standard and Shell oil groups, being a holding company for patent rights applicable to oil hydrogenation and gas synthesis. The company had agreements with I. G. Farben and Ruhrchemie. A very brief description of the patent situation is given. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 PECK, E.B. Dr. Karl Winkler, Technical Director of Continental Oil AG C.30/154 1945 1p Gives some information about Continental Oil AG, a holding company with business devoted to petroleum in occupied countires: Balkan States, Rumania, and Carpathiam (Poland and Czechoalovakia). Developments mentioned are extraction of wax (Montan) tram Sapropil in Latvia, and low temperature distilation of peat. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 SHERWOOD, T.K. Wirtschaftliche Forschungs GmbH Eferbachtel fuel blending station 1945 5p Brief report on a German Army Depot used for blending, testing, and packaging fuels and lubricants. The fuels were mostly from the Fischer-Tropsch synthesis. Rough specifications are given for motor fuel, benzene, Diesel fuel, automotive lubricating oil, gear oils. lubricating oil, gear oils. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 SMITH R.H. and others Kohle-Oel-Union Von Busfg Kommanditgesellschaft (oil recovery from shale) 1945 2p Evaluation report of plant at Schorzingen, Wurtemburg, producing 7 tons per day of oil by underground mining and underground distillation of shale. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 TETT, H.C. Luftfahrt Forschungs Anstalt Hermann Goering Mr. Volkenrode Brunswick - Interrogation of Prof. Schmidt & Prof. Lutz: Fuels and lubricants 1945 2p Brief description of personnel and research carried on at laboratory. There is no evidence of a practical nature on fuels and lubricants. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 TETT, H.C. and DEES, H.C. I. G. Farbenindustrie AG Ludwigshafen A, G., Oppau. Fuels and lubricants testing and development 1945 4p Report on personnel, facilities, documents and research and development activities at the Laboratory at Oppau. A broad survey of the research activities is contained in this report and includes work with rocket, jet and diesel fuels, lubricants and aviation gasoline. Mention is made of preparation of synthetic oils for jet aircraft and rockets. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 VINCENT, J.W. Laboratories of Bataafsche Petroleum Maatschappij (B.P.M.) 1945 5p Brief description of the research carried on by the Laboratory during the war, and the methods taken to maintain staff and carry on this research. Report lists chief research problems handled. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 WATSON, H.E. Dr. Asser (Sen.) Research and development: yield and quality of natural resins, coal tar products by low pressure distillation, etc 1945 2p Report of research and development work of Dr. Asser in improvement in yield and quality of natural resins and improvement of the yield of useful products from coal tar by low pressure distillation. He has also worked out a system of collecting and regenerating waste lubricant oil which failed owing to official interference. He has produced a special resin with low pressure. By the same process he has recovered useful resins from brewery pitch; he has made a lanolin substitute from high melting paraffins and soft lacquers from resinous lubricating oil residues. He has also worked out an improved method of bonding plywood, using mixed bakelite and urea resins. The in principle of the resin process is extraction of the resin instead of tapping and the residue is then suitable for sulphate or sulphite pulp. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 CALVERT H.S., SPEAK. G.S., and DUNCAN, C.J. photographic lenses and optical instruments 1945 27p Report on visits to 17 establishments in the Paris area in December 1944, with mention made of those firms not visited. Categories of investigation wore the following: lenses and optical instruments, optical glass, air cameras, cine cameras, electronic equipment, aerodrome and aircraft lighting and color filters. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 CHANCELLOR, P.M. Film production and methods. AGFA Film 1945 55p This is a full report of manufacturing data and finished products by the plant responsible for two thirds or more of the photographic films and plates used in Germany. Special attention is given to the only now product used experimentally by the Luftwaffe- the Agfa color aero-negative material with its corresponding Agfa color positive transparency and paper print materials. This material seemed superior in some respects to the amateur Rodacolor negative film used in the United States. Supporting data such as formulae of the dye couplers, sensitizers, processing chemicals, filters and instructions for use are included. Information is also given on the relations which Agfa had with the Japanese film industry. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 CLARK, R.E. Preliminary report on CIOS Trip No. 311 Wendelstein - Description of Heimholtz Institute; Development of measuring instruments 1945 3p List of projects at the Helmholtz Institute: (1) Measuring blood pressure during exposure to shook waves. (2) Measuring the change of velocity of air by disturbance of the predischarge of a spark gap. (3) Measuring of resonance of the human breast. (4) Measuring quick changes of temperature occuring with shock waves. The institute also had an experimental range and a hospital where animal reactions to shock waves were studied. No details given. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 23, 1946-01-11 COATES, F.H. Gevaert photographic material manufacturers - Antwerp 1945 4p Very brief report on the GEVAERT manufacturing company, the largest B elgian photographic manufacturer. A super speed ultra fine grain film was presumably produced for the German air force, but no details could be discovered. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 COLLINS, RALPH S. A. Wirtschaftgruppe Feinmeohanik & Optik, Schillerstr. 4. Jena, Germany 1945 6p Organization and duties of the Wigru (Wirtschaftgruppe Feinmechanik and Optik), a self-governing organization including manufacturers of optical instruments, spectacle lenses and frames, photographic and cine-equipment and fine mechanical products, mechanical medical instruments, and orthopaedical products. In peacetime the Wigru advised numbers on economic matters and influenced their civilian production along lines laid down by the Government. War production was controlled by the Ausschusse of the Ministry for Armament and War Production. During wartime civilian requirements and distribution were controlled by the Reichsbeauftragter of Feinmechanik und Optik. Connected with the Wirgu was the Prufungsstelle Feinmechanik und Optik which supervised exports and regulated export prices. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 DUNN, R.W. and others The Schacht Marie Salt Mine, Beendorf (Dispersal of Siemens, Berlin). Instruments and equipment 1945 16p Report of the firm "SAB" which stands for "Salzabbaubetrieb Beendorf" (Salt Mining Works of Beendorf) manufacturers of aircraft instruments and autopilots. The plant is located in a disused salt mine at a depth of approximately 1,200 ft and was approximately two thirds completed. Production had not commenced, but about 1,000 K.22 and 100 K.23 instruments had been oompleted before the firm was evacuated from Berlin. Descriptions and diagrams of the K.22 and K.23 automatic rudder controls are given. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 ELLIOT, A. Technical report on CIOS Special mission to Hanover. Professor R. Rase, Pyro-Werke 1945 4p Interrogation of Professor Rudolph Base, specialist in temperature measurement and infra-rod radiation. He had also developed (1) vacuum thermo-elements in lead glass bulbs for radiation pyronetry, (2) bolometers of the thermistor type by evaporating copper on to a cellophane base, probably used for aircraft or ship detection, (3) testa of reflectivities of paints. Ease indicated that the German Navy had been disappointed in infra-red apparatus and the extent to which it was influenced by atmospheric conditions. Hase also owned a factory (Pyro Werke) that manufactured pyrometric devices; the only product of military use was a compact self-contained surface thermocouple for measuring external temperature of gun barrels. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 HUNT, G.I. and others Telefunken, Bad Liebenstein: Leuohataff, Steinbach: Gottingen University, Physical Institute - Investigation of cathode ray tube and iconoscape camera designs 1945 2p Brief report on Cathode ray tubes, iconoscope camera designs, and fluorescent screen materials, Special discussion of developments in fluorescent materials: (1) Use of mixtures of zinc sulphide and zinc selinate for screen powders, (2) heating of powders in frozen atmosphere at 900 degrees C. under pressure of 200 atmosphere. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 LEE, H.B. Sterephon sound recording system 1945 7p This report describes a system intended primarily for high quality sound recording on film. It was privately developed by a German physicist, Dr. Carlheinz Beaker, of Thansau uber Rosenheim. The system employs well-known means in some respects, but has the important advantage of giving expellant 3-channel reproduction of great dynamic range and low noise level using a sound track of total width of only 2.65 mm. Attached are 2 diagrams: figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of the electrical portion of the system, while figure 2 gives a schematic diagram of the optical system. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 PULLING, N.H. and others Physical and optical instrument targets, Paris area 1944 88p Report on firms manufacturing optical and other instruments in France. Information on the following: location, work done for Germany, equipment, types of instruments, manufacturing facilities. Types of instruments: Magnetic compasses, range finders, binoculars, gunsighte, directors, oorrectors, telescopes, sound locators, searchlights, mirrors, submarine periscopes, etc. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 REID, J.B. Voigtlander und Sohn, AG, Braunschweig-Gliesmarode 1945 9p Report on the Voigtlander Photographic company. Information on telescopic rifle sight, 35 mm AA recording camera, 16 mm camera gun, periscopic sight for reconnaissance aircraft, air battle situation projector, lens milling machines, lens centering machine, binocular prism rounding machine. There is also a list of lens designs. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 THORNE, C.R. Report on manufacture of air photography apparatus, etc. by certain firms in Germany (Munich and Stuttgart Area) 1945 9p Brief accounts of visits to 13 German firms manufacturing aerial photography equipment. A number of the firma either bombed out or destroyed by fire, while others made little or no photographic equipment during the war. Among equipment seen and described are: (1) Camera, "Appareil Photographique, Type 40", an air camera of French design; and (2) "Zak 35", a 35 mm gun oamera, designed for mounting outside the wings of the aircraft. A relief mapping section in Mumich} probably unfinished, was also examined, but no new processes were observed. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 TOULMIN, S.E. Report on Deutsche Seewarte (Nautisch-Techische Abteilung) 1945 4p Describes experimentation for the German Navy on: magnetic, distant reading, and gytomagnetic compasses; gyroscopes; naval optical equipment: electron microscopy; and degaussing. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 BULLARD, R.H. Englebert Film S.A., Liege - miscellaneous chemicals 1945 9p Enumerates types and uses of Buna received at the Liege Plant. Gives a few typical formulations for compounding Buna S and method of depolymerizing briefly described. The following ingredients were used: CK 3 and CK 4, a carbon black; aluminum oxide called by the Germans Tonerde-Gel, a substitute for carbon black, called "white carbon", good reinforcing pigment; Kautachol and Naftolene ZD (also Naftolene NV which is not so good), necessary as plasticizers; Vuloacite AZ, an accelerator; Kerosine, a black resin to make Buns sticky; Antiplast, a substitute for stearic acid; rayon, a substitute for cotton; and Oppanol (isobutylene polymer) for rubber cement (does not stick well). Recently pure natural rubber is used only in the cushion. Beat Buna tires made with 30% untreated and 70% depolymerized Buna. Germans have reduced tread thickness as Buna tires separate between plies before tread is gone. Monthly figures for factory program, percent of program realized, weight of tyres and percent of Buma in tyres given, Jan 1942 - July 1944. RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 24, 1946-01-11 DAVEY, W.C. PATTERSON, P.D. HAMMOND, G.L. Synthetic rubber 1945 64p Investigations in Paris and Central France in September and October 1944, giving not only technical information but also economic intelligence with respect to France and Germany. Records were acquired of the Heidelberg rubber conferences, also details of German Buna deliveries to France with code numbers of factories of origin. Teohnical information was on the use of the various types of Buna and the plasticization, compounding and processing of them and on the performance of Buna tires. Diagrams. RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 25, 1946-01-11 DAVEY, W.C. ROBSON J.J. PATTERSON, P.D. Engle-bent factories - Liege and Aachen, Kabelundgummiwerke - Eupen 1944 67p Detailed report on visits to tire factories at Aachen and Liege and cable factory at Eupen. Economic information is given on the production rates, relations of various rubber companies, relative importance of German tire plants, raw material supplies, organization of German cable industry, and scale of operations. Technical subjects treated include: types of German Buna, compounding ingredients, plasticization and variability of Buna, use of synthetic rubber in cables, processes of tire production, textiles, tire construction and performance, reclaiming synthetic rubber, Buna latices, Buna milking machine liner. Appendices contain: lists of documents and raw materials obtained, list of principal German and Austrian cable manufacturers, tire compounding data, cable mixings, results of examination of samples of rayon from Aachen and Liege and of examination of a Buna milking machine liner. RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 25, 1946-01-11 HANDLEY, E.T. HINGELEY, S.F. ROWZEE, N.R. The Harburger Gummiwaren-Fabrik, Phoenix, AG, located in Barburg near Hamburg 1945 117p Visit in May 1945 with information on the following aspects of the Phoenix plant: thermal softening of Buna, physical testing, production of reclaim, tire building, mill-room equipment, tire scrap reports, tire cost information, manufacture of footwear, use of Desmodur R, and manufacture of bicycle tires. Also included is a General Survey of the German Rubber Industry, based on interviews with Otto A. Friedrich of Phoenix, prepared by E. R. Rowzee. Besides, there are reports on the New York-Hamburg. Gummiwaren-Fabrik, the H. Rust and Company, and other aspects-of the Phoenix plant. RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 25, 1946-01-11 HOPKINSON, RUSSELL and others Continental Gummiwerke AG, Hanover. Miscellaneous chemicals 1945 129p Detailed information on three Continental plants in the Hanover district: Main plant is Vahrenwalderstrasse; Excelsior Works at Limmer; [and] Nordhafen Plant at Stocken. Formulae and processes, and design and construction for tires and other rubber products are given as well as statistics of rubber consumption and tire production. In addition to tires other products produced were: Belts, V-, Conveyor, Trans-mission; Hose; Molded goods; Soles and heels; Bogie wheels; Tank track pads; Inner tubes; Rubber mountings; Reclaimed rubber; Proofed goods; Dipped goods; Sponge and cellular rubber; Battery cases; Fuel cells; Hard rubber goods; De-icer boots, [and] Sea markers. RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 25, 1946-01-11 PATTERSON, P.D. German rubber industry 1944 25p Economic and technical information on the German and French rubber industries and their relationships. This includes description of plant at Ets. Colombes Goodrich, discussion of rubber conference held at Heidelberg, and description of Office du Caoutchouc (Office of French Rubber Control). Appendices list personnel in the European rubber industry, documents captured, and raw material samples brought back to the United Kingdom. Processes in the heat treatment of Buna and compounding are described. RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 25, 1946-01-11 PATTERSON, P.D. Synthetic rubber plant, Ludwigshaven 1945 14p Describes generally the IG plant at Ludwigshafen-Oppau and contains valuable information on the layout of the German synthetic rubber industry as a whole, including a diagrammatic plan. Some description is given of the Buna plant which produced Buna S III and Buna SV, a product unsuitable for tires, and information on size and condition of the Buna and Carbide plants. "IG" above stands for "IG Farbenindustrie AG." RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 25, 1946-01-11 PERRY, G.H. GARVEY, S.B. Miscellaneous rubber targets 1945 12p Investigation of six rubber plants in Frankfort-Hanau area. Peters Pneu Renova was a large, modern retreading plant in good condition and has considerable inventories of raw materials. Plant and operations briefly described and recipe for the recap stook given. Interesting information on rubber to metal adhesion, Naftolen, Alumina pigments, and "I-Gummi" of the IG was found in the laboratory of the Metallgesellschaft A. G. Hanauer Gummischuh Fabrik AG had been destroyed and only outlines of the operations could be re-constructed. Plant of Peters Union Tire Factory had been dismantled. Frankfurt plant of Continental Gummiwarke AG had been destroyed, and rubber activities of Dartex AG had apparently been moved. "Targets" in the title are targets for investigation by industrial intelligence teams. "IG" in the description means "IG Farbenindustrie AG," a German conglomerate. RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 25, 1946-01-11 PERRY, G.H. and others Deutsche Dunlop Gummi Compagnie AG, Hanau-Am-Main - Miscellaneous chemicals 1945 46p This plant was the second most important tire plant in Germany, making 32% of the tires for German Air Force. Plant considerably damaged, and looted. Samples of Koresin and Buna SS were sent to Rubber Reserve Co. Lab. in Akron, Ohio and Rubber Control in London. Laboratory and giant tire building shop were completely destroyed. Continuous thermal breakdown apparatus damaged. A general outline of plant and equipment is given. A discussion of the Bunas used is given and the process is described in some detail. Typical recipes used in this plant are given. Reclaim methods are also described. Production figures, cost of raw materials, code names for chemicals used, recipes, and a list of documents collected are given in appendices. RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 25, 1946-01-11 WHITE, W.L. SCHATZEL, R.A. Franz Clouth Rheinische Gumaiwarenfabrik Nippes, Cologne 1945 13p Description of plant, equipment, tank linings, conveyor and transmission belts, and type of operations at factory making molded goods, conveyor and transmission belts, rubber covered tanks and fittings, and rubber covered rolls. Formulas are given for: Under-covering of the hard linings and formula (E 17/6685 - B. Platte); Various inorganic acids - H36/6685- R-hart; Organic and oxidizing acids - H.128; Friction 1475/44 (k) - Conveyor belt; Skim 3000/44 C - Conveyor belt; Cover 6-14-50 - Conveyor belt; Cements used to apply to core also used on metal for tank linings; Compounds for hardnesses ranging from Pussey Jones 40-45 to hard rubber;[and] Molded goods. RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 25, 1946-01-11 WHITE, W.L. SCHATZEL, R.A. Harburger Gummiwarenfabrtk - Phoenix AG, Harburg 1945 16p Before the war this company was the second largest rubber company in Germany, manufacturing tires and tubes, foot-wear, hose, belting, druggist sundries, toys, and molded goods. This report deals, in some detail, with flat transmission and conveyor belts, rubber reclaiming, and [the] manufacture of hose. Equipment, processes, formulas, and mixing procedures are given. RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 25, 1946-01-11 INTERROGATION OF Paul Francis Van Den Boogaard 1945 2p Reports experiments to obtain a resistant material for construction of houses, etc. Clay is analyzed, mixed with 10% cement, set in a mould, compressed at different temperatures, the press then being removed and the resulting cube subjected to a high electrical charge. The cube is then tested for resistance by steady pressure. STONE, CLAY, AND GLASS PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 26, 1946-01-11 RAMM, E.T. MULLETT Interrogation of Dr. Bürok of Telefunken - Berlin 1945 2p Dr. Bürok related his work on tubes with glass envelopes and copper glass seals. Typical amplifiers are described using tubes of glass construction, and using LD-10 (ceramic construction). He also told of trouble developing when trying to comply with demands for shorter wave lengths. His last work was on LD-20 improvements in construction of grids and reduction of losses. "Telefunken" in the title was a German electronics company. STONE, CLAY, AND GLASS PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 26, 1946-01-11 GIVENS, J.H., and Others Continuous and staple fibre plants of Germany 1945 223p This report is known as the Rayon report. The report is divided into 4 sections: I. Introduction; II. General survey of the industry, which includes a discussion of acetate, ouprammonium, viscose, synthetic fibres and equipment; III. Description of the individual German plants and/ or processes; and, IV. Miscellaneous items of equipment. Part II of the report is a brief digest of the information obtained, treated by processes. To some extent it also serves as a guide to the more striking features observed at the different factories. Twenty rayon or staple fiber factories are separately described in Part III, together with subjects closely related to synthetic fiber manufacture, such as, research work on the lactams at Leverkusen and Ludwigshafen, the manufacture of wood, pulp, carbon disulphide, acetylene products, and other synthetic fibers, raw materials, fiber-finishing compounds, and twisting equipment. Report contains many charts, tables and photo-graphs. TEXTILE MILL PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 26, 1946-01-11 KRAUSEN, R.S. IG Farbenindustrie in Dormagen 1945 13p Dormagen plant of IG Farbenindustres [was] visited in March, 1945. During the war it produced cupra-ammonium, rayon, cuprama staple fiber, synthetic upholstering materials, and cellulose acetole (need as backing for safety film). Report describes briefly technical advances made during war years in production of above materials. Of special interest is a machine for continuous spinning of rayon from solution to bobbin. An improved process for the esterification of cellulose is also described. TEXTILE MILL PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 26, 1946-01-11 VON BERGEN, W. German Army "Einheitstuch"; Standard cloth[,] field gray 1945 18p A study of the shade development and the use of vat dyes in the Standard cloth of the German Army and the dyeing problems connected with it. Various changes in shade of uniform [are] discussed, with particular reference to dyeing specifications, with advantages and disadvantages of vat dyeing as opposed to chrome dyeing. Problems involved in using re-worked wool, wool waste, and razor staple in the fabric and their reaction to dyeing process [are discussed]. Study was also made of infra-red sensitivity of all dyes in question. TEXTILE MILL PRODUCTS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 26, 1946-01-11 ARSON, W. Report on aircraft instruments etc., produced by firm Albert Pattin of Berlin and Wesben (Interrogation of Herr Rolla) 1945 3p Herr Rolla had been concerned with the following developments, among others: automatic pilots for single and 2- and 4-engined aircraft; gyro-compass in particular for use with small "Schnell" boats; replacement of platinum by a gold alloy for various potentiometres used in automatic pilots and compass systems; [and] electrical bombsight. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 26, 1946-01-11 APPLEYARD, DC BIOT, M.A. The Horton tailless aircraft 1945 55p Brief account of the Horton brothers' careers and of their interest in tailless gliders end powered air-craft which bee led, during the war, to the development of a jet-propelled fighter and a six-engined transport intended for post-war civil use. Descriptions are given of Horton types I to XII and details are included of special aerodynamic, structural, and mechanical features. Photographs and drawings are included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 26, 1946-01-11 ASHLEY, H.C. WHITE, C.F. Flugtechnische Fachgruppe: Prototype glider 1945 3p Interview with Dr. Heinemann, manufacturer of prototype glider of the P-13 (DM-1} type: plans for the development of a new type of plane capable of attaining supersonic speed were under way. The difficulty was to design a plane that could fly at low as well as high speeds. Rocket propulsion similar to that used in the Messerschmitt 163 was contemplated. Three test models were planned for determining (1) the most suitable aircraft structure for low as well as high speeds; (2) efficiency of operation under jet power (500 - 750 m.p.h.); [and] (3) efficiency of operation under rocket propulsion (1,250 m.p.h.). Technical details as to the aerodynamic properties and construction of the MD-1 are reported. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 26, 1946-01-11 BARNES, J.W. SUDWORTH, J. The Horn Geratebau, Lei-QQQ zig and Plauen 1945 6p This report presents information obtained from interview with Dr. Horn and examination of his aircraft instrument factory. Plant and standard and special types of equipment are described. Experiments had been underway on a form of erection system for vertical gyros similar to that used on the Mk. I Eleotrio Vertical Gyro. The principle is to employ liquid switches sensitive to gravity to move iron armatures by means of solenoids. The movement of each armature causes a horizontal shift of the center of gravity of the inner gyro assembly. Brief information is given on gyro control gear, lubrication of gyro bearings, altitude indicators, alloys for gimbal and frame construction, governor for rate gyros. Firms supplying gyro parts to Horns and instruments and documents removed from factory are listed. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 26, 1946-01-11 BENNETT, G.E. Montage-Werkstatt, Liohtenfels - Carl Schenck GmbH, Darmstadt 1945 6p Reports of visit to Montage-Werkstatt (engaged in testing and repair and redistribution of aircraft instruments, particularly radio altimeters and their component parts and small instrument electric motors) and to Carl Schenck GMBH (engaged in the design and manufacture of balances, conveying plants and testing machines). Descriptions of test equipment and lists of documents removed are included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 26, 1946-01-11 BIOT, M.A. JAYNE, J.M. Horton tailless aircraft 1945 30p A short description and 16 photographs and drawings of a tailless jet propelled fighter, the H-IX-V2, designed and built at Goingen by Horton Bros. Some data is also presented of the H -VIII, a large six-engine transport flying wing now under construction and other Horton aircraft. A view of the H-VIII drawn from memory, and 5 illustrations of other aircraft are included. Also included is a complete list of captured documents related to Horton airplanes. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 OBESEIRE, FRANK E. German railroad technical development 1945 20p Report on the German Railroads (1) organisation; (2) tracks, roadbed, bridges; (3) emergency restoration and maintenance; (4) communications; (5) signals and train control; (6) mass wartime transports; (7) car retarder yards; (8) locomotives; (9) diesel power; (10) fuel; (11) passenger and freight oars; {12) brakes and couplers; (13) journal bearings; [and] (14) lubricants. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 DAVIES, HAROLD German manufacture of airscrews by the Vereinigte Deutsche Metallwerke organization 1945 20p Report on the largest German producer of airscrews which controlled the output of the French airscrew industry during the occupation. Despite activities of the V.D.M. factories in France, production of airscrews was unable to keep pace with construction of new aircraft. Principal causes of shortage were the lack of raw materials and machining capacity for companies. A list of V.D.M. factories in Germany shows the dispersal of airscrew manufacture and storage depots. Lists of components and supplies and bottle-necks in production are also given. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 DEVONS Interrogation of Albert Speer and Members of the Ministry of Armaments and War Production 1945 2p Information, based on interrogation of Frydag, June 7, 1945, on: the method of translating aircraft program into require-QQQ-QQQ nets for components and spare parts. Aircraft program was used on requirements for three types of equipment (instru-QQQ nents, electric, hydraulic) and for engines and engine accessories. Aircraft program was translated into terms of requirements for all items of equipment and engine tomes- sties on the Hollerith. A general percentage was added for spare oompaients. The translation of an aircraft program into requirements generally took on month. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 DUNN. QQQQRaw., and others Bartensleben Salt Mine, Morsleben (Division of Askania Werks, Berlin). Instruments and equipment 1945 12p Facilities and organisation of a plant for manufacture of aircraft instruments and auto pilots located in a salt mine. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 DURHAM, M. Reichskommissar für die Seeachiffahrt QQQand Seeschiffahrstamt 1945 5p Report on organization of German merchant shipping. The Reichskommissar für die Seesohiffahrt (RKS) was appointed in May 1942 and the Seesohiffahrtsamt des Reichsverkehrs-QQQ ministeriums was put at his disposal. Appendix gives ammo QQQimats cargoes shipped by German trampers by commodities and by motor sailing vessels in the Baltic and Northsea, 1943, 1944, 1945, and also tons per year by liners. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 EARWICKER, G.A. Focke-Waif Structural Research Station 1945 7p Report on rssearch in aircraft structure at Focke-Wulf, covering the following tonics: Synthetic resin glues for wood, wood-to-metal glues, sealing compounds, for pressure cabins, plastics, laminated wind screens, exhaust contamina-QQQ Lion tests, fuels and lubricants, corrosion. Most of the information given is very brief. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 ERIKSON, R.K. BROWN, T.S. Bombproof Mssserschmitt Assembly Plant, Weingnt II, Landaberg 1945 2p Description of an allegedly bombproof Messersohmitt assembly plant under construction. 30 per cent complete. The outer shell was designed to house a four-story assembly plant. Planes were to be catapulted from the building, thus making an airfield in the vicinity unnecessary. Unique method of construction: A gravel fill (arched roof) eliminated the use of timber forms; 3 meters of the total 5 meters of concrete was poured; the inside was then dug out and interior construction immediately begun. Floor loadings: 1000 Kg. per sq. meter. Pumpcrete method used for depositing of concrete. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 FAGAN, H.B. Aircraft production activity of the Peugeot organization, Montbeltark, France 1944 6p Very brief report on the Peugeot company, manufacturer of power plants (minus engines) for German aircraft. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 FAGAN, R.H., and others Aircraft works of Koninkijke Maatschappij "Ds Schelde" 1945 67p Report on a Dutch aircraft firm ("De Schelde") engaged in the production of wings for Dornier 24 Flying Boat. The report covers production statistics, floor plane, list of contractors, list of key personnel, classification of construction material; also some data on construction methods. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 FLETTNER, ANTON Flettner helicopters. Statement by Anton Kransberg. nr. Frankfurt a. Main 1945 3p A signed statement by Flettner, proposing to SHAEF that he be granted permission to finish his helicopter Fl 339. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 FOSTER, H.E. Discovery of the Luftwaffe archives, other targets 1945 3p Brief description of contents of arohives found in Heldburg Castle: (1) German air force records going back to 1889, (2) records showing growth of German Air force, production rates, mobilization plans, tests, equipment, (3) record of air operations in World War II, [and] (4) air intelligence records. GARNER, H.M. Interrogation of Dipl. Tag. Bohlen 1945 1p Interrogation of Hohler, test pilot for D.V.L. (flight researoh): he specialised in performance spinning. Aircraft tested were Me. 109, Ar 90, Bu 181, and Ju 87. Comments on recovery from spins. Organization chart of D.V.L. is shown. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 GOLDIE, C.H. REASON, S.J. Aerodynamisches Institute der Teohnischen 1945 3p Gives brief description of the departments, scientific staff and the work that me in progress at the Institute. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 1): 27, 1946-01-11 GILSON, J.C. LONDON, R.C. Dragger Werke, Leubeck 1945 2 p Resume of intelligence gained by interview with personnel having to do with aircraft oxygen equipment, safety equipment, and diving apparatus. Full details on all the oxygen equipment, of the reasons for design changes, and of any special manufacturing processes used were obtained. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 HARKISON and others Deutsche Forsohungsanstalt Für Segelflug 1945 5 p Report on the glider research institute at Ainring and Prien. This establishment conducted research on glider towing, pick-a-back combination, glide bombs, special aircraft for high altitude (60,000 ft. and higher), high mach number, application of the rocket, coal fuel and argue Rone (V-1) power units to aircraft, remote control of winged bombs and missiles, automactic pilots, television remote control of guided missiles, and upper air meteorology. This report is only preliminary and gives information on the organization of the institute and types of research done in each division and more detailed description of sailplanes used in high altitude soaring. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 HOTSON, A.W. Focke Wulf Structural Laboratory, Detwold Aircraft-target CIOS 25/19 1945 36 p Report on a visit made for the purposes of obtaining information on the test equipment and testing technique used by Focke-Wulf in their research and development work on aircraft structures. Primary attention was given to the static and dynamic testing of aircraft structures and components. The equipment used for mechanical testing of materials was also examined. The report is given in the form of a list of the equipment, with photographs and some details of test methods and policy. Methods of testing complete airframes and wing fuel tanks, static strength test of engine mounting, and dynamic tests of tail and fuselage, of wooden tailplane, and of welded tail leg fork and longeorn are described. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 JAYNE, J.M. German aircraft maintenance 1945 21 p Report on the organization of the German air force, with special empasis on aircraft maintenance methods: Structural checks, engine, propeller, overhaul, greasing, washing, storing, lines, quick-change stands, oil dilution, cold weather maintenance, modifications, spars ports, oil changes, spark plugs, radio, radar, training, forms, [and the] design of aircraft. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 LAMBERT, M. Aircraft engine factories, Paris 1944 17 p This report contains information regarding types of aircraft and engines found on visits to aircraft engine factories, an airfield. and several caves, used for maintenance and stores depots, in the Ports area. At Gnome Rhone, information was obtained in connection with parts of the BMW 801 engine and of a complete power egg consisting of a simplified version of a Bramo 323 engine, installed in a new type of cowling. At Usine Ratier, information was obtained on the Me P-5, a new VDM propeller, and at Maurice Farman, Surenes, on the prototype of the He 274. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 LELICH, B.P. Luftfahrtmedizinischen Forschungs Institut des RLM (attached to Helmholtz Institut) 1945 3 p Describes briefly two devices for study of effects and cause of death by blast waves. Also discoveries in research on effect of high frequency vibrations on pilots flying jet-propelled aircraft, involving detection and measurements of ultrasonics, reported briefly. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 LIPTROT, R., and others German activities in the French aircraft industry 1945 192 p Detailed report on French aircraft factories employed by the Germans in the following ways: (1) Construction of aircraft. (2) Construction of components of German aircraft. (3) Series production of complete German aircraft. (4) Design and model production of new types of aircraft. (5) Repair work. The reports on individual firms cover location, personnel, production, control, and airfield activities. The report includes a production summery, description of German standard production jigs, and detailed data on certain German aircreft models, including diagrams and photographs: Focke-Achgelis helicopters, Ju 488, FW 190, 189 A-1, 300A, BV 144, 222, 238, and SI 204. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 LOGAN, L.R., and others Junkers aircraft target, at Dessau Aschersleben Bernburg, Rahuhn, Schonebeck, Jesemitz, Halle and Schkeuditz. Research, development, and preproduction aircraft factory 1946 12 p Relates type and condition of each target as well as importent discoveries made in each, including Research-Air-plant 8-346, regarding behaviour of the air forces on airplanes in the supersonic range. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 MEADER, M.J. Survey of production techniques used in the German aircraft industry 1945 14 p Comparison of labor and working conditions, plant layout and internal plant transportation, production practices, machine tools and tooling, new designs, inspection methods and equipment. and production problems in the German end American aircraft industries. Generally. the American aircraft industry can learn little from the Germans in details of production. However, in Germany special encouragement was given to and special reliance was placed on the development of unconventional products. New products could be put into production or designs changed more quickly and easily than in the United States. A list of production plants visited is included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 NOTON, and others Interrogation of Albert Speer and Members of the Ministry of Armaments and War Production -- Aircraft Production 1945 6p Interrogation of Frydag, chief of the aircraft construction section of the Ministry of Armaments and War Production. Frydag had complete power over the airframe industry. It was his job to estimate output to set up production on schedules and to allocate orders. The report describes in detail the difficulties encountered by Frydag, especially as a result of sudden changes in aircraft design. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 OSBOURNE, ALAN SPOFFORD, WILLIAM P. Junkers Flugzeug und Motorenwerke AG, Ausbildung Dessau 1945 10 p Brief report of visit to German factory to learn details of the jet propulsion gas turbine for aircraft as manufactured there for general gas turbine purposes. Principles and specifications of jet engines are listed. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 PERSHOUSE, A. and others Adam Opel AG, town Russelheim Am Mein 1945 4 p A discussion of vehicle design questions with Mr. Bohner, Chief Engineer, Opel factory. Both Opel design activities in the war period and German activities generally are discussed. Attention was brought to the new type of 3/4 track heavy army tractor known as S.W.S., the characteristics of which are given in some detail. Opel tests in starting practice. under extremes of cold are compared with Russian practice. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
Germany
BSIR 1( 1): 28, 1946-01-11 ATWELL, H.V. SCHROEDER, W.C. Steinkohlen-Bergwerk Rheinpreussen, Moers-Meerbeck 1945 150 p. Complete illustrated report on Fischer-Tropsch synthetic fuel plant at Moers-Meerbeck. Plant consisted of coking plant, synthesis plant, alcohol plant, and research facilities, all of which are described in detail. Appendicies contain list of seized documents, translations of documents relating to research activities and to Moers equipment, and abstracts of patent applications relating to the Fischer Tropsch process. Products produced were: Liquefied gas, grund benzin, diesel fuel, kogesin, hard paraffin and gatsch. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 BIDLACK, V.C., and others Anorgana GmbH Werk, Gendorf 1945 38 p Report on processes and products at a subsidiary of IG Farben. Organization, officials, raw material supply, production capacities, and research are covered. Processes are described for the manufacture and projection of chemicals from acetylene. Acetylene was made from calcium carbide produced locally. In spite of its high cost (180 RM per T) it is claimed that ethylene made from acetylene was cheaper than ethylene made from ethanol. Dr. Heppe developed a large number of schemes on the reactions of acetylene described in this report, but few of them were put into operation. Reports on laboratory work on the following pharmaceuticals is described: Phanodorm and Evipan; avertin; adrenalin; ounarcon; insulin; zephirol; mitigal; novocaine; N-acetylphenothiazine. Miscellaneous items prepared were: Igepon G; a water softener, "Trillon"; a detergent made by reaction of a fatty acid, aside and formaldehyde - sulfite; ramasite, a water proofing agent; Blatten, a contact insecticide; polystyrene.CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 BIDLACK, V.C. Thermocolour paints, IG Farbenindustrie, Oppau 1945 5 p These paints offer a method for measuring approximate temperatures on large surfaces such as boilers, driers and furnaces. The report records time versus temperature data for standard crayons or marking colors, giving code number, color change, and base metal. Also gives formulas for marking paints in which the color has been dispersed in "plastopol," a 50% solution of urea formaldehyde resin in buty alcohol. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 BOUNDY, R.H. HASCHE, R.L. Fabrication of plastics, IG Farbenindustrie, Wolfen. Miscellaneous chemicals - methods used to fabricate plastics Report, PB 400. 1945 10 p Visit in May 1945 to German plant for purpose of obtaining information on methods used to fabricate plastics. Chief products were polyvinyl chloride monofilament and fine fiber, Nylon film and fibers, and cellulose acetate and mixed ester films. Brief descriptions of process for making polyvinyl chloride monofil and fine fibers, and also of caprolactam spinning. Several diagrams are included for the latter process. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 BOUNDY, R.H. HASCHE, R.L. Manufacture and fabrication of polyvinyl chloride, IG Farbenindustrie, Bitterfeld 1945 8 p Manufacture of polyvinyl chloride and chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (plastics) at the IG Farben plant, Bitterfeld, including details of the chemical processes involved, raw materials, equipment, uses. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 BOUNDY, R.H. HASCHE, R.L. Manufacture of caprolactam, IG Farbenindustrie Leunawerke, Merseburg 1945 5 p Caprolactam is the raw material for the production of a nylon-like textile material and for Luafol film. Included arc steps in the manufacture, yields obtained and the results of polymerization of caprolactam. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 BOUNDY, R.H. HASCHE, R.L. Manufacture of styrene and polystyrene, IG Farbenindustrie, Schkopau 1945 14 p The process and equipment for production of ethyl benzene are given, for its dehydrogenation to styrene, and for the production of two types of very high molecular weight polystyrene. There are diagrams. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 BOUNDY, R.H. HASCHE, R.L. Manufacture of vinyl chloride and polyvinyl chloride, IG Farbenindustrie, Schkopau 1945 6 p Description of manufacturing processes. For vinyl chloride, the raw materials are acetylene, hydrogen chloride, mercuric chloride catalyst on activated carbon, and. calcium carbide. The raw materials for polyvinyl chloride (PCU) are vinyl chloride, mersolate, sodium persulfate and hydrogen peroxide. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 BROUGHTON, GEOFFREY LANFEAR, E.W. Production and use of aerosols 1944 7 p Interview in December 1944 with Professor L. Dautrebande in Brussels regarding his work on aerosols (suspension of small electrically charged particles in air, size range of the order of 0.1 to 20 mu). The investigators recommend that thy therapeutic use of these aerosols be brought to the attention of the appropriate medical authorities. Included is a diagrammatic representation of the aerosol generator used by Prof. Dautrebande. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 CHAFFEE, C.A SCHINDLER, H. HOWES, D.A. Wirtschaftliche Forschungs GmbH, fuel blending station, Heiligenstadt 1945 9 p Information obtained on visit to one of the smaller "WIFO" installations for blending, testing, and packaging fuels and lubricants for the German Army is presented in this report. Motor fuel base handled was chiefly from Fischer-Tropsch synthesis and rarely from natural sources (Rumanian). Base gasoline octane varied from 53-62 and with the benzol used required the use of .02-.04% TEL to make the required octane, which was, consecutively, 78,74, and finally 72. Specifications on German Wehrmacht fuels and lubricants are listed. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 CREWE, F.A.E., and others Chemical plants, Ludwigshaven 1945 7 p Report on visits to: 1. IG Farbenindustrie, AG Oppau Works, producers of bulk chemicals; 2. Knoll AG Chemical Industries, Ludwigshaven, manufacturers of "Cardiozol", a circulatory and.cardiac stimulant, Tannalbin, a tannic acid albumin preparation used in treating dysentery; Granugenal, a mineral-oil mixture to speed granulation in open wounds; ephedrine; actinum D; Klimalcton; codeine; morphine; papaverine compounds and barbiturates; 3. Kurt-Raschig Co., manufacturers of plastics, phenols, creosols, and antiseptics. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 2): 29, 1946-01-18 BOUNDY, R.H. HASCHE, R.L. Report on visit to IG Farbenindustrie plant at Höchat / Main 1945 16p Report of a visit to IG Farbenindustrie plant of Höchat to obtain information on solvents, plastics and miscellaneous chemicals. Report gives a description of the process for manufacturing vinyl acetate by a vapor phase catalytic process from acetic acid and acetylene. Descriptions are also included of the manufacture of glycerol by liquid phase reduction of hexoses, the synthesis of n-butanol from acetaldehyde, and the production of various Mowiliths by polymerization of vinyl acetate. Contains several diagrams. Chemicals and Allied Products
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 FARBENINDUSTRIE, IG WERK, ELBERFELD Methods, processes, and patents of IG Farbenindustrie Werke, Elberfeld 1930 1937-1945 271p A series of documents containing patents, and descriptions of methods used in the IG Farbenindustrie plant at Elberfeld. These cover a variety of chemical and pharmaceutical topics. In German. Chemicals and Allied Products
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 GREGORY, A.S. FOGLER, MAYOR Chemical Warfare Service, intelligence Division Current status of German synthetic nitrogen fertilizer industry CWS IDR4058 . 1945 37p During the period 1-9 June, 1945, the more important fertilizer nitrogen plants in Germany were visited by Lt. Col. A.S. Gregory and Dr. Mayor Fogler, Technical Representative with C.W.S.[Chemical Warfare Service], to determine the present condition of the plants and to obtain estimates of how much fertilizer nitrogen will be available for the fertilizer year, 1945-46. The report gives a list of the plants visited and of the more important personnel interviewed at each plant. A short summary of each of the plants visited is given In Section II of the report, and details of the production of each are listed in the appendices. Information furnished by other investigators concerning the nitrogen plants in the Rühr is included in Section III. Section IV gives a brief survey of the function of the Stickstoff Syndikat. This survey did not include a study of the cyanamide plants which are reported to have had a normal capacity of approximately 190,000 tons of nitrogen annually. These plants are being studied by another team, and will be transmitted when available. Plants visited were IG Farbenindustrie AG, at Ludwigshafen-Oppau, Höchst, Merseburg-Leuna, Bitterfeld and Wolfen; Rühr Ammonia Plants: Bergswerksgesellschaft-Hibernia AG, Wanne-Eickel; Gewerkschaft-Viktor Stickstoff und Benzinwerke, Castrop-Rauxel; Gewerkschaft des Steinkohlenbergwerk-Ewald, Oer-Erkenaehwick ; Rühr Chemie AG, Oberhausen-Holten; Mine Friedrich der Grosse. Chemicals and Allied Products The Chemical Warfare Service of the US Army was later renamed the Chemical Corps. For Appendix III, see PB 1780.
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 HIRSCHKIND, W. German chemical industry with special emphasis on the eastern territory 1945 6p A short history of the formation and growth of IG Farbenindustrie with emphasis on the chemical industrialization of eastern Germany. A list is included of the principal chemical plants of eastern Germany with their capacities. Chemicals and Allied Products
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 HIRSCHKIND, W. Wartime production of some important organic chemicals in Germany 1945 9p Production figures for calcium carbide and its derivatives, acetone, ethylene and its derivatives, methanol and formaldehyde at the various plants in Germany are given in this report, together with the ultimate uses of the various compounds. Emphasis is placed on the production of ethylene and its derivatives, such as diglycol and glycol. Chemicals and Allied Products
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 KRAUSEN, R.S. Lonal Werke, GmbH, Berlin 1945 8p Report of a visit to Lonal Werke, Berlin, a construction and engineering consulting firm, whose equipment and laboratories were dismantled during the Russian occupation. Investigation centers on work of the research and development chemistry laboratory. Various projects in the field of chemical warfare were carried out, such as resin coatings for paper impervious to vesicants, and laboratory preparation of small quantities of CW gases for training purposes. Distillation of arsenical oils is described, as well as the process and production of diphenylarsine oxide. There are 3 sketches illustrating these processes. Chemicals and Allied Products
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 MASSO, W.P. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Chemical analysis of solder from German JU-88 oil cooler AAF EXPM-57-525-43 1941 1p Brief memorandum report. Chemicals and Allied Products
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 PACKER, HOWARD Army Air Forces Engineering Division German corrosion preventive compound. AAF ENG57-518-157 1943 1p An analysis of a sample of German corrosion prevention compound. 84%, heavy oil; 11%, aluminum soap; 4½%, residue (inorganic matter). Chemicals and Allied Products
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 TARR, P.R. Chemical Warfare Service, Intelligence Division Production of hydrofluoric acid at Stulln (Bavaria) CWS IDR4109 1945 2 p Dr. Hans Neumark, CWS Hq USFET [Chemical Warfare Service, Headquarters, US Forces European Theater], visited the Riedel de Haven plant at Stulln on 25 August, 1945, and interrogated Dr. Forche and Mr. Grunter, from whom the information contained in this report was obtained. The plant for the production of anhydrous H. was constructed by Riedel de Haven in the immediate vicinity of the fluorspar mines of the Vereinigte Fluss-potgruben at Stulln during 1944. The first unit of the plant with a capacity of 180 tons of 100% RFD was just completed at the end of the war but never put into operation. A second unit was only partly completed. Raw materials used were fluorspar (containing 96% CaF₂, a maximum of 2% SiO₂ and small amounts of BaS₄ and organic matter) and 100% H₂SO₄. This report discusses the process of manufacture. Chemicals and Allied Products The Chemical Warfare Service of the US Army was later renamed the Chemical Corps.
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 TURNOCK, L.C. Lonal-Werk GmbH, Hahnenberg (Leese) Germany 1945 6p Report gives the organization of the Lonal-Werk and its relationship to various other companies in Germany and to the Oberkommando des Heeres. The present conditions and activities at Hahnenberg included the generation of electrolytic oxygen and hydrogen for use in welding. Plant was set up to manufacture diphenylchloroarsine, but project never went into production. The Oberkommando des Heeres was the German Army High Command during World War II. Chemicals and Allied Products
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 TURNOCK, L.C. Wolff and Company, Bomlitz, Germany. Preparation of nitrocellulose - Adamsite flakes 1945 6p Description of method of preparing flakes from a mixture of nitrocellulose powder and Adamsite. Preparation consists of three principal steps: (1) Water is completely removed from the nitrocellulose powder; (2) water free powder and Adamsite are thoroughly mixed in the correct proportions with acetone and a stabilizer, diphenylamine; and (3) constituents are thoroughly mixed and the doughy mixture is extruded through a die into a continuous sheet which is air dried. Sheet is then cut into flakes. Attempts have been made to produce similar flakes with nitrocellulose powder and chloroacetophenone, but no information as to effectiveness and performance was obtained. Chemicals and Allied Products
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):191, 1946-02-15 CHASMAN, BERNARD Army Air Forces Creep and time-fracture strength of plastic materials under tensile stresses AAF TR4989 1943 2Bp The use of plastic materials in aircraft may result in unusually high deformation, compared to metals, due to the comparatively low modulus of elasticity and to creep and fracture which may occur, even at room or slightly higher temperature. An investigation of creep and time-fracture properties of plastics was undertaken to make possible more efficient use of these materials. Both short time (1000 hours) and long time (2 years) tensile tests were performed on thermoplastic and thermosetting plastic materials. Chemicals and Allied Products
United States
BSIR 1( 6):192, 1946-02-15 LADD, JOHN H. Safety firing circuit 1945 10p The circuit was used by the Research and Engineering Branches of the Chemical Warfare Service at Huntsville Arsenal, Alabama, Fred Project. it was developed during CWS studies of chemical reactions as sources of power. In part of these studies one or more chemicals were injected into a combustion chamber and various physical measurements were made. The rapid sequence of operations during each test was coordinated by the safety firing circuit. Diagrams are presented which explain the function and operation of the circuit. It activates five load circuits in rapid succession, with an arbitrarily-adjusted time interval, between successive load circuits. Chemicals and Allied Products
United States
The Chemical Warfare Service was a branch of the US Army. It was later renamed the Chemical Corps. BSIR 1( 6):192, 1946-02-15 SAUER, CHARLES WILLIAM MIT Chemical Warfare Service Development Laboratory Colorimetric estimation of DDT by nitration and alkali treatment CWS MR137 1945 90p The object of the work described in this report was to investigate the limitations of a method which might be perfected for the analysis of DDT based on the colors produced from the tetranitro derivatives of DDT by the addition of alkali. A spectrophotometric method of analysis of DDT utilizing the colors produced by the addition of alkalis to solutions of the tetranitro derivatives of p,p' -DDT and related compounds was examined, and the application of this method of analysis to the assay of DDT in various oil solutions and emulsions was evaluated, and it was recommended that this method of analysis not be used for the estimation of DDT in spray or emulsion solutions where accurate results are desired, nor for product control. The report includes: Appendix A. Preparation of compounds. 3 pages. Appendix B. Spectrophotometric curves. 54 charts. Appendix C. Literature citations. 2 pages. The Chemical Warfare Service of the US Army was later renamed the Chemical Corps. Chemicals and Allied Products
United States
BSIR 1( 6):192, 1946-02-15 SCHWARTZ, R.T. DUGGER, EDWARD, Jr. Army Air Forces Bearing strength of plastic materials AAF TR4998 1943 36p Tables are presented, showing the bearing properties and the comparative tensile, compressive, and bearing strengths of various thermosetting and thermoplastic plastic materials. The majority of the tests were made in accordance with a procedure which is now incorporated in Federal Specification L-P-406, Reference 9. Curves, diagram, and photographs are included. Chemicals and Allied Products
United States
BSIR 1( 6):192, 1946-02-15 SOOKNE, ARNOLD M. and others Milton Harris Associates Project Evaluation procedures for water repellency treatments. Report for the period April 1 to April 30, 1945 QMC-20 Report 4 1945 5p Results of impregnating 18 oz. serge swatches with 4 solvent type water repelling compounds are presented and discussed. Chemicals and Allied Products QMC stands for US Army Quartermaster Corps
United States
BSIR 1( 6):192, 1946-02-15 DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German X-ray and associated industries Siemens dental "mechanical" equipment n.d. 44p This report consists of 4 sales bulletins of the Siemens-Reiniger Werke, of Berlin. Their titles are: Siemens Dental Einheit "Triumph"; Siemens Dentalgerät Aerodont; Siemens-Dental-Motoren zum Schleifen and Polieran; Elektromedizinische Einrichtungen für die Allgemein-Praxis. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):192, 1946-02-15 GREENBLATT, M.H. Tests on German crystals NDRC14-559 1945 5p A report on the properties of two types of German crystals. The first was captured after the invasion of Normandy from a German submarine in Cherbourg. Experiments on the crystals gave rather poor results and since performance was below other German crystals, it is believed they were merely experimental models. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):192, 1946-02-15 McCARTHY, R.H. Report on questioning of Dr. Schmelzer [at] Zeiss Glass Works, Jena, Germany, [concerning] Ceramics of High Frequencies 1945 12p Dr. Schmelzer's work has been in developing techniques for measuring the electrical characteristics of ceramics in the range of wave lengths from 1 to 50 centimeters. A report of his work (in English) as made to German authorities is included in this publication. It deals with a precise method of ascertaining the E' and E" values in the decimeter and centimeter wavebands. particularly suitable for the measurement of slight loss values, and with tests carried out on Calit with wave lengths of 20, 14. and 7 centimeters. The measuring apparatus, working with frequency multiplication, is described in detail. Also included in R.H. McCarthy's investigation are shorter accounts by Dr. Werner Rath on (1) The work on magnetic substances at the firm of Hescho, Hermsdorf and (2) The nature and importance of his inventions in the field of new ceramic compounds. In this last article, patents and patent applications involved are listed. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):192, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS. German synchronous vibrator power supply, "Wechselrichtersatz (SE) p" EEIS 8-28 1945 6p This is a report on "Wechselrichterstaz (SE) p", manufactured in 1944, the name of manufacturer and place of manufacture being unknown. The purpose of this apparatus is to supply voltage at a proper current capacity for a radio transmitter or receiver or both. The voltage and current characteristics of this power supply do not check with the data available on known German receivers and transmitters. It is therefore not known with what set or sets this power supply is used. It was found in a tank, but no other radio equipment was located. From the construction of the unit it is evident that it was designed for vehicular use, and it operates from a 12 volt battery, which is the type used in German military vehicles. A wiring diagram and 5 photographs are included in the report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 6):192, 1946-02-15 ABBENHOUSE, R.P. MIT Radiation Laboratory Operating Instructions, Radiation Laboratory Model 5 Synohroscope MIT Rad LabM-212 1945 30p This manual describes the circuit operation of Model 5 Synchroscope, with notes on operating procedure, adjustment, calibration, and maintenance. This oscilloscope is intended primarily for determining the amplitude, duration, and shape of short video pulses. Photographs and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):193, 1946-02-15 ABBENHOUSE, R.P. GILLETTE, F.N. MIT Radiation Laboratory Operating instructions for Model G Synchronizer MIT Rad LabM-195A 1945 24p Illustrations and diagrams of the circuits of this device whose purpose is to increase the usefulness of the ordinary cathode ray oscilloscope. The circuits are: Trigger generator; fixed delay trigger; variable delay trigger; sweep circuit; calibration marks; utility circuit; and power supply. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):193, 1946-02-15 ABBENHOUSE, R.P. MIT Radiation Laboratory Operating Instructions for Sweep Calibrator, Model B MIT Rad LabM-188 1944 14p Calibration with this instrument is accomplished by a series of short pulses whose spacing is a linear function of time from the initial trigger, and, oonsequently, of distance along the sweep. The available calibration markers correspond to range units of 400, 2000, 10,000 and 20,000 yards and can be chosen by means of a switch on the front panel. The instrument has a trigger generator and is useful for sweep calibration of receiver indicators as well as synohroscopes and synchronizers. Photographs and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):193, 1946-02-15 ABBIATI, O. MIT Radiation Laboratory Wave form analysis MIT Rad Lab561 1944 37p The wave form of motor alternators generally used to power radar equipment was analyzed by the use of a simple but accurate instrument developed especially for this purpose. This instrument compares the sample wave form with the 60 cycle commercial wave form and the form and amplitude factors are obtained by a simple computation. Different types of loads will cause different amounts of distortion. A radar load will cause the maximum distortion, the form factor varying from 1.25 to 1.03 and the amplitude factor from 1.68 to 1.16. The amplitude factor deviates more from that of a true sine wave than the form factor. There is no substantial difference between the form and amplitude factor deviation from a true sine wave of the aircraft motor alternators and the ground systems motor alternators. More attention should be given the type of load that the radar equipment will impose upon the alternator. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):193, 1946-02-15 BALSBAUGH. J.C. TALLMAN. W.C. HAGEN, H.D. MIT Radiation Laboratory Moisture-proofing of Button Mica Capacitors MIT Rad Lab790 1945 29p This report describes work done by the Instruments and Materials Research Laboratory, MIT, in cooperation with the Radiation Laboratory, in testing a large variety of protective coatings of basically different types to meet the special problems of adherence to oil coated mica and metal in forming a moisture-proof seal of particularly good dielectric properties. The objective was to develop moisture-proofing techniques and materials which could be used on button-type mica capacitors to enable them to pass Army-Navy acceptance tests. It was found that button mica capacitors can be moisture-proofed to withstand temperature cycling, immersion. and long exposure to high humidity by the application of Rockote F125 resin. Photograph included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):193, 1946-02-15 BAÑOS, A., Jr. MIT Radiation Laboratory Theory of ringing time of tunable echo boxes MIT Rad Lab630 1944 58p The equivalent circuit of a cavity resonator is first set up by inspection of the differential equations governing the behavior of its normal coordinates as here established. Explicit formulas are given for the computation of the self and mutual parameters of the equivalent circuit. The case of the circular cylinder echo box is next discussed by means of a numerical example. The ringing time equation is established for a single mode and for two resonant modes. The appendices give information on cylindrical resonators and the solution of the complete two mode transient problem. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):193, 1946-02-15 BAÑOS, A., Jr. SAXON, D.S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Electronic modulator for cw magnetrons, An MIT Rad Lab748 1945 45p The theory of electronic modulation of continuous wave magnetrons, as developed in this laboratory, is presented. The method used is to send a beam of electrons through a gap in a resonant cavity which is tightly coupled to the magnetron, with the result that the frequency of the combination is shifted by the action of the electrons. Hence, by properly controlling the electronic current, the magnetron can be frequency modulated. There is an externally applied constant magnetic field directed along the beam which playa an important role in determining the frequency shift which can be obtained. Explicit formulas for the change in frequency and electronic losses have been derived and curves have been plotted. These results apply to a wide class of situations, including that where a beam of electrons is sent directly through the slots of a magnetron. Experimental results obtained in Group 52 of the Radiation Laboratory are in good agreement with the theory. Charts and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):193, 1946-02-15 BEERS, YARDLEY MACE, A.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Effect on noise figure of placing the gain control on the first I. F. stage, The MIT Rad Lab528 1944 4p Suppose an IF amplifier is designed to have adequate gain with tubes of the lowest acceptable gm. Then if higher gm tubes happen to be used, it is necessary to set the gain control back. Herein it is shown that in that case the noise figure may deteriorate by as much as 5 do. if the gain control is on the first two stages; with the gain control on the second and third stages, however, no significant effect on the noise figure is caused by variations in the setting of the gain control. A chart showing the effect of gain control on noise figure is included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):193, 1946-02-15 BENT, ARTHUR E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Climate in relation to microwave radar propagation in Panama MIT Rad Lab476 1944 42p The two general lines of inquiry were: (1) Effects due to variation in atmospheric refraction, and (2) echoes from atmospheric phenomena. The four regions in Panama with distinct microwave radar propagation characteristics are listed and discussed. A procedure for locating precipitation areas by radar and reporting to the local Weather Service, was established in the region. This resulted in improved forecasting, increased safety of flying, and more effective interception. Diagrams and photographs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):193, 1946-02-15 BENT, ARTHUR E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Echoes from tropical rain on X-band airborne radar MIT Rad Lab728 1945 18p Measurements of amplitude of echoes from tropical rain and a variety of surface targets in absolute values are presented. Tropical rain echo is of sufficient amplitude to make detection of surface targets at the same range difficult in some cases. Attenuation of rain echo amplitude with range is at a lower rate than that of usual surface targets in many cases. Targets which can be detected at close range may be obscured by rain echo at increasing range. Expanded sweeps for indicators and training of personnel tend to improve detection. Tropical rain is of short duration and limited horizontal distribution so that desired targets are only briefly masked. Echoes from intense showers may at times be confused with echoes from desired targets. Methods of distinguishing echoes are described. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 BENT, ARTHUR E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Radar echoes from atmospheric phenomena MIT Rad Lab 42-2 Off. Pub. Bd., Report, PB 2846, 1943 15p Rader echoes at 10 and 3 cm from atmospheric phenomena are discussed from an observational point of view. Characteristics of such echoes which distinguish them from reflections from other targets are outlined. Meteorological situations where radar echoes are found are classified as thunderstorms, heavy showsrs, active convective situations and situations of stratification. The appearance of echoes from thunderstorms end heavy showers at cold fronts is described, and is illustrated by photogrophs of Plan-Position end "A" type indicators. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 BENT, ARTHUR E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Radar echoes from precipitation layers MIT Rad Lab689 1945 14p Echoes have been observed from discrete reflecting layers in the atmosphere at heights of one half to two and one half miles when general rain is falling from warm, moist air masses. It is concluded that these echoes come from levels where large raindrops are present. Sloping, multiple, and irregular surfaces and rather rapid variations of characteristics with time have been observed. Amplitude 'of the echo from the layer in some cases roaches rather high amplitude, an extreme case being 21 db above noise, or 86 db below one watt at S-band. The appearance of the echo on conventional indioators is illustrated as well as on specialized types such as the EEI and RM. The importance of radar in meteorological research is suggested. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 BERMAN, ELI MIT Radiation Laboratory Low level crystal detectors, effect of heat and cold MIT Rad Lab440 1943 7p Low level crystal detectors have a negative temperature coefficient of resistance. However, the sensitivity of the crystals is not seriously affected up to +70°C, and dawn to -40°C. Below -40°C the resistance becomes very high and the sensitivity starts to drop rapidly. Charts. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 BETTLER, P.C. MIT Radiation Laboratory Model 6 modulator performance tests MIT Rad Lab549 1944 10p Operating date and results obtained with this high power A.C. charging rotary spark gap modulator. The results may serve en orienting purpose for users of this type of equipment, as well as supplying accurate performance data of use to radar modulator designers. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 BOSTICK, WINSTON H. GILETTE, P. ROGER REHKOPF, HAROLD L. MIT Radiation Laboratory Oscilloscope presentation of hysteresis loops at 60 cycles and under pulse conditions MIT Rad Lab 51-17 1943 10p Simple circuits are described for obtaining 60 cycle and pulse hysteresis loops on an oscilloscope. These loops are an aid in the study of pulse transformer cores. Plates end diagrams included. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 BOTHWELL, F.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Equivalent network for the 232-BW pulse transformer based on the method of virtual displacements MIT Rad Lab734 1945 44p The method of virtual displacements developed by P.D. Grout in RL Report 618 (PB 2676) is used to obtain an equivalent circuit for the 232-BW pulse transformer, and values are computed for the network constants. To check these values, the current which flows into the transformer when it is short-circuited and pulsed is both calculated and measured experimentally. The calculated and measured values agree within engineering tolerances. Charts and diagrams. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 BRAUNLICH, ALICE MIT Radiation Laboratory Half beacon antenna MIT Rad Lab419 1943 13p The 180º beacon antenna was designed to give a horizontally polarized beam with less than 30% variation in power over 140° and well defined cutoffs. This pattern was obtained with a horn fed half parabolic cylinder with exponentially curved flaps at a flare angle of 180°. The general shape of the pattern may be controlled by the size and angle of the flaps. Diagrams, drawings, and charts. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 BRODY, SELMA BLAZER D'EUSTACHIO, D. Camp Coles Signal Laboratory Small DC-9 crystals CCSL ER12 1943 12p A new design for the DC-9 crystal unit has been developed which offers advantages in being easier to fabricate and in using less quartz. At present the DC-9 crystal oscillator plate is larger than .75" x .75". The new completely predjmensianed crystal plate is .520" x .404" and has been found to give excellent results. This represents a saving of about 6 in quartz. Detailed specifications for the fabrication of the new unit have been worked out. A way of adjusting the frequency to be 1000 kc/sec 10 cycles at room temperature without the need of an adjustable air gap has been developed. It is planned to house the new crystal in an FT-243 or CR-1 type holder. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 BUTT, CHARLES MIT Radiation Laboratory Effects of line and cathode follower terminations on pulse shape MIT Rad Lab616 1944 14p Date and photographs are presented which show the nature of the ill effects of high and low impedance line terminations on pulse shape as appears at the local and remote PPI. With terminated lines it is shown that a .5 μ sec. pulse can be satisfactorily maintained at a local or remote PPI, although the high Ζ cable results in a delay of 2.5 μ sec. and an attenuation of 20% for 50 feet of cable. Low Ζ cable Is necessary for shorter pulse lengths. but either more drive or more amplification at the terminated end is then required. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 CLOSE, R.N. MIT Radiation Laboratory An H + B impact predicting computer assuming constant indicated airspeed for use with AN/APS-15a radar MIT Rad Lab584 1944 47p Description of a bombing commuter consisting of one linear potentiometer, a Veeder counter, and a set of calibrated dials, which is capable of approximating the bombing functions for almost all conditions of altitude, wind, and groundspeed. Bombing tables for this computer are included, yielding values of B in feet for values of altitude in feet, groundspeed in knots, and indicated airspeed in miles per hour. An analysis of the ballistic theory and inherent errors of the computer is also given. BSIR 1( 6):194, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 COHEN, S.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory H-2 trigger unit MIT Rad Lab645-6 1945 12p The purpose of the H-2 Trigger Unit is to generate triggers for starting the range delay gates in the trainer and to start the various sweeps and timing circuits in the radar set. It also furnishes a pulse whose purpose is to simulate the main bang and provides a differentiated gate which oan be used to attenuate the signal amplitude as a function of range. Photographs, diagrams, and chart of test data given. See PB 2764 for description of the 1-2 signal unit. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 COHEN, S. MIT Radiation Laboratory H-3 trigger unit MIT Rad Lab645-3 1945 17p The 11-3 trigger unit was designed to produce a variable frequency trigger or be triggered from en external source. Since the unit is used with the 1-3 signal generator, it embodies a circuit for producing the linear sweep voltage required for range control in the 1-3. In addition it provides a differentiated gate to be used for controlling the intensity of the signal with range in the modulator unit. See PB 2794 for description of the I-3 signal unit. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 COHEN, S.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory I-2 signal unit MIT Rad Lab645-7 1945 25p The 1-2 Signal Unit is designed to operate with the H-2 Trigger Unit in the production of signal pulses delayed by various amounts of time with respect to the initiating trigger. The time delay is obtained by using a gate whose length is set by a range voltage fed into the unit from an external source. A conical s can modulation voltage can be impressed upon the signals. The signals can also be gated in azimuth and elevation. It is easy to adapt the 1-2 to the escort ship problem, in which it is desired to produce signals which follow an independently controlled target with constant separation from the latter in azimuth and range. Photographs, diagrams, and chart of test data. See also PB 2763 for description of 11-2 trigger unit. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 COHEN, S.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory I-3 signal unit MIT Rad Lab645-4 1945 23p The 1-3 signal unit was designed to work with the H-3 trigger unit in radar trainers of the individual moving target tyre. It is used to produce a signal pulse, delayed in time by varying amounts with respect to the initiating trigger. The time delay is set by a range voltage which is fed into the unit from an external source. A conical scan modulation voltage can be impressed upon the signals. The signals can also be gated in azimuth end elevation. See P13 2713 for description of the H-3 trigger unit. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 COLE, P.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory General Electric GL 2C40 taut grid lighthouse tubes MIT Rad Lab600 1944 9p The properties of these tubes are described and their performance in microwave equipment is discussed. They possess much better frequency stability to supply voltage than tubes of the 446 type. It is concluded that large scale production is desirable. Tables and a chart. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 COLE, P.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Measurements on 446 "Lighthouse" tubes MIT Rad Lab413 1943 12p Measurements of the R.F. power output and minimum wavelength of oscillation for a fixed power input were made on RCA and GE 446 tubes. No correlation between R.F. performance and tube characteristics measured at 1000 cycles is found in these measurements. The frequency stability of 446 tubes as local oscillators in various types of cavities was investigated; methods for improving this defeat are suggested. Correlations of inter-aleotrode capacity and wavelength of oscillation in a fixed tuned cavity were determined. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 COLE, P.A. DUPER, J.B.H. MORE, D.R. MIT Radiation Laboratory Lighthouse R.F. envelope indicator MIT Rad Lab542 1944 13p An R. F. envelope viewer is described which employs a GL-559 diode as the rectifier in conjunction with a suitable cavity. A tentative explanation of the behavior of the diode at microwave frequencies is given. The envelope viewer is satisfactory for the examination of very short R.F. pulses of the order of .1 microseconds. It is also useful as a power measuring device in the range of .005 watts to 1000 watts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 COOMES, E.A. BUCK, J.G. FINEMAN, A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Cathodes for pulsed magnetrons. Part I. Correlations between oscillating and diode conditions MIT Rad Lab609 1944 32p The procedure and results for the pulse testing of cathodes in magnetrons are presented. Correlations are made on a number of magnetron types between the state of the cathode. as obtained from these tests, and instabilities in performance. In general, sparking seems to correlate with the behavior of the cathode in the region of Schottky emmission, while moding and deterioration of spectrum seem to depend upon the primary emitting properties of the cathode. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 CORK, BRUCE Shielding of microwave receivers against interference at intermediate frequencies MIT Rad Lab471 1944 8p Steps are advised for shielding and filtering the intermediate frequency amplifier, especially for minimizing the coupling of the 1-f power into the receiver. It is concluded that jamming of the radar receiver at the intermediate frequency can be made much more difficult if reasonable care is taken to shield and filter properly. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 COWAN, E.W. MIT Radiation Laboratory Altitude return in the AN/APS - 6 MIT Rad Lab706 1945 14p In this aircraft interception radar the energy escaping directly downward is relatively small, but it finds a broad and perpendicular target in the face of the earth or sea over which the aircraft is flying. The result is the "altitude-return" signal which appears on the indicator at a range equal to the altitude. This report discusses the altitude-return signal variation with position of scanner, with altitude, and its duration and shape, as well as methods of elimination by means of the shaped receiver gate or of screens. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 COWAN, E.W. MIT Radiation Laboratory Sea-return effects and their elimination in the AN/APS-6 MIT Rad Lab707 1945 42p The spiral search scan of the AN/APS-6 radar equipment contains 3 "blind" volumes due to sea return. These are described and discussed in some detail. Methods of elimination or reducing these blind volumes are presented. Illustrations, charts and diagrams are included. BSIR 1( 6):195, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
 DEAMICIS, EGILDA MIT Radiation Laboratory Frequency - wavelength conversion tables MIT Rad Lab652 1945 9p Tables are provided for air at 25°C and 60% relative humidity. The tables cover the following ranges: X-band, 10977 megacycles to 6969 megacycles; S-band, 3995 megacycles to 2380 msgacycles; and K-band, 24265 megacycles to 23689 megacyclss. Also included is a temperature and humidity correction nomograph. See also PB 2818. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):196, 1946-02-15 DOWKER, YAEL REDHEFFEH, RAYMOND M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Measurement of small reflections, The MIT Rad Lab483-10 MIT Radiation Laboratory Radome bulletin 10 1945 32p Beside errors due to equipment, which can be reduced to a very small value, measurement of small reflections is complicated by R.F. errors due to the joint and the 'matched' load. While these errors can be compensated with complete reflection curves, the experimental difficulties are considerable. With the standard method, we measure reflection by moving the probe, taking one or two load positions; with the new method, we move the reflection being measured with constant probe position. If R is the true value of the reflection desired, J the reflection of the joint, L of the 'matched' load, G of the generator, the standard method leads to a fractional error of ± J/R when only a single measurement is taken with L = 0, while the average of two measurements with quarter wave motion gives + (J/R)²/2,-0. With the new method, when L = G = 0, the corresponding limits are ± J and + J²/2,-0; when L = J = 0, they are + G and +G²/2,-0. If both J and G are finite, the error is again of the first degree for one measurement, of the second degree for the average of two. If L ≥ 0, error is ≤ the above with J replaced by L + J. Hence, with the first method, the extraneous reflection must be small compared to the desired reflection; with the second, it suffices that it be small regardless of its relative size. The same property is found for phase measursments. Beside these approximate methods, a number of exact solutions are given, together with various means of determining G. Theorstical expressions are plotted, and all important relations are verified experimentally. Report includes tables, diagrams, graphs and a bibliography. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):196, 1946-02-15 DUNBAR, A.S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Antenna for high altitude bombing (H₂X) MIT Rad Lab411 1943 17p An X-band antenna has been developed for high altitude bombing. Two types were tried: a distributed feed and a modified reflector. The modified reflector with a Cutler feed has proven most satisfactory. This antenna employs a 30" x 10.6"f paraboloid and provides a csc²O elevation pattern with coverage to 700 and narrow azimuthal half power widths (3°) out to this angle. Photographs and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):196, 1946-02-15 FANO, R.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory R-F mechanical modulator for S-band MIT Rad Lab798 1945 11p The r-f modulator described in this report consists of a motor-driven variable coupler and is designed to modulate the output of an S-band signal generator. its advantage over other types of mechanical modulators is that the amplitude modulation of the output signal is very closely independent of frequency. its main disadvantage is that the modulation envelope is not a pure sine wave, but contains about 25% second harmonic. A sub-harmonic frequency can also be present due to imperfect construction of the equipment. The modulator has total insertion loss of 25-30 db, including a 10 db pad. Diagrams, and drawings of equipment are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):196, 1946-02-15 FLETCHER, R.C. RIEKE, F.F. MIT Radiation Laboratory Mode seleotion in magnetrons MIT Rad Lab809 1945 45 p Mode selection is discussed in relation to the steady-state, current-voltage relations of the magnetron and modulator, the transient response of the magnetron, the stability of oscillations, and the noise level from which oscillations start. Apparatus and methods for the direct observation of current voltage relationships, both during steady-state operations and during transients are described. The transient behavior of the magnetron during the starting of oscillations and during transitions from one mode to another is described in detail. Photographs and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):196, 1946-02-15 FLUHARTY, REX. G. DILLINGER, JOSEPH R. MIT Radiation Laboratory Dissipation in series spark gaps and voltage-current relationships during the discharge MIT Rad Lab682-1 1945 37p Characteristics of the operation of series gaps as a switch in a line tyre modulator are given. These gaps were hydrogen and argon filled and had cylindrical aluminum cathodes and concentric iron or nickel cathodes. Types discussed and rerorted on are 1B34, 1B41, 1B45 and 1B49. Traces of the peak current in and voltage drop, across the rotary gap in a Western Electric 717A modulator are reproduced. Comparative measurements on Western Electric 1B22 and 4C35 hydrogen thyratron are included. Charts and diagrams included in the report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):196, 1946-02-15 FOSTER, J.S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Round guide rear antenna feeds MIT Rad Lab 41-12 1943 14p This report describes two methods by which round guide may feed full paraboloids from the rear: (1) One by which the guide is tapersd so radiation excites resonant ring backed by disc reflector: end (2) a model using untapered guide and simple reflector held by metal stubs from collar on Report also contains a brief presentation of illumination available from specified guides and reflectors. Charts and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):196, 1946-02-15 FRANK, N.H. MIT Radiation Laboratory Coupling between inductive windows in wave guides MIT Rad Lab 43-25 1943 10p The mutual coupling between two inductive windows separated by a distance d in a rectangular wave guide has been calculated for an arbitrary termination of the guide. The results are valid to the approximation that the separation d be large enough compared to the wider guide dimension a so that e-2nd/a is small compared to unity. The coupling term can be lumped in a relatively simple manner with the admittance of the window nearer the load, and a formula is given for the equivalent admittance of this second window. Using this equivalent admittance. ordinary line theory equations are valid for the system. The carrection term is a function of the window separation guide dimensions, wave length and the susceptances of the individual windows, decreasing as the latter decrease. In general, the correction term is negligible for a large range of separations end increases rapidly as the separation drops below a limit which depends on the above mentioned variables. Typical curves are given for the magnitudes and phase of this correction term. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):196, 1946-02-15 GARDNER, J.H. MIT Radiation Laboratory Low altitude navigation antennas developed in connection with AN/APS-10 MIT Rad Lab615 1944 19P This is a summary of work done on the following kinds of antennas or "dishes": Strip dishes, dishes with plates and holes, and combination paraboloid and parabolic cylindrical or "shovel-type" dishes. There are sketches of the APS-10 dogeared shovel dish and of the strip dish, with graphs showing the results of testing the various types of dishes. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 GARDNER, M.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Operational characteristics of 2C43 tubes as pulsed oscillators in a re-entrant cavity MIT Rad Lab732 1945 14 p This report gives a summary of the principal operational characteristics of the 2C43 (lighthouse tube) as used in a re-entrant cavity operating as a pulsed transmitter in the microwave region. Charts and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 GARMAN, R.L. DROZ, M. E. STAFFORD, H.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Radar trainer equation-solvers for the relative motion of two moving objects in space MIT Rad Lab4361943 23p Description of methods of solving these equations: The mechanical solution and several electro-mechanical solutions. The electro-rnechanical method in rectangular coordinates is entirely feasible and susceptible of moderate precision. A similar method in polar coordinates for a given required accuracy is more difficult. However other features of the polar coordinate method make it extremely attractive. Particularly, a method for including the effects of bank and pitch is discussed. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 GILBERT, C.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Corner reflector tests at Langley Field MIT Rad Lab402 1943 18p The corner reflector is a radar target which is constructed of three plane pieces mutually perpendicular and intersecting. The inside surfaces are covered with some conducting material, such as copper foil or fine-meshed screening. This report describes and gives the results of finished ground tests and flight tests made on two-foot and four-foot square-type reflectors and on a four-foot triangular-type. Flight tests were made also on a sixteen-foot triangular-type. These tests were made in 1942 in order to determine reflection characteristics of corner reflectors on land and in the water with airborne ASV equipment. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 GILBERT, C.M. HAUPT, C.R. MIT Radiation Laboratory Link conversion unit for ground controlled approach trainer. MIT Rad Lab716). 1945 28p The AN/MPN-1T1 Ground Controlled Approach Trainer (GCAT) is an electronic unit for producing two synthetic echoes on the standard indicators of the GCA indicator rack. On the trainer rack are knobs for feeding in aircraft speed, rate of turn and rate of climb- in order to be able to substitute a standard small Link trainer for the three hand control knobs, additional equipment is required to allow the position and change of position data from the Link trainer to operate the equation solver in the trainer rack. This additional equipment is described in this report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 GLASOE, G.N. MIT Radiation Laboratory Pulse shapes and RI spectra for combinations of Stromberg-Carlson Mark I and Mark II modulators with 2J22, 2J21 and 725A magnetrons MIT Rad Lab518 1944 68p This report presents characteristics of the pulses obtained with these modulators. There are photographs of oscilloscope traces with descriptions of the conditions under which they were obtained. The pictures include voltage pulses with resistance and magnetron load, magnetron current pulses, IF envelope pulses and RF spectra. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 GOODMAN, B. University of Pennsylvania Effect of small crystallites on conductivity NDRC14-377 1945 10p Analysis of the effect which the presence of small grains of crystallites in a conducting substance has on conductivity. Under most conditions crystallite scattering is unimportant in conductivity. It seems probable that such consideration can be neglected in treating most effects in silicon and germanium semi-conductors. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 GOODMAN, B. University of Pennsylvania Some comments on the double valued characteristics of crystal rectifiers NDRC14-504 1945 25P Analysis of assumptions in two earlier papers on germanium rectifiers by S. Beazer. These studies discussed the voltage peaks in the static current voltage curves of germanium point contact rectifiers. Many of the results were attributed to the negative temperature coefficient of the semiconductor resistivity with added considerations of "overloading" in the back direction. Charts and tables. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 HALL, R.J. MIT Radiation Laboratory Report on Western Electric 717A modulator type D-150442, and radio frequency unit, type D-150442 MIT Rad Lab425 1944 29 p These pieces of equipment are units of a pressurized ASV radar system. They were designed to provide a minimum of 100 kilowatts transmitted peak power from a 714 AY magnetron. Pulse widths are approximately 1 and 2 μsec. at a duty of 0.08%. This report consists of a discussion of the major components and a detailed study of the modulator operation when used with the above radio frequency unit. The overall modulator efficiency is 30%. The weight figure is 0.43 lbs. per average watt input to the magnetron. These figures do not include the radio frequency unit. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 HAMILTON, D.R. MIT Radiation Laboratory Static frequency modulation characteristics of the reflex klystron MIT Rad Lab781). 1945 18p This report deals with the frequency modulation of a reflex klystron from a quasi-stationary point of view based on static characteristics, at modulation frequencies up to a limiting value set by the reflection transit time, not the cavity Q. It discusses the dependence on oscillator parameters and oscillator loading of the relevant statio characteristice: Electronic tuning range, rate of electronic tuning with reflection transit time and reflector volts, linearity of electronic tuning, and dependence of amplitude on frequency. It is shown that the optimization of each of these properties reduces to the minimization of the value which the loaded Q of the oscillator takes up when the power output is maximized with respect to load. The consequences to tube design are briefly pointed out. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 HEALEA, MONICA MIT Radiation Laboratory Effect of variation of vane width and cathode size on the operation of magnetrons MIT Rad Lab586). 1944 7p Measurements on S-band magnetrons with different cathode sizes and vane widths yield the following results: (1) The efficiency of these tubes increases with decreasing cathode size, limited by short life of small cathodes; (2) the efficiency is a slowly varying function of vane width over the range of widths used in standard practice, but drops off rapidly for narrow end wide vanes. The ratio of vane width to width of oscillator opening should not be much less than 1 or more than 4. Five mm. cathodes five beet operetion in these tubes, consistent with life of the cathode. This is a ratio of anode to cathode diameter of 2.72. Two graphs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):197, 1946-02-15 HOLMES, S.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Stabilized high voltage supply MIT Rad Lab565 1944 14p An audio frequency generator is described which uses a 6V6 Hartley oscillator with the primary of an iron core transformer as the tank circuit. The secondary of the transformer provides a voltage which when rectified and filtered gives either 4 or 5 KV for output currents (2X2) up to one-half milliampere. The oscillator requires 18 to 23 milliamperes at 300 volts dec. The 5 KV output will decrease 150 volts when the output current is increased .4 milliampere. The space required for this supply is 15" x 7" x 9" and the total weight is approximately 15 1/2 pounds. Operational tests with satisfactory operation at 40,000 feet and after 24 hours at 95% humidity at 50°C. and after 500 hours of life test indicate the design of this supply can meet service requirements. Charts and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):198, 1946-02-15 HOWER, PAUL A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Standards for microwave frequencies MIT Rad Lab599 1944 19p Standards for microwave frequencies are obtained by frequency multiplication and harmonic selection of low frequency oscillators which are referred to WWV as a primary reference standard. Resonant cavities are extensively used as portable secondary reference standards. Temperature and humidity effects upon the frequency of such cavities are known so that their frequency can easily be corrected to standard conditions which are arbitrarily taken as 25°C end 60% relative humidity. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):198, 1946-02-15 HUDSPETH, EMMETT L. NASH, JOHN P. MIT Radiation Laboratory Corner reflectors for life rafts MIT Rad Lab608 1944 28p This report contains a complete account of the work done in connection with a joint Army-Navy project which requested the development of a collapsible corner reflector for life-rafts. A section of the report is devoted to general theoretical aspects of the problem. The experimental work performed in the development of a suitable reflecting fabric and method of collapsing and folding reflectors are discussed. Extensive operational tests performed in the field have shown that pick-up ranges of between eight end fifteen miles may be expected with present airborne microwave radar equipment which is up to standard performance. Since the Navy has recommended that all of its life-rafts carry corner reflectors, pictures and descriptions of production models are included. (Army decisions are not yet completely formulated.) ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):198, 1946-02-15 HUREWICZ, WITOLD MIT Radiation Laboratory On servos with pulsed error data MIT Rad Lab7211945 9p This paper deals with servos which receive their error data discontinuously at equally spaced moments, in radar echoes. Methods of dealing with such servos are developed. The methods of computing the correct frequency response and of determining tho stability of a servo with pulsed data are shown. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):198, 1946-02-15 HUREWICZ, WITOLD MIT Radiation Laboratory Servos with torque saturation, Part II MIT Rad Lab592 1944 22p The report deals with a servomechanism in which the stall torque of the servometer changes linearly with the error and its time derivative E until a fixed "saturation value is reached, where the torque will remain constant until t servo returns to the unsaturated state. Reaction to a suddenly applied error is studied. The servo is stable; without sustained input oscillations will die out. Behavior of the servo is determined by, the damping ratio and K[subscript "v"]T[subscript "m"] the velocity error and motor time constants. Behavior with different values of these constants is discussed, with K[subscript "v"]T[subscript "m"] ranging from relatively small to very large values. For part I, see PB 2802. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):198, 1946-02-15 INGALLS, C.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Revision of General Radio type 605-B signal generator for pulsing MIT Rad Lab575 1944 16p Instructions are given for modifying the General Radio ty 605-B signal generator to produce pulsed radio frequency output as well as its normal continuous output. The pulses may be at least from 0.5 to 100 microseconds duration and the pulsed output may be modulated with audio frequencies the same as the normal continuous output. The pulse must be furnished from an external source. Illustrations and circuit diagram are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):198, 1946-02-15 JACOBSON, E.A.S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Instructions for TGS-2SE, TGS-3BL, TS-5BL signal generators MIT Rad LabM-141 1945 74p These instructions cover the operation and use of the lie generators. They are intended primarily for laboratory use due to size and weight, such uses including tunable sources of r-f power, suitable for ordinary r-f line measurement: They consist of a 707B r-f oscillator with associated plumbing; pulsing, phasing and modulating circuits; a thermistor bridge wattmeter; a calibrated c-f attenuated; and a voltage regulated power supply. Photographs and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):198, 1946-02-15 JACOBSON, E.A. SEVERINGHAUS, J.W. WOOD, F.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Instructions for types TWS-5 and TWS-5EV battery operated wattmeters (preliminary models of TS-125/AP) MIT Rad LabM-174 1944 30P This is a manuscript of a handbook of maintenance instructions for types TWS-5 and TWS-5EV battery operated wattmeters, compiled for use of the manufacturer in preparing a maintenance instruction handbook for the TS-125/AP wattmeter, of which the TWS-5XV wattmeter is a preliminary model. Description, wiring diagrams, parts lists, and photographs are given. Type TWS-5EV is a compact, light weight battery operated wattmeter for measuring r-f power in the frequency range 2400-3335 mc/sec. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):198, 1946-02-15 JONES, E.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory J-2 modulator unit MIT Rad Lab645-5 1945 15p The J-2 modulator is one of the standard trainer units who purpose is to convert synthetic video signals into IF signals which can be fed into the standard radar receiver. Use is made of a pulsed and a C.W. oscillator from whioh can be derived the proper IF frequency when their output are mixed. The unit includes a noise generator to simulat that part of the noise in a radar set, which is not due tc the reoeiver. Provision is made for controlling the amplitude of the signals as a function of range. Photographs, diagrams and chart of test data given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):198, 1946-02-15 KATZ, S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Instructions for TSX-2 and specifications on TSX-4SE and TSS-4SE Spectrum Analyzers MIT Rad LabM-173C 1944 79p This instruction manual sets forth the operation, theory, and maintenance instructions of the TSX-2 Spectrum Analyzer, a portable and sturdily built test equipment, including the parts list for both the analyzer and IF amplifier. Drawings as well as specifications of the SE analyzers are given. TSX-4SE is intended for laboratory use only, differing from TSX-2 only in mechanical and minor electrical characteristics. Type TSS-4SE differs from the other two in operating in a different frequency band and in providing a means of measuring frequency differences, but not absolute frequency. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 KATZ, S. WOOD, F.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Handbook of operating and maintenance instructions for test set TS-259 (XR-1)/AP with supplements on test sets TS-259 (XR-2)/AP and T8-259 (xR-3)/AP and signal generator TS 259/AP MIT Rad LabM-193A 1945 82p These test sets are designed for checking radar transmitter power output and frequency, receiver sensitivity and band-widths AFC circuits, and TR box recovery time, and for tuning the radar receiver. TS-259 (XR-3)/AP is manufactured by Research Construction Company, Cambridge 39, Massachusetts. TS-259/AP is manufactured by Browning Laboratories, Winchester, Massachusetts. The others are manufactured by the Radiation Laboratory. TS-259 (XR-1)/AP requires special selection of r-f oscillator tubes. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 KUPER, J.B.H. BEERS, DOROTHY S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Electronic tuning of reflex oscillators MIT Rad Lab7741945 15p Using elementary bunching theory it is shown that the electronic tuning range of a reflex oscillator will be approximately equal to the bandwidth of the loaded resonator, provided the circuit efficiency is between 60% and 80% and the oscillator is loaded for optimum output. Experimental results for typical 2625 tubes show spreads of 1.4 to 3.1 Mc/volt in the "160 volt" mode at 3.2 cm., and 2.3 to 4.8 in the "105 volt" mode. The tuning rate at 3.5 cm. is more than twice that at 3.1, changes in Q being responsible for most of the variation. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 LASHOF, T.W. MIT Radiation Laboratory Information on Radiation Laboratory paraboloid reflectors MIT Rad Lab679 1945 20 p Instructions for laying out parabolic templates and for making spiders and mounting brackets for supporting the reflectors. The following tables are included: Gross dimensions and weight of spun paraboloids stocked by the antenna group; coordinates for laying-out parabolas; approximate gain and full width at half power in paraboloids of various sizes; and actual experimental values of gains and half-power widths. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. and others University of Pennsylvania Behavior of silicon crystals at low level powers NDRC14-182 1943 6p Experimental and theoretical values for a in the formula for figure of merit of crystals [unclear mathematical formula] are compared. Agreement is poor. Experimental methods used are described, and results discussed. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. and others University of Pennsylvania Comparison of wedge and cone contacts on Fox silicon. NDRC14-197 1943 8p This report presents results obtained in comparison of performance and burn-out qualities of five crystals made by Fox and Pearsall with wedge contacts with five crystals made from Fox silicon in exactly the same manner except for the substitution of cone points. It was concluded that a wedge point does not appear essential to high burn-out, and there is possibility that the behavior of cone points at X-band may be superior. Charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. and others University of Pennsylvania Effect of tapping on barrier capacity NDRC14-181 1943 18p In an effort to explain more completely the effect of tapping of crystals on characteristics, this report presents data on the barrier capacity of silicon-tungsten contacts as a function of the loading cycle on the tungsten wire. Apparatus and methods are described in detail. Sketches of the apparatus are also presented. The data obtained are presented in a series of curves. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. and others University of Pennsylvania Ionization of donator levels in crystal rectifiers by thermal agitation NDRC14-173 1943 11p This report presents quantum mechanical calculation which confirms theory that at high frequencies the effective barrier capacity may decrease owing to a lag in the ionization of donator levels under the influence of thermal agitation. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. MILLER, P.H. STEPHENS, W.E. University of Pennsylvania Capacity in crystal rectifiers NDRC14-166 1943 4p Description of a method for measuring the shunting capacity across the tungsten-silicon junction in crystal rectifiers. Since the capacity across the junction is related to thickness and physical properties of blocking layer, as well as the area of contact, valuable correlations may be made between capacities and other physical characteristics of the rectifier. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. MILLER, P.H. STEPHENS, W.E. University of Pennsylvania Dependence of IF impedance and noise temperature of crystal rectifiers on matching condition NDRC14-194 5p A report of experiments at the University of Pennsylvania on the i. f. and DC conductances of crystal rectifiers. A record was made of the 1.f. impedance and the noise temperature of a number of different rectifiers both when the crystel is carefully matched to the local oscillator power and when it is mismatched by decreasing the value of the DC current. When the crystal is perfectly matched the DC impedance exceeds the IF impedance by 10%. However when the crystal is mismatched the two impedances are equal within the experimental errors. Mismatching also changes the measured noise temperature of the crystal. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 LEWIS, N.N., and others. University of Pennsylvania High back voltage silicon NDRC14-450 1945 17p This report describes investigations of high back voltage silicon and compares H.B.V. silicon and germanium crystals. Appropriate dopes (nickel , tin, and germanium) were soon found which made silicon stand high back voltage. Since these high back voltage properties are quite valuable for electronic circuits, efforts were made to develop in silicon the most useful characteristics of the crystal rectifier -- high back voltage, high back resistance, large front currents. H. B. V. silicon is less frequency sensitive and less temperature sensitive than H. B. V. germanium. Although H.B.V. silicon crystals are not as good as germanium H.B.V. crystals for second detector and DC restorer used, performance data suggests that further development might be fruitful. H. B. V. silicon should be useful in applications where a diode is needed which is frequency independent and temperature insensitive. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):199, 1946-02-15 LEWIS, M.N. TAYLOR, J.H. GIBSON, R.J. Evaporated films of germanium and silicon University of Pennsylvania NDRC14-337 1944 6p This report describes methods used in evaporating thin films of germanium and silicon onto metals to determine the feasibility of producing rectifiers in this manner. Objectives in these experiments were: Purification of semiconductor; homogeneous distribution of doping agent; elimination of several steps in commercial production of rectifiers; good back contact, end smooth and uniform front surface. Good rectifiers were not obtained by this process. Materials used were Electromet silicon and Eagle-Picher Ge and later, pure Ge made by reducing dioxide. Drawings of apparatus included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):200, 1946-02-15 MASON, S.J. MIT Radiation Laboratory Flared box horn MIT Rad Lab653 18p 1945 This report compares calculated and measured characteristics of H-plane primary patterns from flared box horns. A flared box horn is a length of rectangular wave guide, wide enough to support the TE₁,₀ and TE₃,₀ modes and fed at one end by an H-plane pectoral horn. The horn aperture is less than the box width. The ratio of amplitudes of the two modes excited by the horn depends upon the ratio of horn aperture to box width, small horns exciting large amplitudes of TE₃,₀ The box length is adjusted so that the two modes, which have different guide wavelengths, are out of phase at the box aperture. The result is an addition of fields at the sides of the aperture and a partial cancellation at the center, sharpening the main lobe and raising the side lobes in the diffraction pattern of the horn. Charts and table of data given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):200, 1946-02-15 MEYERHOF, W.E. STEPHENS, W.E. University of Pennsylvania Geometrical structure of silicon surfaces NDRC14-563 1945 16p This report summarizes various methods which can be used to investigate silicon surfaces and describes experiments applying some of these methods to silicon surfaces. Methods used in these experiments were: Examination by metallurgical microscope (1000 times magnification), formation of collodion replica and examination by transmission electron microscope, and examination by gas adsorption, Studies were also made of the effect of etches on silicon surfaces, a treatment used in the manufacture of crystal rectifiers. A number of microphotographs of silicon surfaces were taken, some of which are included in this report. List of references given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):200, 1946-02-15 MILLER, P.H., Jr. GREENBLATT, M.H. University of Pennsylvania Crystal audio noise NDRC14-387 1945 19p This report describes apparatus used, theoretical basis for and results achieved in experiments on crystal audio noise. A new improved A.C. operated noise tester was necessary to replace the audio noise tester previously used which could not distinguish between crystals whose temperatures at 5000 cycles was less than about 1000. Noise temperature varies inversely with frequency throughout a. the audio range. Thus the effective noise temperature depends upon the frequency response characteristics of the audio amplifier. Diagrams, and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):200, 1946-02-15 MILLER, P.H., Jr. GOODMAN, B. GREENBLATT, M.H. University of Pennsylvania Note on the measurement of noise temperature NDRC14-311 1944 7p Analysis of theory of method used in the calculation of the noise temperature of a crystal of any capacity and i. f. impedance. (Method was described in PB 2634). The only unsatisfactory detail was the apparent dependence upon the IF tuning in the circuit of the value of the grid resistor as measured experimentally in the manner described in this report. Chart of noise data given. See PB 2634 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):200, 1946-02-15 MILLER, P.H., Jr. GREENBLATT, M.N. University of Pennsylvania Photoeffects in pure silicon NDRC14-412 1945 13p This report presents results of investigation of the photoconductive and photovoltaic properties of silicon under taken in order to find a correlation with the energy level structure of silicon indicated by bulk conductivity, thermoelectric end, Hall effect measurements. Samples investigated were generally pure DuPont silicon needles or melts made from these needles. Diagram of apparatus and charts of data are given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):200, 1946-02-15 MONTGOMERY, DOROTHY D. MIT Radiation Laboratory Generation of harmonics by silicon and germanium crystals MIT Rad Lab818 1945 8p Comparisons were made of the harmonic generating qualities of silicon and welded-contact germanium crystals. Measurements were made upon the production of the second harmonic of three centimeter radiation and of the third harmonic of one centimeter radiation. The germanium crystals were found to be somewhat superior to the silicon, notably s for the generation of the third harmonic. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):200, 1946-02-15 NATHE, R.U. ROTH, W. MIT Radiation Laboratory Q1-2 and Q-3 servo amplifiers MIT Rad Lab645-2 31p The Q1-2 and Q-3 servo amplifiers described in this report are designed to control a Diehl two phase motor Type FPE-25 which positions some mechanical load in response to a small error voltage which is fed into the amplifier. The error voltage can be either DC or 60 cycle a.c. and represents the difference in position between the load and some independent mechanical shaft whose motion it is desired that the load shall follow. The error voltages are derived from potentiometers or control transformers which are also positioned by the servo motor. DC error voltage is first passed through a vibrator in the Q1-2 unit, giving a 60 cycle square wave which is impressed upon the primary of the input transformer. The amplifier incorporates an anti-hunt filter which introduces into the output a component proportional to the derivative of the input error voltage. This broadens the frequency response curve and greatly improves the response of the amplifier to transients. The maximum overall gain of the amplifier is about 2000. The Q1-2 amplifier includes a power supply for furnishing plate and screen voltages to the tubes. Both the power supply and vibrator are lacking in the Q-3 servo amplifier, which operates therefore, only from e.c. error voltages. Photographs and diagrams are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):200, 1946-02-15 NEHAR, H.V. MIT Radiation Laboratory Low-voltage K-band oscillator MIT Rad Lab764 1945 19p A low-voltage K-band oscillator developed at the Radiation Laboratory and which is now in the pre-production stage at the West Street Branch of the Bell Telephone Laboratories is described. Basically, it is a velocity-modulation reflex type of tube, more generally known as a reflex klystron. Its most important features are: (a) Waveguide output, (b) thermal tuning by means of a built-in triode, (c ) relatively high efficiency. It operates on 300 volts and about 15 ma, of current. Thermal tuning, with the short time constant attainable (1.5 sec) permits satisfactory automatic frequency control to be used not only in connection with systems as a local oscillator, but also as a bench oscillator for test purposes. A suitable method for stabilizing the tube, sufficient for most applications, is presented. Photographs, diagrams, and drawings are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):201, 1946-02-15 NOTTINGHAM, WAYNE B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Studies of British phosphors of the type "C", "H", "K", and "M" MIT Rad Lab405 1943 49p The MIT cathode ray tube test equipment was used to measure the light output and the decay of phosphorescence. following the electron excitations of these four types of British CRT screens. Comparisons are made between the British "M" type of double layer screen and the USA.-P7 type of screen of the same construction. The British "C" phosphor is very similar to the special G.E. (USA.) tube made with the yellow component of the P7 screen. There are no near equivalents in the USA. tubes available for comparison with the British "H" and "K" screens. An analysis of the British electron gun characteristics is given. Tables and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):201, 1946-02-15 PAO, C.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Shaping the primary pattern of a horn feed MIT Rad Lab655 1945 36p The primary beam of a feed is shaped in order to obtain a better gain anu side lobes with a paraboloid antenna. The superposition method of shaping the primary beam of a horn has peen employed to accomplish the following results: (1) Narrowing the primary beam in the H-plane; (2) broadening the primary beam in the H-plane; (3) narrowing the primary beam in the E-plane; (4) shaping the primary beam in the E-plane, and (5) shaping the primary beam between two parallel plates. Diagrams and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):201, 1946-02-15 PHILLIPS, R.S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Noise filtering properties of third detectors MIT Rad Lab633 1945 20p This report is a study of the effect of certain types of disturbances on the servo error signal in an automatic tracking radar system, the SCR-584 being taken as a model. A comparison is made of the ability of different third detectors to filter out noise from the servo error signal in an automatic tracking system. It is found on, the basis of the disturbances considered that the box-oar detector does the hest all round job. This detector is inferior to a fast charging diode detector with a 0.01 second discharging time only for coherent c-w jamming. The latter detector falls down principally on wildcatting, where it is easily saturated. A slow charging diode detector with a 0.01 second discharging time attentuates the signal considerably. Report includes graphs and a diagram of radar automatic tracking system. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):201, 1946-02-15 POLK, IRVING MIT Radiation Laboratory Synchro test equipment and test procedure MIT Rad Lab434 1944 34p The test equipment described measures the static angular accuracy, the dynamic accuracy and temperature runs. The static accuracy equipment is described at greater length, being measured by comparison of two dials read through microscopes with collimator scale. Angular measurements under continous rotation were made by measuring the change in phase voltages with a control transformer, calibrated at rest. Photographs and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):201, 1946-02-15 PORTERFIELD, C.F CHU, L.J. MIT Radiation Laboratory Simplified search antenna for radio set AN/MPN-1 MIT Rad Lab486 1945 19p An improved S-band search antenna has been developed for GCA application. Major emphasis was placed upon fulfilling the present performance requirements with a design easy to manufacture, assemble, and adjust. The resulting antenna is an 8' x 4' x f = 27.5" cut paraboloid, fed by two horizon- tally-polarized dipoles, wave guide-fed, at λg/2 spacing. Cosecant-squared coverage is provided from 3 - 8.70 above the horizon. Cutoff is 20 db down at 3.2° below peak. Absolute gain is 31.5 db to give dependable 15 mile range. Azimuth beam width is 4.8° with side lobes of 2.6%. The impedance match is under 1.5 in SWR² over a 1.5 band. Photographs and charts given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):201, 1946-02-15 POUND, R.V. MIT Radiation Laboratory Frequency discontinuities of local oscillator tubes due to high Q load circuits MIT Rad Lab694 1945 14p An analysis is given of the factors oroducing frequency discontinuities in the available output frequencies of en oscillator when it is coupled to a high Q cavity. A relation, [mathematical formula: 2 space Q1 over parenthethes 1 / Q subscript 0 + 1 / Q subscript 2 close parenthethes superscript 2 greater then or equal to 1 over C], is derived. This relation establishes the conditions to be met by the external cavity, if frequency discontinuities are to be avoided. Q[subscript 1]is the Q the input circuit. Q[subscript 2] that of the output circuit, Q[subscript zero] the dissipative Q of the cavity, and C is a quantity related to the pulling figure of the oscillator tube. A discussion is given of the implications of this relation and some experiments showing its validity ere described. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):201, 1946-02-15 PRESTON, W.M. PLATT, J.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Magnetron stabilizing tuner MIT Rad Lab473). 1943 27p A reactance wave meter cavity is mounted on a quarter wavelength arm of a sliding waveguide I-section close to the magnetron output. With the correct distance between the magnetron and the T arm, a tuning range is obtained with X-band 2J21 tubes of 35 to 45 megacycles between half power points. Over a frequency range of 10 to 20 megacycles, the cavity reduces frequency changes of the magnetron due to temperature or other operating conditions by a factor of 3 to 3.5. Charts and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):201, 1946-02-15 RAWCLIFFE, R.D. MIT Radiation Laboratory Deflection yoke design information MIT Rad Lab674 1945 15p Curves are presented of the inductance, deflection currents, and minimum sweep time for square iron core deflection yokes. These curves should assist in designing circuits for driving these yokes. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):201, 1946-02-15 REDHEFFER, RAYMOND M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Electrical properties of double wall and sandwich radomes MIT Rad Lab483-11 Radome bulletin no.11 1945 37p The treatment of transmission and reflection by single plane sheets in RL Report 483-4 has been extended to cover double wall and sandwich constructions, since these have proved particularly useful in radome design during the past two years. For the symmetrical double wall construction, the optimum internal spacing for normal incidence of approximately A/4 - d √ α in terms of the thickness and dielectric constant of each sheet, results in complete transmission for lossless sheets. A departure δ from optimum spacing for double wall or sandwich constructions results in a reflection coefficient of approximately 4 ¶ r δ / λ when r, the reflection coefficient of each sheet or sandwich skin, and δ / λ are small. Similar expressions are worked out for dissimilar sheets and lossy sheets, or for asymmetrical sandwiches. The optimum core thickness for a sandwich at normal incidence is approximately nλ/2√β - 2d(β - 1)/(β - 1) in terms of the dielectric constants λ of the skins and β of the core, where the skin thickness d << λ. The expressions are extended to give reflection and optimum spacing at arbitrary incidence for both polarizations. For most cases of practical interest, extensive computations are presented graphically to expedite design work. Report includes graphs, diagrams and a bibliography. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):201, 1946-02-15 REDHEFFER, RAYMOND M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Elliptical polarization produced by streamlined radomes MIT Rad Lab483-13 Radome Bulletin13 1945 22p With an incident plane polarized wave, the polarization of the wave transmitted through a radome is linear in the following cases: At normal incidence; whenever E is parallel or perpendicular to the plane of incidence; and whenever the radome is single wall, an electrical quarter or half wave thick. In other cases the polarization is elliptical, the ratio of axes increasing with the phase difference δ until it equals the amplitude ratio k at δ 90°; and it increases with k to equal tan (δ/2.) when k = 1. These effects are more marked for round trip transmission, the value of being doubled and the transmission ratio being squared. For a single wall dome with dielectric constant α, the ratio of axes increases from zero at 0° incidence to [mathematical formula]the square root of (the square root of α -1)/(the square foot of α +1[)] (one way) or [mathematical formula] the square root of α -1 / the square root of 2 the square root of α (round trip) at 90° incidence. The worst thicknesses are those near a half wave, though the polarization is linear with an exact half wave. It is shown that the sum of the squares of the axes equals the power in the wave, and experimental methods are given for finding k and α. These depend on the fact that maxim ÷ minimum received amplitude, as the receiver is rotated, is equal to the ratio of axes in the ellipse; and a plot of 1/ (received amplitude) versus angle will give an ellipse similar to the one in the received wave. Report contains diagrams, graphs, and a bibliography. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(6) :202, 1946-02-15 ROBERTS, S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Feedback circuit for measuring output noise ratio of crystal rectifiers MIT Rad Lab667 1945 9p It is shown that an input circuit using a one stage feed-back amplifier can be designed for use in crystal noise measurements so that the noise output meter reading is unaffected by small variations in either conductance or susceptance of the crystal. Diagrams included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(6) :202, 1946-02-15 ROSENBERG, PAUL. MIT Radiation Laboratory Sinusoidal potentiometers, Types RL10CB, RL1OCD, RLlOE, and RL1.4 MIT Rad Lab423 1943 27p The primary function of these potentiometers is to provide four d-c potentials which vary sinusoidally with the angle of rotation of the shaft of the potentiometer. The use, construction, and components of these potentiometers are given in detail. Photographs and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(6) :202, 1946-02-15 ROSENBERG, PAUL MIT Radiation Laboratory Tokyo H₂X photographs; comparison of operational PPI photographs with PPI predictions of the ultrasonic radiar trainer MIT Rad Lab715 1945 18p PPI scope photographs made during B-29 operations in late 1944 are shown alongside of scope predictions made on the ultrasonic radar trainer. The trainer PPI photographs were obtained with an ultrasonic map which was made from non-radar information prior to the time when operational PPI photographs were available. A brief description of the trainer is appended. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(6) :202, 1946-02-15 ROTH, W. MIT Radiation Laboratory QA-2B servo adaptor MIT Rad Lab645-1 1944 8p A circuit which converts 400 cycle, or higher frequency, amplitude modulated error signals to d-c error signals is described. The circuit is used in connection with the Q-2 servo unit which utilizes only inputs in the form of d-c voltages. Photographs and diagram. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(6) :202, 1946-02-15 RUBENSTEIN, P.J. FISHBACK, W.T. MIT Radiation Laboratory Preliminary measurements of 10 cm reflection coefficients of land and sea at small grazing angles MIT Rad Lab478 1943 21p Results of some preliminary measurements of 10 cm. reflection coefficients at small grazing angles are reported. For sea water the values for horizontal polarization are found to fall consistently below the theoretical predictions for a smooth surface, while for vertical polarization the measured and theoretical values are in good agreement. Testa over three kinds of land show no specular reflection. See also PB 2630. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(6) :202, 1946-02-15 SANDS, DOROTHY N. BAILEY, FRANCES S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Characteristics of recent 723A/B tubes MIT Rad Lab570 1944 15p Routine and special tests have been made on recently received 723A/B tubes. Histograms show the power output, electrical tuning range between half power points, effectiveness of electronic tuning expressed in megacycles per volt change in reflector voltage, and mechanical tuning range. A graph of reflector voltage versus power output for three modes of a group of tubes indicates mode position and separation between modes. Charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(6) :202, 1946-02-15 SCHIFF, L.I. University of Pennsylvania Noise in orystal rectifiers NDRC14-126 1943 9p There are 2 classes of crystal rectifiers with respect to their noise production: Those exhibiting the amount of noise to be expected from a simple theory of the rectifying contact, and those producing appreciably more. The former is reasonably well understood. An outline of this theory is presented. The second class is hardly understood at all. A possible mechanism for this excess noise is presented. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(6) :202, 1946-02-15 SHERWIN, C.W. MIT Radiation Laboratory Clamping tubes MIT Rad Lab572 1944 30p The characteristics of the 6SN7, 6SL7, 7F8, 6C4, 6Y6, 6AG7, 6AG5, and 6AK5 have been measured in several types of clamping circuits which use diodes, triodes and pentodes either alone or in various combinations. Most of these "clamps" have an impedmnce between 300 and 3000 ohms. The diode characteristics of the 6AC7, 6J6, 6SN7, 6SL7, 6H6, 6C4 and 6AK5 have also been measured. Graphs of the characteristics of several types of lamps and diagrams are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(6) :202, 1946-02-15 SILVER, S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Contribution of the dish to the impedance of an antenna. MIT Rad Lab442 1943 17p The effect of the dish upon the impedance characteristics of an antenna arises from the re-radiation of a portion of the incident energy by the dish to the feed. It has been recognized that the dish makes a significant contribution to the impedance characteristics of an antenna. In this report a simple analysis of the interaction between the feed and the dish is developed from which a semi-quantitative estimate of its effect on the impedance can be obtained. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):203, 1946-02-15 SILVER, S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Double curvature surfaces for beam shaping with point source feeds MIT Rad Lab691 1945 13p A family of double curvature surfaces is developed for use with point source feeds to produce a beam flared in one plane and having pencil beam characteristics in the trans-verse planes. The pencil beam characteristics are obtained by converting the incident spherical wavefront into a cylindrical wavefront whose generating elements are normal to the flare plane. To do this the section of the surface in every plane normal to both the reflected wavefront and the flare plane must be a parabola. The focal length of the parabola varies from section to section corresponding to the dispersion required for flaring the beam. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):203, 1946-02-15 SLATER, JOHN C. MIT Radiation Laboratory Operation and testing of reflex oscillators MIT Rad Lab742 1945 42p This report deals with the theory and operation of the reflex oscillator. Discussion of theory includes a simplified treatment of the electronics of the oscillator; a fairly complete treatment of the circuit and its coupling to the external load; discussions of cold testing, Rieke diagram, power and frequency as functions of reflector voltage and of passive operation of the oscillator as a resistive and reactive load when it is not delivering power. Experiments to test the various features of the theory are described. Diagrams and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):203, 1946-02-15 SMITH, A.H. University of Pennsylvania Use of different fillers in crystal rectifiers NDRC14-561 1945 11p In order to protect the point contact in crystal rectifiers from the effects of humidity, and mechanical vibrations, the ceramic body is usually filled with a mixture of opal wax and paratee. This normal proceeding is entirely ad-equate for temperatures less than 70°C in mixer crystals. At higher temperatures (app. 90°) the wax melts and runs out or chars. Video crystals are much more sensitive to small disturbances of the point contact and thermal movements of the filler often change the electrical characteristics imtortant for video performance. Results of investigations of these problems are presented in two sections. Part I describes the various fillers tried in video crystals and part II the results of an attempt to make crystals suit-able for higher temperatures. Characteristics of fillers and results of experiments are summarized in tables at the end of report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):203, 1946-02-15 SMITH, W.V. MIT Radiation Laboratory Magnetron tuning and stabilization MIT Rad Lab567 1944 29p Three conditions on magnetron stabilization are considered. Part A treats the situation for high stabilization when no loss is introduced, showing that a wide mode separation does not eliminate mode troubles. Part B considers stabilizations less then two, again with no loss introduced, seeing that a wide tuning range (10%) is possible. Part C covers the problem of high stabilization when loss is introduced into the circuit in order to reduce the :soling problems, a useful range of only 1-2%. resulting for stabilizations greater than 2, and for stabilization. of 30 or more, the impedance matching problems being serious in attaining even this tuning. Illustrations, diagrams and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):203, 1946-02-15 SMULLIN, L.D. MIT Radiation Laboratory 1B38 pre-TR MIT Rad Lab641 1944 12p Problems of crystal protection on high-power S-band systems are discussed, attempts to solve the burn-out problem being described. The best protection was the 1B38 pre-TR, used in conjunction with a 1B27 TR. This gives improved protection and adequate protection against higher frequencies (harmonics, etc.) resulting from spurious magnetron operation. Charts and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):203, 1946-02-15 SMULLIN, L.D. LEITER H.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory 1B27 TR tube MIT Rad Lab594 1944 32p The 1B27 TR tube may be used in various cavities to tune from 7.8 cm. to 14 cm. covering a range of about 2 cm. in any one cavity. Leakage power is less then 10 mw peek for 5 KW Desk line power with a direct coutling attenuation of about 70 db. Recovery time curve shove a signal loss of less than 2db 6 microseconds after transmitter pulse and less than 15 db loss throughout a useful life of 500 hours. A high power test set for measurement of unloaded Q end keep alive interaction are described. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):203, 1946-02-15 SPENCER, R.C. MIT Radiation Laboratory Reflections from smooth curved surfaces MIT Rad Lab661 1945 12p These considerations are with respect to the calculations of microwave back scattering cross sections. Scattering cross sections are considered for smooth curvea surfaces and for surfaces of revolution. Diagrams and graph. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):203, 1946-02-15 STEINBERGER, J. MIT Radiation Laboratory MIT Radiation Laboratory Broad-bend coaxial-line horn MIT Rad Lab770 1945 6p This report contains a brief description of the broad-band coaxial-line horn accompanied by sketches and photographs and graphs illustrating its electrical characteristics. The coaxial horn consists of a piece of coaxial line flared at the end. It has a beam width of about 75° in both planes and operates from 8 cm. to 12 cm. with a VSWR < 2.2. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):203, 1946-02-15 STEINBERER, J. MIT Radiation Laboratory Leaky waveguide rapid scanner MIT Rad Lab557 1944 8p This scanner is a waveguide radiating through 2 slots running the length of the narrow side of the guide in the fashion of a Hansen horn. The side of the guide between these slots is a bar which moves to vary the a dimension. The useful scanning range is 45° lying all on one side of the normal to the scanner between 10° and 55° the limit not being theoretically imposed. There are diagrams of the antenna and of its operation. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):203, 1946-02-15 STEPHENS, W.E. University of Pennsylvania Handy guide to crystal types NDRC14-405 1945 4p This report presents a table intended as a convenient classification of point contact rectifiers used in radar and beacons. Crystal types are grouped according to wave-length bend for which they are recommended and according to use, sensitivity and burnout. Mixer crystals are for use with local oscillators whereas video crystals are for detector use. References are listed. See also PB 2649 and PB 2652. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 STEPHENS, W.E. University of Pennsylvania Handy guide to crystal types, II NDRC14-405S 1945 4p This report contains a table classifying types of point contact rectifiers used in radar and beacons. Crystal types are grouped according to the wave length band for which they are recommended and according to use sensitivity. and burnout. Mixer crystals are for use with local oscillators, video crystals for detector use. Characteristics of crystals are explained. See also PB 2646 and PB 2652. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 STEPHENS, W.E. University of Pennsylvania Handy guide to crystal types, III NDRC14-499 1945 9p This report contains in Table I and explanatory materiel accompanying it, a guide classification of the types of point contact rectifiers used in radar and beacons. Crystal types are classified according to wave length band for which they are recommended, end according to use, sensitivity, and burnout. Mixer crystals are for use with local oscillators, whereas video crystals are for detector use. Table II gives test specifications for crystals. See also PB 2646 and PB 2649. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 STRANDBERG, M.W.P. MIT Radiation Laboratory Some automatic frequency control circuits MIT Rad Lab687 1945 Reflector and thermal strut a.f.c. are discussed in terms of standard feed-back theory. Circuits for both rapid and, slow thermal strut a.f.c. are presented. For a.f.c. controlling over a large range, a "wrong side-band" it defined and discussed. The design of reflector a.f.c. circuits with high vecuum tubes is examined. A circuit with constant control rete and extreme component insencitivity is given. Formulae for calculating maximum correction rates are outlined. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 TAGGART, M.A. FINE, E.C. MIT Radiation Laboratory Parallel plate bends MIT Rad Lab760. Off. Pub. Bd., Report, PB 2777. 1945 12p There are many uses for 180-degree bends in parallel plate antenna systems. In a pillbox, the use of a 180-degree bend at the parabolic reflector would help eliminate two major pillbox disadvantages: The blocking of the aperture by the feed, and the difficulty in broadbanding. Since impedance measurements on straight 180-degree bends in parallel plates are very difficult to make, it was found advantageous to perform experiments with waveguide and scale the dimensions to pet parallel plate bends. This can be justified theoretically, and the exact analogy between the electromagnetic fields in parallel plate and waveguide bends can be made. It is found that the exact correspondeuce occurs when the waveguide dimensions, expressed in terms of guide wavelength, equal the parallel plate dimensions, expressed in wavelength of the wave component perpendicular to the bend. The dimensions for well matohed 180-degree waveguide bends were determined experimentally over a wide range of wavelengths. The results agree satisfactorily with theoretical calculations in the region for which the latter have been made. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 TAYLOR, R.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Rieke diagrams and probe-plate plunger charts of lighthouse tubes in a re-entrant cavity MIT Rad Lab564 1944 18p Experimental data are presented which show the behavior of GL464A and RCA A222 tubes in an ARC cavity with respect to loading, probe position, and plate plunger position. Curves of constant frequency and Dower are plotted: (1) As a function of plate plunger position and probe position for matched load; (2) as a function of load for constant plate plunger and probe positions. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 TYSON, OWEN A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Antenna measuring equipment; high power C W transmitter for S-band MIT Rad Lab601-2 1944 14p Description of a CW transmitter, with provision for audiofrequency modulation, capable of generating energy in the range of 8-14 cm at a power of ten to twenty watts. All considerations are based upon requirements of use in antenna measurements. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 VANE, A.B. WILSON, D.G. MIT Radiation Laboratory Propagation over short paths and rough terrain at 200 mc/s MIT Rad Lab468 1944 74p The investigation of ground propagation characteristics was made to determine the feasibility of using existing radar and beacon equipment on short overland paths. A tri-Yagi antenna array was developed for use with an SCI-521 radar operating as an interrogator against a modified SCR-695 beacon. The summary of results is listed under three headings: Field intensity measurements, direction finding and possible adaptation to ground-to-ground Rebecca-Eureka system. Photographs, maps and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 Van VLECK, J.H. MIT Radiation Laboratory Relation between absorption and the frequency dependence of refraction, The MIT Rad Lab735 1945 18p Report seeks to emphasize a very general relation which exists between the refractive index and the absorption coefficient. This relation enables one to determine the absorption if the dependence of the refractive index on frequency is known throughout the spectrum. Vice versa, the refraction can be computed if the absorption is known for all wave lengths. The index of refraction can be considered to be virtually constant throughout the microwave region. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 VOUGHT, ROBERT H. University of Pennsylvania Mass spectrometer investigation of the silicon tetrachloride used in making pure silicon NDRC14-558 1945 6p This report presents results of analysis of silicon tetrachloride in order to determine percentage of carbon tetrachloride present. This silicon tetrachloride was used by the DuPont Company in preparing silicon for crystal units. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 WALKER, RICHARD M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Corners, bends end twists in rectangular waveguide MIT Rad Lab585 1944 34p This report is divided into the following three parts, theory being presented for each cart along with experiment-al results: Mitered waveguide corners, circular bends. and twists. The mitered waveguide corners are divided, in turn, into H-plane corners, mitered E-corners, and spacing between E and H-plane mitered corners. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):204, 1946-02-15 WALKER, RICHARD M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Dielectric windows in waveguide MIT Rad Lab587 1944 17p Dielectric windows have been developed for permanent pressurization of waveguide in three types. using various dielectric materials. The three types are: Dielectric slug windows. dielectric sheet windows, and resonant aperture windows. The recommended design for each type is given, the three designs holding 30 psi pressure over a temperature range of 50° to +70°C. The first two designs are recommended for broad-bend applications where the peak power is 50 kw or more. The third design is a more rugged window mechanically but its use is limited to low power narrow-band systems. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):205, 1946-02-15 WALLMAN, H. SUITS, G.H. MIT Radiation Laboratory Modification of the amplifier of the AN/APN-2 to give sharp cut-off wide band response MIT Rad Lab613 1944 5p The theory of the design of stagger-tuned amplifiers is applied and the required circuit constants obtained. Both theoretical and actual curves are given. Detailed instructions for modification of the AN/APN-2's RC-192 amplifier are included. Diagram. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):205, 1946-02-15 WALLMAN, HENRY MIT Radiation Laboratory Stagger-damned double-tuned circuits MIT Rad Lab539 1944 9p Stagger-damping is a scheme for achieving high gain IF amplifiers of very large bandwidths. The interstages are double-tuned circuits loaded on one side only, all tuned to the same frequency and having the same coefficient of coupling, but with different damping resistors. The method has not yet been tried. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):205, 1946-02-15 WALLMAN, HENRY MIT Radiation Laboratory Stagger-tuned IF amplifiers MIT Rad Lab524 1944 50p The simplicity of single-tuned circuits strongly commends itself to the IF amplifier designer, and most 2 or 3 Mc wide IF amplifiers are now of this sort. Unfortunately, with synchronous single-tuned circuits and present tubes one cannot make an amplifier wider than about 4 Mc; the principal reason is the rapidity with which bandwidth decreases as identical single-tuned stages are cascaded. This report describes a scheme-stagger-tuning of the individual single-tuned circuits, which essentially eliminates the shrinking of overall bandwidth, and thus has made possible very simple 10 and 16 Mc wide amplifiers. Graphs are presented (Fig. III4 and III5) which summariae the whole story for staggered pairs and triples, and condense an IF amplifier design into the work of a few minutes. Report contains other graphs, diagrams, and tables. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):205, 1946-02-15 WATTON, A. Army Air Forces Instrument for measurement of grid current of vacuum tubes AAF TR4948 1943 13p Description of a project to obtain a method of measuring the grid currents of vacuum tubes at negative values of grid bias. The magnitude of these currents is not given in tube characteristic charts; resort had to be made to measurement. A circuit designed by Dubridge and Brown employing an electrometer tube, type FP-54, was selected for the measurement of this current. Report gives a description of the instrument employing this circuit, and the results of a performance (which were favorable). ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):205, 1946-02-15 WATTON, A. Army Air Forces Modulated-beam cathode-ray tube phase meter AAF TR5145 1944 29p This report describes a phase meter developed to measure the phase-shift characteristics of amplifiers used in vibration measurement work. It employs a cathode-ray tube, in con-junction with a circuit establishing a circular time base on the screen of the tube, and a "clipper" circuit fed in turn by the two voltages, the phase difference of which it is desired to measure. The change in angular position of the semicircle obtained on the screen is the phase difference in the voltages. Photograph, diagrams, charts, and comprehensive list of reference. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):205, 1946-02-15 WHEELER, GERSHON J. MIT Radiation Laboratory Electrical and physical characteristics of some commercial feed-through filters MIT Rad Lab785 17p This report covers the following electrical and physical characteristics of several commercial feed-through type filter: 1. insertion loss from 0.15 to 300 megacycles; 2. voltage and current ratings; 3. d-c resistance and impedance of coil at 60, 400, and 1600 cycles with various currents; 4. temperature rise with various currents and frequencies; 5. Components, configuration, cam size and weight. The filters tested were: Sprague Electric Company - JX 64 rated at 1 ampere - JX65 rated at 7 ampere; Solar Manufacturing Corporation - EN148 rated at 1 ampere - EN151 rated at 7 ampere; Western Electric Company - D170783 rated at 7 ampere - D170738. rated at 7 ampere. Diagrams of filters are given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):205, 1946-02-15 WHEELER, GERSHON J. MIT Radiation Laboratory Method of shielding for filter insertion loss measurements MIT Rad Lab786 1945 5p The problem of measuring insertion loss of filters is really a problem in shielding, especially at high frequencies. Coupling between the units of the measuring equipment can be prevented only by an unbroken shield. This report describes a method of shielding which has been used successfully from 0.15 to 400 megacycles and is probably effective at higher frequencies. Photographs and drawing included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):205, 1946-02-15 WHEELER, G.J. MIT Radiation Laboratory Reduction of power line noise in modulators MIT Rad Lab634 1944 5p Measurements were made on a hydrogen thyrat.ron line type modulator to determine the most efficient method of reducing radio frequency noise fed back on the power lines. The modulator delivered 3500 volt peak pulses to a 50 ohm resistance load. Proper design and internal shielding reduced the noise to an acceptable level without any filters in the circuit. Measurements covered frequencies from 0.2 to 20 megacycles. Diagram and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):205, 1946-02-15 WHITE, HARRY J. MIT Radiation Laboratory Analysis of condenser charging in line type modulators. Part I. For linear reactor elements. MIT Rad Lab4411943 64p The purpose of this report is to collect and to derive in some detail the basic equations relating to the charging of the energy storage oondenser in line type modulators. The two charging schemes of greatest practical importance are: (1) From a constant voltage source through an inductance, referred to as DC and (2) from a sinusoidal voltage source through an inductance, referred to as A.C. Charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1(06):205, 1946-02-15 WHITHER, R.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Waveguides without metal walls MIT Rad Lab726 1945 8p Comparison of properties of waveguide consisting of a rod or plate of dielectric material with no metal walls and conventional metal enclosed guide. Dielectric has two imnortant characteristics not shared by metal guide: (1) The "higher modes" radiate power transversely, causing attenuation and power-loss along the guide and leakage from one such guide to another. (2) Even for those modes which propogate power along the guide without attenuation, fields exist and power is carried longitudinally outside the guide as well as inside. This means that a mechanical sunnort or any other external object forms a discontinuity, with resulting reflection and power loss. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 WIESNER, J.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Details of an X-band high level TR tube test bench MIT Rad Lab417 1944 20p The test bench was designed to facilitate the inter-comparison of high level leadkage power measurements on X-band TR tubes such as the 724A or the 1B24. In the test procedure the tube is mounted in a standard cavity and fired with high level pulsed R.F. A means is provided for measuring the power passed by the box. A description is given of each of the components of the system, as is a description of standard calibrating hole and a relative power unit which can be used for production measurements. Diagrams and photographs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 WINTER, D.F. MILEY, H.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Influences of pulse transformer design on 4J31-35 magnetron stability MIT Rad Lab622 1945 12p Report of investigation of eleven different pulse transformers on 4J31-35 magnetron stability. Pulse transformers studied had a 3 to 1 voltage ratio. Some produced broad and large initial current spikes; some, narrow needle-like spikes; others led to no spikes at all. Pulse transformers with small valves of leakage inductance were associated with the largest current spikes and greatest magnetron instability; those with largest values of leakage induction led to small current spikes, or no spikes, and to better magnetron performance. Photographs of magnetron impulses. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 WINTER. D.F. MILEY. H.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Stability of magnetrons operated by spark gap modulators MIT Rad Lab620 1944 11 p Teats of the operation of 4J31-35 magnetrons at a power input of 1.5 to 2 mw indicated that as much or more RF power could be obtained from a Model 6 spark gap modulator (without the addition of a despiker circuit) as from a herd tube modulator, and that double moding occurred more often and was more severe in the case of the hard tube modulator. Practical aspects and the nature of the results indicate that the RC despiker should be considered for general use in spark gap modulator systems. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 WOOD, F.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Handbook of operating and maintenance instructions for Echo Boxes TES-8MK and TES-9MK MIT Rad LabM-194 1945 91p These echo boxes are portable instruments for measuring radar overall performance, and must be individually calibrated by the user. They are intended for interim use until other models are available which are scheduled to be calibrated at the factory for standard ringtime and frequency calibration. They can be used to align radar receivers with the radar transmitter frequency. Relative transmitter power output and spectrum can be measured. Tests can be made for transmitter frequency modulation and transmitter pulling. T-R box recovery and receiver recovery can be measured. Charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 WOOD, P.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Instruotions for types TFX-17GA, TFX-18GA, TFX-19GA, TFX-30EC, TFX-31EC, model 51 and similar types of micrometer frequency meters MIT Rad LabM-217 1945 29p The units described, manufactured since March 1, 1944, are suitable for measuring frequencies between 8500 mc/sec. and 9850 mc/sec. Precautions are given against use of the wrong modes which cause incorrect frequency readings together with instructions for modifying units built prior to March 1, 1944, to reduce the response of these modes. Illustrations, diagrams and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 WOODBURY, R.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Freqency division with blocking oscillators, Part I MIT Rad Lab544 1944 12p Frequency division is efficiently accomplished by means of blocking oscillator frequency dividers. This report describes circuits for generating range marks at some sub-multiple of the master oscillator frequency, one-step dividers and pip-selector circuits for obtaining triggers at the repetition rate accurately locked to the master oscillator, and divider chains for obtaining low frequencies at a constant sub-multiple of the master oscillator. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 WOODBURY, R.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Pulse characteristics of common receiver type tubes MIT Rad Lab704). 1945 64p Curves for the following tubes are given: Diode connected-- 6AG7, 6AL5, 6C4, 6H6, 6J6, 6SN7, 6X5, 7F8, SD-834; triode connected -- 6AG7, 6AK6, 6C4, 6J6, 6SN7, 6Y6, 7F8, 28D7, HD-34. SD-705, SD-834; pentode or tetrode connected--6AG7, 6AK6, 6Y6, 28D7, HD-34. These curves represent vacuum tube applications where the grid, or in the case of diodes, the plate, is driven to a positive potential with respect to the cathode. Pulse grid and plate currents are plotted as a function of the other electrode potentials. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 WORRELL, F.T. MIT Radiation Laboratory Dielectric phase shifters for waveguide MIT Rad Lab7881945 9p The basic principle of the dielectric phase shifter is discussed briefly. Models for the 1, 3, and 1U cm. regions are described, and their electrical properties given. Drawings of model designs are given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 WORRELL, FRANCIS T. MIT Radiation Laboratory Flexible waveguides MIT Rad Lab832). 194518p The various types of service for which flexible waveguides are required are listed. Available information on the various types of flexible waveguide is presented in detail. References are made to more detailed reports. The types of waveguide discussed are: Wound metal hose, titeflex, seamless corrugated waveguide, vertebrae, and bellows. Recommendations are made as to which types of waveguide are suitable for the various types of service. Photographs, diagrams and tables are included in the report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 WORRELL, FRANCIS T. MIT Radiation Laboratory 3 cm vertebrae flexible waveguide MIT Rad Lab8311945 13p The general theory of operation and the construction of 3 cm vertebrae are discussed. Data are given on the standing wave ratio and loss introduced by the vertebrae for various distortions, and the power handling capacity. Information is given on their general usefulness and limitations. Report inoludes diagrams and graphs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):206, 1946-02-15 YEATER, M.L. MIT Radiation Laboratory Measurement of pressure in gas tubes by a radio-frequency method MIT Rad Lab432). 1944 11p The RF pressure gauge described is suitable for use with ordinary gas tubes which have no special structures for pressure measurement. Its operation is based on the fact that the excitation voltage for an eleotrodeless glow discharge in a gas depends on the pressure of the as. A radio frequency voltage of the order of 1000 volts is applied between an external electrode and the metal parts inside the tube. The exact voltage at which a glow begins is a measure of the pressure in the tube. The theory of the eleotrodeless discharge is discussed briefly. Circuits and performance characteristics for the first model of this type of gauge used for testing hydrogen thyratrons, are described. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES- ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):207, 1946-02-15 YOUNG, R.T., Jr. MIT Radiation Laboratory Frequency and spectrum characteristics of standard magnetrons and the effect of change of shape of current pulse MIT Rad Lab 52-6). 1943 32p Operating frequencies and spectrum appearance have been observed for square pulses from 10-25 KV. and 5-40 ampere peeks for several right angle magnetrons in the SA. SS and SG bands. (γ90.1. 10.0 and 10.7). Frequency-spectrum performance charts are presented. A table of frequency shift with current and the effect on spectra at different operating points is given. All tubes have an extended poor spectrum region at low currents; below 7.5 amperes at 10 KV and 15 amperes at 20 KV. The SS-band tubes exhibit an extended poor spectrum region which begins at 25 amperes at 10 KV. and 35 amperes at 20 KV. Some tubes of all three classes have banded poor spectrum regions above 16-18 KV. at intermediate currents. These banded regions are much more liable to occur when the cathode pipe is against the south pole, of the magnet. Pictures of the spectrum current pulse and R.F. envelope are shown for both square and sloping Pulses. The spectra can be described in terms of the theory of frequency modulated pulses. The current pulse is uniformly more eloped for the magnetic field direction in one direction than the other. The effect of R.F. load on the spectrum is discussed. Report contains 7 spectrum performance charts, a frequency contour diagram, and many photographs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES- ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):207, 1946-02-15 YOUNG, R.T., Jr. MIT Radiation Laboratory Present status of high power at S-band MIT Rad Lab793 1945 27p An account is given of components that are available for r-f peak powers of 2.5 megawatts. The HP10V magnetron which has been developed will deliver 2.5 megawatts peak power and 1250 watts average power on one microsecond pulses at 1800 gauss, 48 kv, and 140 peak amperes. This magnetron is a 10-oscillator tube with an anode diameter of 3 cm, cathode diameter 1.5 cm, and anode length 4 cm. Two modulators developed for use with these tubes are described. Appendix I lists dimensions and characteristics of magnetrons and magnets; Appendix II, dimensions and characteristics of modulator, Appendix iII, dimensions and characteristics of series spark gap; Appendix IV lists D-C power supplies, Appendix V lists characteristics of pulse transformers for high power systems, Appendix VI lists power of various components. Report incluues photographs, diagrams of equipment and a circuit diagram, performance chart for magnetron and Rieke diagram. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES- ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):207, 1946-02-15 YOUNKER, E.L. MIT Radiation Laboratory Vertebrae type flexible waveguide MIT Rad Lab574 1944 22p The vertebrae type flexible waveguide consists of a aeries of separated choke-flange couplings held in place by a flexible tubular cover. It is electrically and mechanically capable of bending, shearing, stretching and twisting. Waveguides at both the K-band and R-band are described. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES- ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):207, 1946-02-15 DERNBACH, A.F. PIETRANGELI, G.J. Army Air Forces Theory and design of radial windmills having vanes consisting of flat plates AAF TR5133 1944 33p These windmills provide a simple power source for driving aircraft accessories where speed and/or over control is not required. Data on this type windmill are presented in the form of curves. Windmill performance was also computed theoretically. and these results compare favorably with test data when an effective radius is used in computing the letter. The efficiency is quite low, the maximum obtainable being about 25%. Tests on rotors led to the conclusion that from four to six blades would give optimum power. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES- GENERATING, TRANSMISSION, AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):207, 1946-02-15 PERKINS, E.R. MIT Radiation Laboratory Synohro units and their characteristics MIT Rad Lab740 1945 82p This report tabulates the pertinent data of all Army and Navy Synohros, also most of the commonly used General Electric "Selsyns," Bendix Aviation Co. "Autosyns" and other miscellaneous similar self-synchronous devioes, including resolvers. A brief Introductory discussion precedes the tables of synohro characteristic data. Artist sketches are included of representative synohros which serve to illustrate the general appearance of the unite. Included an these sketches. are all necessary outline dimensions (together with their tolerances, if critical) and enlarged detailed sketches of the shaft extensions, all of which information is sufficient to permit the proper design of mounts and devices for attaching to the synchro's rotor. BSIR 1( 6):207, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES- GENERATING, TRANSMISSION, AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
United States
 DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German X-ray and association industries Körting and Mathiesen AG, Leipzig. Sales bulletins, etc. covering firm's lighting equipment products 1941 17p Sales literature describing lighting fixtures manufactured by this Leipzig firm. Illustrated. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):207, 1946-02-15 FROOMKIN, N.G. Army Air Forces Technical inspection of German industrial manufacturing plant-Elmo GmbH, Stuttgart AAF TIRP- 3 1945 2p This report describes unusual processes, facilities and developments at plant engaged in developing and perfecting a universal electro-hydraulio system adaptable, with a minimum of modification, to any aircraft. This meant the almost complete standardization of all systemic units. Major features of the system consisted of a large capacity reservoir, solenoid operated selector valves, engine driven piston-type pumps, activating cylinders, and auxiliary equipment. The most recent development is a hydraulic actuating cylinder that contains integral signal switches and also an integral automatic uplock or downlock or both. Its operation is described in detail. Drawings evacuated are listed. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):207, 1946-02-15 HOFFMAN, HARRY D. Method of making bulkhead stuffing boxes for electrical cables watertight 1945 3p Method, approved by German Navy, for making bulkhead stuffing boxes for electric cables watertight, is described in this report. Watertight integrity is obtained by filling stuffing box with rubber. It is not known just how resistant rubber is to fires and the method appears to be an awkward one. Report is accompanied by drawing. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):207, 1946-02-15 JOCREM, THEO. B. Survey of electrical control devices in Germany 1945 25p Report is based on vlsits to eleven German plants engaged in the manufacture of electrical control devices, such as manual switches and starters, magnetic contractors, relays, circuit breakers, and timing devices. Discussion of the devices is followed by brief description of the plants visited. There was little or no development in the German electrical control industry during the war years, and nothing radically new was observed. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):208, 1946-02-15 PHILIPS' TECHNISCHE RUNDSCHAU May and July 1939, v.4, no. 5 and no. 7. DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German X-ray and associated industries 1939 64p May and July copies of a technical review published by Philips Forschungsiaboratorium, Eindhoven, Holland. Contains illustrated articles in German on electrical, electronic and related subjects. Contents: May. Luftgekühlte Senderöhren, by M. van de Beek (p.129-135), Klangzerstreuer in Lautsprechern, by J. de Boer (p.136-14U); Einrichtung von Funkhäusern, ed. by S. Gradstein (p.140-148); Die Bedeutung einer [kons]tanten Scdeitelzeit bei Blitzlichtlampen, by J.A.M. van Liempt and P. Leydens (1.149-151). Die Gewinnung von Edelgasen, by H.C.A. Holleman, (p.152-159). July, Beleuchtung mit röhrenförmingen Lichtquellen, by N. A. Halbertsma and G.P. Ittman (p.193-200); Die Magnetfeldröhre als Ultrakurzwellengenerator, ed. by G. Heller (p.201-209); Ein Kathodenstrahloszillograph, by J.D. Veegens (p.210-216); Die Stimmung von Musikinstrumenten und Orchestern, by Balth. van der Pol and C.C.J. Addink (p.217-222). Each issue contains abstracts of newer publications issued by the N.V. Philips Gloeilampenfabrieken. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):208, 1946-02-15 PHILIPS' TECHNISCHE RUNDSCHAU Jan.-,May 1942. v.7, nos. 1-5. DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German X-ray and associated industries 1942 160p Copies for first 5 months of 1942 of a technical review published by Philips Forschungslaboratorium, Eindhoven, Holland. Contains illustrated articles in German on electrical, electronic and related subjects. * Contents: Jan. Die Beleuchtung des neuen Ultrechter Stadttheaters, by L.C. Kalff (p. 1-8); Die Akustik des neuen Utrechter Stadttheaters, by R. Vermeulen (p. 9-12); Betrachtungen über Metall-Texturen, by J. F. h. dusters (p. 13-2U); Die ,dessung von Spannungsspitzen in einer Studioanlage, by F. de Fremery and J. W. G. Wenke (p.20-3); Ein PH Messgerät mit sehr grossem Eingangswiderstand, by C. Dorsman (p. 24-32). Feb. Nachruf DR.H.c. Ir. G. L. F. Philips (p. 33); Über die Entwicklung von Mischlichtlampen, by J. Funke and P. J. Oranje (p. 34-40); Die Arbeitsweise von Triodenoszillatoren mit Gitterkondensator und Gitterwiderstand, by J. van Slooten (p. 41-46); Ein Registriergerät für die Frequenzanalyse schnell veränderlicher Klänge, by H. G. Beljers (p. 47-55); Prüfung von Starkstromkabeln mit aleich-spannung, by W. Hondius Boldingh (p. 56-62); Line grosse Kondensatorbatterie zur Phasenschiebung (p. 62-63). Aar. Der Antenneneffekt bei Rundfunkempfängern mit Rahmenantenne, by P. Cornelius (p. 65-72); Versuche fiber die Gasdurchlässigkeit von :Metallwänden, by J. D. Frost (p. 73-81); Die Textur von Nickeleisenbend, by J. F. H. Custers (p. 81-85); Modulatoren für Trägerfrequenztelephonie, by F. A. de Groot and P. J. den Haan (p. 86-94); Über die Porosität von Schweissnähten, by J. ter Berg (p. 94-96). Apr. Der Wirkungsgrad von Beleuchtungsanlagen, by H. Z ijl (p. 97 -103); Filter für Trägerfrequenzteiephonie-Anlagen, by Th. J. Weijers (p. 104-112); Ortsbestimmung von Kabelfehlern, by W. Hondius Boldingh (p. 113-120); Die Textur von kreuzgewaiztem Molybdän, by J. F. H. dusters. (p. 120-123); Ein Diode zur Spannungsmessung bei Dezimeterwellen, by M. J. O. Strutt and K. S. Knol (p. 124-128). May. Fernsehsender von 9 kW für Versuchszwecke, by M. van de Beek (p. 129-137); Der Einfluss von Veriusten auf den Eigenschaften von elektrischen Netzwerken, by J. F. Schouten and J. W. Kl[ä]te (p. 138-147); Generatoren far Kurzwellentherapie, by J. Fransen nd J. Ledeboer (p. 147-155); Über Schwingungen von Kontaktfedern, by J. A . Haring (p. 155-159)- The Feb. and May issues contain abstracts of newer publications issued by N. V. Philips Gloeilampenfabrieken. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):208, 1946-02-15 TERES, J. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Antenna wire AAF EXPM-56-R42-54 1942 1p A report on the chemical composition of a sample of antenna wire from the Junker's JU-88 airplane. Sample believed to be a zinc plated coated hard drawn woven wire. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):208, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS German cable tracing amplifier "Ka. Spdü. Verst." EEIS 8-30 1945 7p Report on "Ka. Spdü. Verst.," manufactured in 1941, with manufacturer unknown. The "Kabel Spüren Verstarker" is an electrical device used in conjunction with a search coil and tone generator whereby cable may be traced for troubles, i.e., shorts, grounds, crosses, split pairs and vet spots (not opens). It may be used to improve the performance of US cable test set I-51, by connecting it between the search coil and headphones of the I-51. (see War Department TM 11-379). The apparatus is built into the standard case for the German field telephone "Fernsprecher 33." A wiring diagram and 5 photographs are included. EEIS stands for Enemy Equipment Intelligence Service. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):208, 1946-02-15 WIKLE, HUGH H. SEINER. WALTER A. Survey of the ere carbon industry of Germany 1945 13p In general, the German arc carbon industry uses the same materials as in the U. S.; German production methods are much less efficient than US methods from the standpoint of labor; quallty level is equivalent to American. The outstanding achievement was the development of large searchlights, first the 450 amp. size and the 1,000 amp, size at the end of the war. This required solution of the fundamental problem of arc instability observed at currents above about 400 amp. and of other difficult design problems. The authors believe that this search-light was of limited military value compared with other methods of aircraft spotting such as radar. Report includes detailed descriptions of searchlight carbons, brief notes on individual plants visited and photographs of burner mechanisms. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):208, 1946-02-15 WIKLE, HUGH H. STEINER, WALTER A. Survey of the carbon and graphite electrode industry of Germany 1945 26p This report deals with the process. equipment, and materials in the manufacture of carbon and graphite electrodes and evaluates the performance of the product. It is based on visits to five electrode manufacturing plants and seven representative users of electrodes and designers of electrode equipment. Substitutes for petroleum coke developed were pitch coke, "extract" coke resulting from synthesis of gasoline, from coal, a metallurgical coke, and an anthracite coke. Processes. equipment and production methods are essentially similar to those of US industry. The investigators conclude that the performance quality of German electrodes made during the war ranged widely; some were nearly equal to US products in quality. Production capacities for the manufacture of basic stock and for graphitizing graphite electrodes are given. Report also includes a description of German electric steel furnaces, illustrated by photographs, brief notes on blast furnace linings and on individual plants visited, and a wiring diagram. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):208, 1946-02-15 BOSTICK, W.H. MIT Radiation Laboratory Pulse Transformer Committee standard test methods for pulse transformer cores MIT Rad Lab722 1945 28p This report specifies a standard size of core materiel sample for the measurement of the d-c and pulse properties of pulse transformer core materials, and a standard core size and coil for the measurement of the pulse properties of pulse transformer cores. Circuits and techniques for making the d-c and pulse tests are described. Standard pulse durations and ranges of induction with various reverse fields, and methods of presenting the results, are specified. Methods of measuring space factor, lamination thickness, resistivity are covered. Also described are procedures for the preparation of traveling sample core and coils to be used for the calibration of test equipment end the evaluation of pulse transformer cores. These standards, prepared by the Subcommittee on Cores, have been approved by the Pulse Transformer Committee and are being published for the committee by the Radiation Laboratory. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):209, 1946-02-15 BOWMAN, R.[E]. EGO, R.W. Army Air Forces Shunt for the measurement of welding current in spot welders AAF TR4659 1941 14p This report describes tests conducted to measure welding current in spot elders. A shunt made of manganin, a coppernickel-manganese alloy, was calibrated with an electromagnetic oscilloraph. In addition to measuring the peak welding current, the wave form may be recorded by means of the film attachment to the oscillograph. Data obtained are presented in tabular and chart form. Drawings of shunt and knife edge holder are riven. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):209, 1946-02-15 CROUT, P.D. MIT Radiation Laboratory Extension of LaGrange's equations to electromagnetic field problems; equivalent networks MIT Rad Lab626 1941 30p It is shown that Lagrange procedures give equivalent networks, that a duality exists between electric and magnetic quantities which permits magnetic flux modes instead of electric current modes to be taken as the basis of the generalized coordinates, that Legrange's equations are still valid if the chosen current or flux modes change shape with time in any specified manner. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):209, 1946-02-15 CROUT, P.D. MIT Radiation Laboratory Method of virtual displacements for electrical systems with applications to pulse transformers MIT Rad Lab618 1944 66p This method of virtual displacements is developed for obtaining the transient behavior of electrical systems with distributed constants. It involves the association of a number of assumed "current modes" with generalized coordinates, and gives a set of equations which duplicates the mesh equations of a corresponding equivalent lumped network. The method here is applied to the pulse transformer, the result being equivalent networks and procedures for calculating the constants in these networks. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):209, 1946-02-15 CROUT, P.D. PAINTER, N.H. MIT Radiation Laboratory Treatment of echo box problems by Lagrangian procedures MIT Rad Lab629 1945 70p In this report LaGrangian procedures are applied to the following echo box problems Coupling loops, dissipation in the walls, deviation of the cross-section of the cylindrical tube from circular, deviation of the planes of the ends of the box from perpendicularity to the axis, the presence of an air gap between the piston and the cylindrical wall, eccentricity of the piston, and the presence of a back cavity and of bakelite in this cavity. The results are placed in the form of matrices, which show how the equivalent network is affected and how the various meshes of this network are coupled by the above structural peculiarities. Experimental data are given which are in agreement with the theory obtained. An appendix lists integrals which occur in echo box theory. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):209, 1946-02-15 CROUT, P.D. PAINTER, N.H. MIT Radiation Laboratory Treatment of echo box problems by Lagrangian procedures. Part II MIT Rad Lab696 1945 20p The two sections included in this report are additional applications of Lagrangian procedures to echo box problems and supplement those of RL Report 629. (Crout, P.D.. and Painter, N.H. A treatment of echo box problems by Lagrangian procedures. 1945. Off. Pub. Bd., Report, PB 2748.) A knowledee of the latter is essential to an understanding of the materiel presented here. The first section shows that the gap is not a small perturbation and the superposition of it with ellipticity of the cylinder introduces an interaction effect. The resultant additions to the equivalent network are tabulated. The second section gives a means of handling the question of gap geometry to a first approximation. The end result is a simple equation for the electric reluctance of the gap. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):209, 1946-02-15 DOWNER, YAEL N. MIT Radiation Laboratory Dielectric constant and loss tangent computation MIT Rad Lab483-19 1945 11p This report describes a relatively short and simple method developed for computing the dielectric constant ϵ and loss tangent tan δ of low loss materials (tans < 0.1) from data taken by the shorted line method of measuring ϵ and tan δ. Computations are carried out by the use of charts which are based on approximate equations. Approximate formulas can be used at electrical sample thicknesses of about n/2 and(2 subscript n + 1)/4. List of references given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):209, 1946-02-15 EHLERS, F.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Attenuation of RG-9/U cable as a function of temperature and frequency in the X-bandMIT Rad Lab754). 1945 6p This report gives data on the variations in the attenuation of RG-9/U cable as functions of both temperature and frequency over the X-band. The attenuation of the sample tested varied from 0.345 to .306 db/ft. from 3.13 to 3.53 cm. When the cable was heated to 65°C or greater, the attenuation increased but did not return to its original value after the cable was cooled again to room temperature. After about 9 cycles of heating and cooling, the temperature stabilized at 0.40 db/ft., or a permanent increase of 0.05 db/ft. A similar hysteresis was found at cold temperatures. There was found a variation of ± 0.01 db/ft. due to coiling the cable differently. The method and apparatus are described. 2 charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):209, 1946-02-15 KALLMANN, H.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory High impedance cable MIT Rad Lab529 1944 10p A cable with an impedance of the order of 1,000 ohms is described. It resembles the usual flexible concentric cable with 3/8" O.D., but its inner conductor is a single-layer coil continuously wound on a flexible core of 110" diameter. The cable is suitable for video connections from chassis to chassis and to remote indicators. Manufacture is under way. The report contains five pages of diagrams and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):209, 1946-02-15 KALLMANN, H. E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Nonlinear networks as voltage regulators MIT Rad Lab711 1945 11p Nonlinear lattice networks and other simple bridge circuits can supply power with good regulation for large changes of input voltage. They consist only of ordinary resistances and nonlinear resistances such as Thyrite. They are suitable for any current and voltage, and independent of frequency; but they consume relatively much poser. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):210, 1946-02-15 McCLURE, G.W. MIT Radiation Laboratory Two proposed methods of recording the position of a moving Link Crab MIT Rad Lab730 1945 8p The report describes two methods of getting voltage data which will represent the position of a Link Crab which is moving about on a table under control of a Link Trainer. The first method employs two carriages running on tracks at right angles to each other. These follow the crab by photo electric control so as to give the rectangular coordinates of the crab's position at all times. The two carriages position potentiometers from which corresponding voltages can be obtained. The second method makes use of a long rack pivoted on the crab, the other end of which rotates a potentiometer to give range voltage. The rack also positions the rotor of a two phase selsyn to the relative azimuth angle. The range voltage is fed into the rotor of the selsyn and from the stators one can obtain voltages proportional to the rectangular coordinates of the crab's position. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):210, 1946-02-15 PAINTER, N.H. MIT Radiation Laboratory Matching resistance curves by means of two linear ganged potentiometers and a three terminal resistance network MIT Rad Lab610 1944 10p In a previous report ([MIT Rad Lab] 502, PB 2485), it was shown how a disc thermistor and a two terminal resistance network could be used to match resistance-temperature curves at three points. There the calculations were straightforward and the investigation was carried to completion by specifying whether a given disc could or could not match a given curve. In this report two linear ganged potentiometers are used in a three terminal network to match resistance curves at four points. The usefulness of such a device is widespread. However here the calculations may not yield a final result the first time and necessitate a trial and error procedure; but the work involved is not difficult and a more complicated method not justified. Also on account of the freedom involved it is believed that e large number of curves can be matched in this way without undue difficulty, so that an investigation was not made of the limiting cases. The resultant curve will always be smooth and can be readily plotted before built. For completeness the case of a single potentiometer is appended. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):210, 1946-02-15 REHKOPF, H.L. BOSTICK, W.H. GILLETTE, P.R. MIT Radiation Laboratory Pulse transformer core material measurements MIT Rad Lab470 1943 24p A comparison of ribbon-wound butt-joint cores of several types of silicon steel shows that .0017" grain-oriented steel is the best for pulse transformer use. Test results and photographs are presented on the following points: 1. Hysteresis losses; 2. eddy-current losses; 3. voltage backswing; 4. effect of a gap on baokswing and μ subscript e 5. effect of low interlaminar resistance on μ subscript e. Charts and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):210, 1946-02-15 STONE, A.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Low power RF switch MIT Rad Lab675 1945 7p The device described performs RF cable interconnections automatically. A cable provided with type N fittings can be switched to either of two similiar lines by using any convenient switch, provided with the necessary mechanical motion by means of a powerful solenoid. Photographs and drawing. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):210, 1946-02-15 WATTON, A., Jr. PLESHEK, L. Army Air Forces Design notes on permanent magnet assemblies AAF TR5146 1944 44p A presentation of the essential factors in the design of permanent magnet assemblies. A review is made of magnetic theory, including the calculation of air-gap reluctance by the method of "estimating the permeance of probable flux paths". The properties of a variety of magnetic materials of commerical importance are presented in tables and curves. A typical problem is worked out as an example. This study was made in connection with the design and fabrication of an oscillograph for use with a high-speed recording analyzer of propeller vibration stresses. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):210, 1946-02-15 WHITE, HARRY J. PERKINS, JOSEPH R. MIT Radiation Laboratory Report on Type A and Type B pulse transmission cables end connectors MIT Rad Lab424 1943 27p Design features, test data, and manufacturing facilities are discusscd for the Radiation Laboratory Type A (6 KV rating) and Typo B (13 KV rating) pulse transmission cables and connectors. These peak voltage ratings are believed to be ample and for all immediate and near future needs. The laboratory tests indicate that the cables and connectors are conservatively rated and that reliable operation is to be expected under field conditions. The Type A cables and connectors are intended primarily for airborne use and the Type B primarily for ground and shipborne use. Steel armor and neoprene sheath outer cable coverings are available in both cable types. "Notice of change in pulse cable specifications for Radiation Laboratory", dated January 28, 1944, 2 pages, is included in the report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):210, 1946-02-15 CLYMAN, E.J. HORNE, J.E. Army Air Forces Technical Inspection of Fisher Werke at Goppingem S-4114 AAF TIRP-37 1945 2p Report on visit to plant manufacturing nozzle diaphragms for the BMW 003 jet engines. Material used for these parts called Sicromel, containing 1.2-3% Si-al, 5-7% chromium, 1% carbon, and the remainder iron. A few turbine buckets had been made of a similar material containing nickel also. This company had manufactured cooking utensils before the war and later turned to the production of gasoline cans. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):210, 1946-02-15 FRITZLEN, G.A. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Metallurgical analysis of German spinner AAF ENG52-447-1-2 1943 7P A metallurgical analysis of the material from a large German, three-bladed, propeller spinner. Spinner shell and centering bulkhead were fabricated from aluminum alloy sheet, somewhat comparable to American forging alloy A51S. Driving bulkhead was formed principally from a low carbon steel sheet. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):210, 1946-02-15 HILL, MORSE Army Air Forces Study of materials used in airframe of Junkers 68 airplane AAF TR4814 1942 44p The airframe of a Junkers-88 airplane, made about May 1940, and shot down in 1941, was examined to discover the German practice in selection and preparation of metals. The magnesium parts amounted to about 678 pounds, being cast, forged and rolled. Similar classifications of aluminum parts were found. Parts of steel, small parts of copper base alloys, and several miscellaneous materials were found. Most striking was the use of an 87.38 zinc-11.55 aluminum-1.07 copper alloy as small caskets in parts of the landing gear. The bearings of the control mechanism were generally of aluminum bronze. With a few exceptions the practice in the selection of alloys was much the same as that practiced in the United States, although larger numbers of magnesium parts, particularly forgings, were found. The compositions differed from those used in this country, but were generally in accordance with well-developed European practice. Tables and photographs accompany the report. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):210, 1946-02-15 OBERG, T.T. Magnesium alloy forged German motor mount 1941 12p Description of factual data on the chemical and mechanical properties of a forged magnesium alloy motor mount from a Daimler-Benz engine. It was found by the Air Corps, Materiel Division which made this investigation that the German alloy compares favorably with the American Alloy AZM in mechanical and chemical properties, and with the minimum properties specified for magnesium alloy forgings, Air Corps Specification No.11321, except that the latter is higher in aluminum content. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):211, 1946-02-15 ROSENFELD, S.A. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Metallic specimens from German radio equipment AAF ENG56-R43-52 1943 4p Laboratory report to determine the case metal and coatings of three metallic specimens from German rauio equipment. One was a commercially pure aluminum sheet coated with an aluminum paint, while the other two were magnesium alloys with an aluminum paint coating. Analyses of the chemical components of the specimens are included. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):211, 1946-02-15 SCHADE, H.A. Navel Technical Mission in Europe Interrogation of P. W. Heinrich Sermann - Welding NAV Tec Mis Eu LR 1-45 1945 2p Information obtained from prisoner of war on welding and welding rods. 1. Bühler Schwarz welding rod which was used for all pressure hull seams was a hollow cylinder with no coating on the outside. Advantages were that no changes of welding current were necessary; no preheating was necessary; slag was easy to remove. 2. Bühler Gelb, a yellow rod was used for light metals; it was speedy, easy to apply, and caused no distortion. 3. "Agile" was easiest to use, of hi-h quality, and used in difficult structural corners. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):211, 1946-02-15 SCHADE, H.A. Navel Technical Mission in Europe Pivoted hangar doors NAV Tec Mis EU LR179-45 1945 7p Description, illustrated with diagrams and photographs, of the construction and operation of overhead horizontally pivoted hangar doors at Fliegerhorst, Erfurt (Bindersleben), Germany. This new type overhead steel hangar door is opened and closed on a horizontal pivot attached to the spandrel girder. Overturning effect of the eccentric door load is partially counteracted by a counterweight and operation is controlled by cables. Speed of closing is controlled by an oil cylinder and piston. Door provides a large clear opening without tracks either overhead or at grade and forms a canopy for weather protection. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):211, 1946-02-15 SHINN, D.A. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Aluminum alloys from Japanese airplane AAF EXPM-56-4122 1942 4p Report on the tensile and chemical properties of aluminum alloy sheet and extrusions in the wing structure of a Japanese Nakajima 97MX-3 Airplane, Torpedo Bomber. Aluminum alloy sheet very similar to Federal specifications for Alclad 24S-RT. Some parts were evidently heat-treated and cold stretched to raise tensile properties. At time of report (June 15, 1942) such treatment had not been placed in production in this country. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
Japanese
BSIR 1( 6):211, 1946-02-15 BRODERICK, S.J. Army Air Forces Effect of artificial aging and pre-stretching on the properties of Alclad 24S-T aluminum Alloy AAF TR5103 1944 98 p A discussion of the increased mechanical properties of Alclad 24S-T aluminum alloy by strain hardening and artificial aging through heat treatment. Yield strength is benefitted, and the corrosion tendency can be controlled through careful selection of the proper elevated aging temperature. Results of experiments by the AAF and by aircraft companies with prestretched and artificially aged 24S-7 alloy are summarized, and there is a bibliography. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):211, 1946-02-15 BRODERICK, S.J. OBERG, T.T. Army Air Forces Properties of XA75S-T aluminum alloy AAF TR4902, Add. I 1943 13p Additional stress corrosion data, showing that XA75S-T alloy is more stress resistant than the 24S-T alloy in the gage thickness. Flexural fatigue tests were made on both the Alclad XA75S-T and uncoated sheet material in the Krouse sheet fatigue machines and the fatigue limits determined at 20,000,000 cycles. Photograph, chart, and diagram. For earlier report, see PB 2908. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):211, 1946-02-15 BRODERICK, S.J. Army Air Forces Properties of 1A75S-T aluminum alloy AAF TR4902 1943 35p Description and results of investigation made to determine the mechanical, metallurgical and corrosion resistant properties of aluminum alloy XA75S-T (in sheet form), a newly developed alloy containing zinc. Data obtained are presented in text, tabular, and chart form. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
For addendum, see PB 2699. BSIR 1( 6):211, 1946-02-15 BROWN, C.G. CARPERTER, F. M. Army Air Forces Strength of chrome-molybdenum tubing under bending due to transverse loading AAF TR3860 1933 53p Description of apparatus and procedure in and results of tests to determine modulus of rupture of chrome-molybdenum tubing in bending. It was found that the modulus of heat-treated chrome-molybdenum tubing is affected by both ultimate tensile strength and D/t ratio. The modulus of rupture increases rapidly with decreasing D/t ratios and at a lesser rate for increase in ultimate tensile strength. Mathematical calculation of results and detailed tables and charts of data are given. Includes photograph of bending test set-up. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):211, 1946-02-15 DUGGER, EDWARD SEDAM, H.W. Army Air Forces Effect of controlled aluminum rivet head diameter upon the static shear and tensile strength in the Alclad 24S-T sheet AAF TR5064 1943 50p It is known that among the variables which enter into the static strength of aluminum riveted joints are the effects of the ratio of the driven head diameter to the rivet shank diameter and the thickness of the sheet. It is believed that the use of thin sheet in some cases would be advantageous and could be used more frequently if the effects of variations in rivets were known. The purposes of this investigation were to (1) determine the effect of diameter of the driven head upon the static shear strength of 24S-T rivets driven into thin sheets (not exceeding 0.040 inch) of 24S-T Alclad; (2), (a) test these rivets in tension under the same conditions as in shear and (b) compare three types of test figures which have been used by various investigators for tension tests of rivets. Five conclusions are summarized. A list of references, tables, charts and photographs accompany the report. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):211, 1946-02-15 EPSTEIN, ALBERT Army Air Forces Effect of artificial aging on the tensile mad compressive properties of Alclad 24S-RT corrugations AAF TR4542 1940 97p This report describes tests conducted and results obtained in determining the effect of artificial aging on the tensile and compressive stress strain properties of corrugated Alclad 24S-RT sheet, on column strengths of panels, and on cross-and with-grain tensile properties of the material. The effect on column strength of different methods for supporting the edges of corrugated panels was also considered and results obtained in these tests were compared with those obtained in other corrugated panel tests. Data are presented in text, tabular and chart form. A short bibliography is given. Photographs of specimens and set up for tests are included. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 GOLDMAN, GEORGE M. Army Air Forces Report on tests of Al7ST solid rivets in thin aluminum alloy AAF TR4856 1942 72p "The object of this report is to publish the results of tests made on a series of single-row, lap-joint rivet specimen. These tests were undertaken to provide information concerning the load-deformation properties of the AN456 Al7ST brazier head rivets and the AN426 Al7ST 100 degree countersunk head rivet in both machine countersunk and dimpled sheet." "Test results of the investigation were then to be used in establishing a standardized rivet panel test procedure and in providing a system for the calculation of allowable design rivet loads. This latter part will be developed in a future report." Test data are presented in tabular form and numerous charts and photographs accompany the report. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 GROSS, W.E. Noncorrosive fluxes for soldering canister chemical containers of terneplate; a memorendum report 1944 20p This report describes tests made to select a non-corrosive flux for soldering terneplate used in making canister chemical containers. Fluxes of rosin-alcohol and rosin-turpentineamyl acetate were found to be noncorrosive. On the basis of these tests the best flux had the composition: Rosin (WW grade) - 1 volume; gum turpentine - 1 volume. To each gallon of above mixture add 25 ml. amyl acetate. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 HILL, MORSE Army Air Forces Investigation of alternate steels. Part II AAF TR4799 1942 36p Summary of investigations made on steels proposed as alternates for the structural alloy steels used in the aeronautical industry. More complete laboratory tests are Deported on AN-S-14 (AMS 6280) steel. Physical tests were completed on sheet samples (1/4 inch) of AMS 6355 (NT 8630) from two heats; one containing .25% carbon, the other 30% carbon. Fatigue tests reported on AN-S-15 and AN-S-16 (AMS 6320 and AMS 6322) steels show that these steels develop the same tensile strength-endurance limit relationship as other structural alloy steels. This report contains information supplementing data given in Part I (PB 2911). Data are presented in text, chart, tabular, and diagrammatic form. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 HOUGHTEN, MATTIE L. US Navy Depepartment, Research and Standards Branch Flexing (twisting and bending) characteristics of wire rope - Bibliography NAVSHIPS TLR39 1945 7p This annotated bibliography was prepared in response to the request for literature research on flexing (twisting and bending) characteristics of electric cables and wire ropes by the Dielectric and Cable unit under the Electricity Section Code 335, Research and Standards Branch, Bureau of Ships. The report is arranged chronologically. The last seven items are abstracts to reports on Wire Testing by the American Society for Testing Materials. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 KATZ, ROBERT Army Air Forces Aircraft quality casting standards AAF TR4796 1942 28p These standards are to be used in connection with the Handbook of Instructions for Airplane Designers, 6th edition, Rev. 5, amendment l; Vol. I, Sec. II, Part V, Par. 9, which states "No class A casting shall be accepted whose quality does not conform to Army Air Forces Aircraft Quality Casting Standards". Defects are described and defined and specimen radiographs presented. (19 full page radiographs.) FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 MADDEN, BAXTER C., Jr. Army Air Forces Investigation of R-301 clad aluminum alloy sheet AAF TR5111 1944 92p Physical characteristics and mechanical properties of this material were investigated in considerable detail. Results of this investigation are presented in tables and charts and are extensively discussed. Among the conclusions are that R-301-T is in the category of high strength aluminum alloys. For certain forming operations it may be superior to other aluminum alloys. Fatigue strength, ballistic properties and paint adhesion are satisfactory. Spot welding properties superior to clad 24S-T sheet. Corrosion resistance is satisfactory. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 MADDEN, BAXTER C., Jr. Army Air Forces Investigation of stress corrosion. Part I, test methods and progress AAF TR5144 1944 26p Stress corrosion, as related to aircraft structural materials, is the spontaneous cracking of the material while exposed to the atmosphere under stress. Three types of specimens are described: Static tensile, static cantilever, and fatigue cantilever specimens.. The method of stressing each type is given. Five different corrosive conditions are set forth. Appendix I is on the development of the method of loading static cantilever type specimens. Illustrations and graphs. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 MARTELL, G.M. Army Air Forces Mechanical properties of magnesium alloy tubing AAF TR4725 1942 47p The mechanical properties of round, seamless tubing are presented. The tensile properties conform to the minimum requirements of Air Corps Specification No. 11318, Grade I, Amendment No.2, dated May 21, 1940. Other properties determined were the compressive or crushing and the column strengths and the torsional modulus of rupture. Tables, photographs and charts are included. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 PEARSALL, C.S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Report on corrosion of copper, brass, and aluminum by gaseous dielectrics MIT Rad Lab 53-17 1943 8p This report deals with a series of tests on relative rate of corrosion of metal conductors in contact with gaseous dielectrics exposed to electrical discharge. Test samples consisted of brass, copper and aluminum strips. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 PRAY, B.A. FINK, F.W. Battelle Memorial Institute Final report on development and evaluation of an economical corrosion resisting alloy for Quartermaster items (QMC-39) OSRD4673 1945 24p In order properly to evaluate Alcuphos, the proposed low alloy steel containing 1.75% Al ,O.6% Cu and 0.l% P, a series of alloys were selected for comparison in laboratory corrosion tests. The Alcuphos was tested in both the annealed and the as-cold-rolled condition. The corrosion tests selected were (a) tropical humidity (110°F, 100% R.H.), (b) salt spray (20% NaCl at 95°F.), (c) industrial atmosphere (Battelle roof), and (d) spot tests with selected foods. These tests demonstrated, in every case, the susceptability to corrosive attack of Alcuphos. In some cases, the tests suggest that Alcuphos is less resistant than mild steel. On the other hand, both the stainless steels and the aluminum alloy showed excellent resistance to the above environments. No effort was made to evaluate the material for other than the Quartermaster items for which it had been proposed. This work was done at Battelle Memorial Institute and approved by War Metallurgy Division, National Defense Research Committee of Office of Scientific Research and Development. This report also has report number QMC 39. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT) QMC stands for US Army Quartermaster Corps
United States
BSIR 1( 6):212, 1946-02-15 SCHWARTZ, E.H. Army Air Forces Investigation of the compressive strength properties of stainless steel sheet-stringer combinations. Part II AAF TR4096 1935 33p This report presents data obtained from a second series of tests of stainless steel specimens. Due to the inexperience of the contractor in spot-welding stainless steal at the tine of fabrication of the first test specimens (AAF TR 4010), a large number of specimens failed prematurely due to spot-weld failure. Replacement specimens were superior. Data are presented in table, text, chart, and diagrammatic form. A photograph of specimen is included. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):213, 1946-02-15 SCHWARTZ, R.T. SHINN, D.A. OBERG, T.T. Army Air Forces Mechanical properties of seamless tubing of zinc-copper-magnesium aluminum alloy AAF TR4720 1942 40p This report gives the following mechanical properties of the heat treated seamless tubing of a 5% zinc-aluminum alloy, designated X74S-T by the Aluminum Company of America: Hardness, tension, compression, torsion, stress-strain data, column testing, and fatigue testing. Accompaniments are tables, curves and a photograph. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):213, 1946-02-15 SHINS, D.A. OBERG, T.T. Army Air Forces Aluminum alloy aircraft extrusions AAF TR5228 1945 60p Several aluminum alloys may be used for extrusions for aircraft applications such as spar caps, skin stiffeners, and other structural components. Furthermore, the sizes and shapes of these extrusions may vary considerably. Therefore it was desired to determine the mechanical properties as related to these factors and also as related to the location along the extrusion length. A study of the recrystallization phenomena which occur in some cases was also made. The test results discussed and listed herein were obtained from tests of one type of extruded shape prepared from 14S, 24S, XA75S, XB75S and R303 aluminum alloys and from a few additional shapes made from 14S and 24S alloys. Several test reports from aircraft manufacturers and extrusion fabricators were also reviewed and some of the pertinent data are listed. The principal tests conducted were in tension in three directions for material from various locations in the sections, but in addition hardness, impact, compression, fatigue, corrosion tests and the examination of etched cross sections of the extrusions were accomplished. The report has tables, charts and illustrations. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):213, 1946-02-15 SIMPSON, GUSTAVUS S., Jr. Army Air Forces Properties of Alclad 75S sheet AAF TR5129, Addendum I 1945 8p This report is on the solution heat treatment and aging treatment of Alclad 75S-T aluminum alloy sheet. Aging as described causes no loss in the physical properties of ultimate strength, yield strength and elongation. The commercial application of the aging treatment seems feasible. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):213, 1946-02-15 VERNON, F.C. Army Air Forces Tests of lapped riveted joints in thin gauges of sheet metal AAF TR4781 1942 134p This report presents data obtained in a series of tests conducted to determine the strength of equally spaced one, two, and three row riveted joints and also presents calculations on the design of the riveted joints, the tools used, and the sizes of rivets to be used with the various gauges of sheet metal. This information is essential for the original construction and repair of structures fabricated largely of aluminum alloy sheet steel. Materials used in test specimens were aluminum alloy sheet and aluminum alloy rivets from Air Corps stock. Data are presented in text, tabular, and chart form. Photographs of rivet specimens are included. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):213, 1946-02-15 VERSHBOW, A.E. CZAPEK, E.L. MIT Radiation Laboratory The cooling of pressure tight containers MIT Rad Lab462 1944 16p This report is a presentation and discussion of test results on the air cooling of pressure tight metal containers used in several types of airborne equipment. (The range of heat dissipation was up to 220 watts). With external convection free or forced, the use of fins was found to be unprofitable. The use of aluminum instead of steel for tank materials was found to give up to 6° C decrease in internal temperature. The temperature rise above ambient was found to vary progressively with the ambient. Studies were made of methods of internal circulation and of the use of outside jackets for external circulation. Charts and diagrams are given. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):213, 1946-02-15 WARNER, D.M. Army Air Forces Magnesium alloy extruded section (aluminum zinc magnesium A.M.C.- 57S) AAF TR4514 1940 35p This study gives the physical properties including the tensile, compressive, shear and column values of an extruded form or section of the alloy A.M.C.- 57S, submitted by the American Magnesium Company as a proposed type or skin-spar for use in airplane wing structures. Investigation also included tests of hardness, density, specific gravity. Appended are tables, photographs and curves. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):213, 1946-02-15 WHITMORE, M.R. Army Air Forces Corrosion resistance of magnesium alloy sheet in contact with dissimilar metals AAF TR4556 1940 20p Investigation of resistance as measured by tidewater exposure, the corrosion rate of magnesium resulting from dissimilar metal contacts being markedly accelerated. The only satisfactory couple is that produced by aluminum alloy 53S. Most severe corrosion occurs in contact with steel, and cadmium plating does not materially reduce the rate. Procedure, results, discussion and photographs. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):213, 1946-02-15 WILLIS, A.C. HILL, MORSE. Army Air Forces Investigation of alternate steels. Part I AAF TR4799 1942 28p Summary of results of investigations made on steels proposed as alternates for steels of high alloy content. Alternate steels covered by Specification AN-S-9, AMS 6320, AMS 6322 and AMS 6280 are dealt with in this report. Laboratory tests indicated that steels are suitable alternates for many of the aircraft steels which have higher nickel and total alloy contents. It was found that Aeronautical Material Specifications 6280, 6320 and 6322 are satisfactory for aircraft parts in which the desired physical properties can be obtained by heat treatment and provided requirements for model tests have been satisfied. Data are presented in text, chart, and tabular form. FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS (EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY, AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT)
United States
BSIR 1( 6):213, 1946-02-15 KERTESZ, Z.I. Spinach freezing in liquid nitrous oxide FIAT FR212 A n.d. 2p The two pages of this report are numbered 59 and 60. Page 59. appendix to accompany FIAT Final Report 212 (PB 1269) entitled "Quick freezing of foods in liquid nitrous oxide, IG Farben at Höchst", by Gordon MacKinney. It describes the preparation of and process for freezing food by introducing liquid nitrous oxide at about -90° C and 1 atm. pressure into the freezing chambers. As far as could be judged without cooking tests, the direct freezing in nitrous oxide will not produce better frozen plant foods than those obtained by good commercial practices in the United States. Relative costs of the two methods were not studied. Page 60 is a list of corrections to FIAT FR 212. Also distributed as FIAT Final Report 212 App (Superintendent of Documents Number W1.72/6:212 App FOOD AND KINDRED PRODUCTS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 ROTHSCHILD, G. ALAN BLATZ, PETER A. Manufacture of glazed kid and kid lining leather in Germany 1945 9p Production of calf as well as kid is very much favored in Germany by the low wage scale. Machine and hand operations arc slowly and carefully done, this factor being the principal reason for the quality of German leather. In general, there have been no outstanding new developments as to processing. "Arazeme" process seems to be more in favor in Germany than in the United States. Tanning is consistently two bath chrome for kid and one bath chrome for calf. A general description of tanning procedures is given.
Germany
LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 O'FLAHERTY, FRED QMC-17 Analysis of leather for certain mold resistant materials 1945 43p This special report of the Department of Applied Science in Tanning Research, University of Cincinnati, deals with the analysis of mold resistant leathers for their preservative content. Methods of removal of the preservative from the leather and determination of the active ingredient when pure or when present along with constituents of the leather system. Preservatives considered have been p-nitrophenol, pentachlorophenol, salicyl anilide, dichlorodihydroxy-diphenyl methane and 2-mercepto-benzothiazole. Methods of analysis are presented.
United States
LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 O'FLAHERTY, FRED QMC-17 Analysis of mold resistant leathers 1945 3p This special report of the Department of Applied Science in Tanning Research, University of Cincinnati, is a brief summary of the salient facts outlined in a complete report on mold resistant processes for military leathers, particularly the use of para-nitro-phenol as a fungicide.
United States
LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 O'FLAHERTY, FRED QMC-17 Comparative data on vegetable tanned strap leather and latigo leather 1945 5p This is a special report of the Department of Applied Science in Tanning Research of the University of Cincinnati, dated May l, 1945, supplementing a report of March 7, 1945 on "Comparison of Vegetable Tanned Strap Leather and Latigo Leather." The report gives additional details on the type of latigo involved in the hide submitted, and the relative ease with which the two leathers could be made more mold resistant.
United States
LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 O'FLAHERTY, FRED National Research Council Committee on Quartermaster Problems Leather, improvement of QMC17 1945 18p This report consists of a summary of the development of new synthetic tanning agents, September 15, 1942 to September 1, 1945; discussions on mold resistance of leathers; special treatments to improve leather; and studies to increase water resistance of Army shoe upper leathers. It also includes a chronological list of the special reports which were made by the Tanners' Council Laboratory, Institute of Scientific Research, University of Cincinnati.
United States
LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 O'FLAHERTY, FRED Leather research, a report as of November 1, 1945 1945 11p A report from the Department of Applied Science in Tanning Research, University of Cincinnati on various aspects of research on leather under US Army Quartermaster Corps contract. Among the topics discussed are: Synthetic tanning agents, flame resistant leather; tannage from organic solvent systems; fat liquoring and stuffing; lubrication, preserving and waterproofing; and experimental glove leathers.
United States
LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 O'FLAHERTY, FRED Mold resistant chamois; June 15, 1945 1945 7p This report supplements report of February 1, 1945 issued by the Department of Applied Science In Tanning Research, University of Cincinnati. Chamois is naturally somewhat resistant to mold but its resistance is considerably improved by para-nitro-phenol when added to the chamois in processing. Adding it at this time minimizes possible irritation and secures permanence of protection.
United States
LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 O'FLAHERTY, FRED A report on some factors and special treatment studied in connection with improving the resistance to water penetration of flesh finished leather 1945 28p This report from the Department of Applied Science in Tanning Research, University of Cincinnati presents tests made of various formulations containing oils, greases, and waxes to increase the "waterproofness" of leather. Results vary widely and indicate that resistance to water penetration of flesh finished uppers depends largely on the intensity and amount of flexing under wet conditions.
United States
LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 O'FLAHERTY, FRED Some notes on factors influencing water absorption and drying of Army shoe upper leathers 1945 24p This work carried on by the Department of Applied Science in Tanning Research, University of Cincinnati, was undertaken to determine water absorption and drying characteristics of Army shoe upper leathers and to determine some of the factors influencing these characteristics. Studies were made of the influence of flexing on new leathers, area variations in a side, and the amount of water absorbed by the leather and the drying rate of the leather after water absorption. Appendix has tables and graphs showing test results. LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 O'FLAHERTY, FRED Tests conducted on butt flap cuttings, of table flesh finished leather after regular finishing, versus regular flesh finished leather submitted by six different manufacturers 1945 10p This is a report from the Department of Applied Science in Tanning Research, University of Cincinnati, on the comparative water resistance of leather butt flap cuttings which were oiled on the flesh side after the regular tanning processing and regular finish cuttings without such treatment. In some cases, there was slight improvement in resistance to water absorption and water penetration in the case of table oiling, het there was little significant difference. LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):214, 1946-02-15 CLAXTON, EDMUND German cork composition industry 1945 11p German cork composition industry follows methods similar to those in the United States. An exception is a composition cork floor tile, which is not produced in America. Few new developments in composition appeared in the immediate prewar years, or during the war. The Vereinigte Bork Industrie AG controls the greater part of the cork composition industry and is, in turn, controlled by Swedish capital. See also PB 2580.
Germany
LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS (EXCEPT FURNITURE) BSIR 1( 6):215, 1946-02-15 CLAXTON, E.C. German corkboard and structural low temperature insulation industry - Technical developments 1945 8p Major technical development of interest in the field was the production of considerable quantities of urea formaldehyde resin foams. Research work on other foams was carried out on a small scale. Both impregnated and baked corkbcard manufacture were continued, although on a reduced scale. Non-structural or loose-fill insulations were used to only a limited extent. Photographs and exhibits referred to in the text were forwarded to Military Planning Division, Office of the quartermaster General, Washington, DC See also PB 2580.
Germany
LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS (EXCEPT FURNITURE) BSIR 1( 6):215, 1946-02-15 CLAXTON, EDMUND Survey of the German cork composition and insulation industry 1945 112p Report consists of three parts. I. German corkboard and structural low temperature insulation industry. Major technical development was the production of considerable quantities of urea-formaldehyde resin foams. Impregnated and baked cork board production were continued on a reduced scale. Nonstructural or loose-fill insulations were used to only a limited extent. II. German cork composition industry. Industry followed methods somewhat similar to those used in the United States, An exception is a composition cork floor tile. which the United States does not produce. Few developments made during, the war years. Manufacturers dependent on research of IG Farben with few technically trained employees of their own. III. German linoleum and hard surface floor covering industry. Under German war economy, manufacture of floor coverings was considered non-essential. Technical status of the industry, therefore, is of a pre-war character, except for certain substitute raw materials, improved calendaring equipment, and limited production of new polyvinyl chloride plastic flooring. Report contains diagrams and illustrations.
Germany
LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS (EXCEPT FURNITURE) BSIR 1( 6):215, 1946-02-15 UNITED STATES McCLURE, F.A. National Research Council Committee on Quartermaster Problems Western hemisphere bamboos as substitutes for oriental bamboos for the manufacture of ski pole shafts QMC24 1943-1944 155p Report of a project instituted by the Office of the quartermaster General as a result of threatened shortage of bamboo suitable for making ski poles. Under sponsorship of the Office of Scientific Research and Development in cooperation with the Smithsonian Institution a botanical expedition to various locations in southern United States, Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean area and northern South America was made to gather suitable samples of bamboos which were to bo fabricated into test pieces and given standardised mechanical tests. Reports on 18 bamboos are given with tables and illustrations. Several satisfactory substitutes were discovered though none was equal to the oriental "Tonkin Cane" in all respects.
United States
LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS (EXCEPT FURNITURE) BSIR 1( 6):215, 1946-02-15 ANDRESS, REED M. JOBERT, ARTHUR H. REYNOLDS, CHARLES H. Investigation of machine tool practice of M.A.N. at Augsburg, Germany 1945 3p An investigation of the general use of machine tools at the M.A.N. plant, manufacturers of Diesel engines for marine propulsion and railway locomotives from 1,000 hp to 15,000 hp capacities. A brief description is given of a machine for rough boring, finish boring and honine Diesel liners. It is of a five station design consisting of a loading station, a rough boring station, a cooling station, a finish boring station, and a honing station. All processes are performed without removal from the machine.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):215, 1946-02-15 BLOOMFIELD, D.D. Army Air Forces BMW 801 crankshaft assembly at BMW Oberwiesenféld Plant, Munich, Germany AAF TIRP-44 1945 2p This report contains a description and schematic working diagram of crankshaft assembly. Crankshaft journal is a smooth, round, unsplioed steel surface marked only with an oil passage. Both journals and counterweight bushings must be graded so that when they are assembled they will go together within the 17-23 ton pressure. The next step in assembly is the pressing of a plug into the and of the crankshaft journal. The third step is the screwing in of a hollow crankshaft bolt through the center of the plug into threads inside the crankshaft journal, thus locking the whole assembly.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):215, 1946-02-15 BREUER, JOHN P. DINGLEY, E. Investigation of gear manufacture of Zahnradfabrik at Augsburg, Germany 1945 1p The Zahnradfabrik at Augsburg manufactures spur, helical, bevel, worm, and herringbone gears. Brief report is made of production methods which are along well established lines. No short cuts or special machines employing new principles were found.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):215, 1946-02-15 BROADSTONE, A.J. BURNS, HENRY L. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Captured German hand operated oxygen transfer pump AAF ENG49-447-31-C 1943 8p A report on the performance tests of a manually operated oxygen transfer pump used by the Germans. Pump was probably designed as an emergency, or advance base, means of transferring oxygen from low pressure oxygen cylinders to high pressure cylinders in order that it may be used in standard aircraft high pressure oxygen systems, Contains a translated copy of German instructions, also photographs and diagrams.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):215, 1946-02-15 CLAXTON, EDMUND German textile roll-covering materials 1945 6p The German textile industry cot and apron developments of interest are in polyvinyl chloride and polyvinyl alcohol plastic compositions and in their methods of manufacture. The composition developments have paralleled to a considerable extent those carried on in the United States. In connection with the manufacture of tubular shapes very interesting work is being done with a double screw extrusion machine. Leather is still being used to a considerable extent.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):215, 1946-02-15 CRUMP, H. Krupp Widia, Essen 1945 41 p Description of methods in production of sintered carbide tools at plant of largest German producer. Without Widia and other types of hard metal tips, tools, dies, cutters, reamers, drills, and cores, war production would have been impaired. In manufacturing of carbide tools, tips were formed to shape while carbide was in the presintered state. After final sintering they were furnace brazed using copper and ground only with a oast iron lap using boron carbide as the lapping compound. This was the only grinding necessary. The tip shape was held to such accuracy that it required only 3 to 4 minutes to lap a band form tool by this method of lapping. In addition to introductory statement about tools report contains, 1. A discussion of properties and applications of Widia hard metal tools. Specifications for cutting angles and cutting speed of tools for various types of materials are given in tabular form. 2. Statement on hard metal economy during war and position of firm in it. 3. Detailed report on technique and statistics of production of hard metal cores by hot pressing and tabulation of their properties. 4. Statement on improvements during last 12 years in the technique of making hardmetal tips for tools. 5. List of machines at Dreherei Wuppertal.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):215, 1946-02-15 ELCE, NORMAN Steam turbine technology in Germany 1945 33p This report consists mostly of 25 charts and diagrams covering material obtained through visits to nine power stations, -the Magdeburg offices of Maschinenbau-Backau, and the Siemens-Schuckert turbine factory at Mulheim (Ruhr). The objects of the visit were to ascertain the present condition of (1) certain steam power stations and (2) steam turbine teohnology, with special reference to the use of high steam pressure, defined here as 900 lb./sq.in or higher. Conclusions are: Large scale combined systems using process steam from back-pressure and reducing pressure machines, as exemplified by the IG grid, provide conditions for the attainment of high overall thermal efficiency which are unequalled in Britain, The high-pressure back-pressure turbines seen lack the refinement of contemporary British designs and are in general at a lower level of thermodynamic efficiency, etc.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):216, 1946-02-15 HOFFMAN, HARRY D. Naval Technical Mission in Europe Packing for high pressure pipe connections for hydraulic fear NAV Tec Mis Eu LR140-45 1945 4p This report contains sketches of the arrangement of packing for pipe connections on the Prinz Eugen and brief evaluation of this packing. Apparently this packing resulted in a complete lack of oil leakage where hydraulic equipment was installed. Hydraulic equipment on the Prinz Eugen used instead of oil a mixture of 5C% glycerine, 49% water, and 1% oil with a rust inhibitor.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):216, 1946-02-15 JOBERT, ARTHUR H. DINGLEY, E. Report on single spindle automatic screw machines manufactured by Indexwerke at Esslingen 1945 2p Brief report of visit to firm manufacturing single spindle automatic screw machines for the manufacture of small parts from bar stock.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):216, 1946-02-15 KONGSTED, L.P. Army Air Forces Technical inspection of German industrial end manufacturing plant AAF TIRP-18 1945 2p A report of a visit to the plant of Mann and Hummel. Ludwtgsburg. Germany. manufacturers of air and oil filters for all types of internal combustion engines. Firm made about 55,000 filters per month for autos, trucks, tanks, U-boats, stationary type aircraft, etc.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):216, 1946-02-15 KONGSTED, L.P. Technical inspection of Robert Bosch Co.- Spieshofer and Braun, Mogglingerstrasse, Heubach 1945 2p Automotive and aviation spark plugs are manufactured at this Bosch plant, located in the building where Spieshofer and Braun used to operate the largest corset factory in Germany. The battery of automatic screw machines is described as is the development work on spark plugs and special equipment.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):216, 1946-02-15 M'EWEN, EWEN General development of hydraulic couplings and torque converter S.J. M. Vouch, Heidenheim/Brenz 1945 17p Information on developments in fluid couplings and converters at Voith plant. Experimentation had been done on fluid couplings in order to obtain quicker filling and emptying of control couplings and a sharper out off towards stall than in the original core-ring circuit made by Voith before the war under licence arrangements with Sinclair. Investigations were also made into the effects of super-charging couplings by forced pump feed. Nothing new was obtained in fluid Converters. Voith had produced a fluid converter of the single stage type capable of overspeed running. Its characteristics are described and illustrated with diagrams in this report.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):216, 1946-02-15 MISCELLANEOUS DATA on MAN engines, Maschinenfabrik Augsburg-Nurnberg AG Exhibit "QQ" 1937-1945 407p This report consists of 16 items as follows: 1. Memo. on casting of cylinder covers of WV 17,5/22 and WV 30/38 engines. 2. Memo. on welding of bedplates, frames, etc. 3. Memo. on casting procedure for MV 40/46 parts (U boat engine). 4. Folder of tables and sketches of space requirements for MAN Diesel engines. 5 and 6. Test data report on engines No. 540810 and 540860, Type W8V30/38. 7 and 8. Test data report on engines No. 770547 and 770548, Type M6V 40/46. 9 and 10. List of parts for engines sent to T.C. Board. 11. Information on marine Diesel engines W3V17,5/22A and W4V17, 5/22A. 12. Data on engine no.540810 (See item 5). 13. Plan of type WV30/38 (clockwise engine) with reversing mach. (See item 5 and 12). 14. Plan of starting air cylinder 300 liters at 30 atmospheres. 15. Booklet of maintenance instructions for MAN Diesel engines with airless fuel injection models GV 38 to 84. 16. Book-description and operating instructions on Diesel engines W8V30/38 installed in minesweeper R53. (See also PB 1867). Most of this material is in German, but items 1,2,8,11, and 12 are in English, item 4 is partly in English.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):216, 1946-02-15 REYNOLDS, CHARLES H. and others Investigation of machine tools of Adam Opel at Rüsselsheim, Germany 1945 2p Investigation of facilities of Adam Opel plant at Rüsselsheim to determine whether there were any new or novel developments in machine tools or methods of manufacture. Machines examined include crush grinding machines, Universal tool and cutter grinder, spline miller for milling slots or keyways, and others. Nothing of particular interest was noted.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):216, 1946-02-15 ROBBINS, WINSTON C. Corps of Engineers, Engineer Board German paving breakers 1944 14p Two German paving breakers are described, and photographs and operating characteristics presented. One compares very favorably and one is inferior to similar American equipment. Examined by the Technical Staff of the Engineer Board, Army Corps of Engineers, Fort Belvoir, Virginia.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):216, 1946-02-15 SCHADE, H.A. Naval Technical Mission in Europe Oil seal rings NAV Tec Mis Eu LR 70-45(S) 1945 35p Report on various types of oil seal rings, (known as "Simmer Rings") and their method of manufacture. Manufactured by Fredenberg, Wieinheim, they are used for oil seals on rotating and reciprocating shafting of all types and sizes within temperature limitations. For marine motors metal parts were constructed of non-corrosive metal. Original rings were made from leather but later synthetic rubber was used. Complete descriptions of types of oil seal rings and of molds used in their manufacture are given in German. Diagrams are included.
Germany
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):216, 1946-02-15 ROBBINS, WlNSTON C. Army Corps of Engineers, Engineer Board Italian sinker rock drill (captured equipment) 1944 12p Description and photographs of this drill are presented. It compares favorably with American equipment. Examined by the Technical Staff of the Engineer Board, Army Corps of Engineers, Fort Belvoir, Virginia.
Italian
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):217, 1946-02-15 BARRETT, JAMES Army Air Forces Engine tests of Holley Carburetor Company Type A-1 automatic mixture control and Q-5 fuel injector AAF TR4894 1943 46p This report presents results of engine test made of the Holley Type A-1 automatic mixture control and Type Q-5 fuel injector to determine reliability of units from an endurance standpoint and to check on general performance. This project was undertaken to develop a satisfactory automatic mixture control for fuel injection engines. Test results indicated that mixture control unit supplied mixture strengths to the engine, within the specification limits as determined from AAF Specification No. 28178. Considerable difficulties were encountered with parts of the engine. Equipment used and complete test procedure are described. Includes photographs, charts, diagrams.
United States
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):217, 1946-02-15 BOWMAN, R.E. EGO, R.W. Army Air Forces Tests of Taylor-Winfield Hi-Wave spotwelder AAF TR4657 1941 63p This report describes the equipment used and the technique of operating it in tests made of the Taylor-Winfield Hi-Wave welder, a spot welder which operates on the storage of electrical energy principle. Tests were made on aluminum alloys, magnesium alloy, and stainless steel sheet. Material that was to be welded ranged from .006" stainless steel to .093" Alclad 24ST, representing minimum and maximum conditions. Equipment used for tests included a Taylor-Winfield Hi-Wave welder type Hi-34-3C and a control cabinet HW-4025. It was found that spotwelds made on Hi-Wave welder were equal in strength to that of other spotwelding equipment tested at Wright Field. Data are presented in diagrams, charts, tables, and text. Photographs and diagrams of equipment are included.
United States
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):217, 1946-02-15 GOLDHAMMER, JEROME S. Army Air Forces Tests of 17ST hard driven rivets and 24ST rivets driven immediately after quenching AAF TR5100 1944 56p This report describes teats made to determine allowable shear loads for AN 456 17 ST hard driven brazier head, and AN 426 17 ST hard driven flush head rivets in machine countersunk sheet and presents results of tests. It was decided, as a result of these tests, that the allowable shear strengths for both 17 ST and 24 ST rivets might be increased. Data are presented in text, tabular, chart, and diagrammatic form. Photographs of rivet specimens in test equipment are given.
United States
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):217, 1946-02-15 HAUGSTED, W.A., Jr. HULMAN, J. Army Air Forces Air flow orifices for use in determining air flow during the tests of air pumps AAF TR4409 1938 43p This report presents basic formulas and charts for use in determining air flow during the tests of air pumps. These charts and formulas, together with air flow orifices, provide a means of accurately measuring air flows from 1.25 to 750 C.F.M. Air flow orifices are used on either the auction or pressure side of an air pump. A short bibliography is included.
United States
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):217, 1946-02-15 HOUGHTEN, MATTIE L. US Navy Department, Research and Standards Branch Bibliography - Welding electrodes and arc welding machines NAVSHIPS TLR38 S1 1945 17p The references for each part are arranged alphabetically by title-subjects; an author index is included for each part. Subjects covered are: Electrode performance, metallic arc welding electrodes, electrode coatings, A-C and D-C welding machines, welding generators, and oscillographic records of welding performance.
United States
MACHINERY (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL) BSIR 1( 6):217, 1946-02-15 MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS Dutch BARBER, H.J. Dutch Scientific Institutions Utrecht and Amsterdam 1945 17p This report consists of interviews with four Dutch scientists - Prof. Koningsberger, Prof. Jansen, Dr. Timmer-man, and Prrf. Kögl. These Dutch scientists have been able to continue with some of their scientific work under considerable difficulty. Prof. Koningsberger's work has no immediate bearing on penicillin production. It is stated, however, that the main product from the growth of Penicillium expansum which Koningsberger has worked on is almost certainly Patulin. The Dutch workers have called it Expansin. Kögl claims to have substantiated his observations (subsequently disputed by other workers) that d-glutamic acid and not the normally occurring isomer is produced in malignant tissue. This is produced by a different mechanism from that which synthesises the 1-isomer. Kögl has shown that his (β) biotin differs slightly from the (α) biotin of du Vigneaud.
DUTCH
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):217, 1946-02-15 BEAVER, WILLIAM C. Army Air Forces Engineering Division German medical kit for airplanes AAF ENG49-698-25 1944 12p A description of a captured German medical kit for airplanes. Consists of a compactly arranged set of emergency medical supplies, including splints, tourniquet, bandages, surgical instruments, first-aid supplies, and an aluminum case containing syringe, hypodermic needles and injection materials. Aluminum wire Splints are bent so as to form sides and ends of the container, surrounded by an oiled paper covering. A canvas outside covering is also provided. Appendix has photographs end detailed description of contents.
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):217, 1946-02-15 DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German X-ray and associated industries Booklet (and translation), "Die Hochfrequenztechnik in der Medizin" by Johannes Pätzold, on high frequency techniques in medicine, including diathermy, electro-surgery, metal foreign body location, and supersonic frequency nerve treatment 1943 99p In this treatise an ettempt is made, from the point of view of physical and technical theory, to furnish a review of the present day position in the adaptation of this branch of medicine. The methods in use now are many and varied. There are the direct methods - in which high frequency currents are conveyed direct to the body of the patient, and the indirect - by which an intermediary comes into use for medicinal purposes. Two newcomers in the indirect field are described - the supersonic wave generator and the Sloan generator for production of hard X-ray radiation. This treetise gives only a limited survey of the physical and electrical problems which the use of high frequencies gives rice to and which limits its applications; physiological and medical points of view are dealt with only insofar as they are necessary for a proper understanding of the subject. Illustrations and a bibliography are found in the 65 page German bulletin. The translation contains 23 pages. The report also contains a bulletin of the Compagnie General de Radiologie, of Paris, entitled "Camerix; appareil de radiophotogranhie collective".
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):217, 1946-02-15 DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German X-Ray and associated industries Siemens. Electro-medical sales bulletins: Including electro-surgical equipment, diathermy equipment, "galvanic" equipment, ultra-violet lamps, and "infra-red" lamps n.d. 49p Titles of these sales bulletins of Siemens-Reiniger-Werke of Berlin include: Elektromedizinische Apparate für die allgemeine [Ä]ratliche Praxis; Kurzwellen it der Zahnhoil-kunde; Pantostaten, die Apparate für alle Zwecke der Elektrodiagnostik und Elektrotherapie; Für Kurzwellentherapie: Ultratherm; Siemens-Apparate Für Elektrochrurgie; Siemens-Dental-Diathermieapparate zum Wurzelbehandeln, Blutstillen, Zahnbleichen und sum Schneiden und Durchwärmen mittels Hochfreouenzstroms.
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):218, 1946-02-15 DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German X-ray end associated industries Siemens. "Konvulsator" (electric shock therapy unit); technical articles regarding equipment and techniques, instructions manual, and wiring diagrams n.d. 30p This report consists of 4 pamphlets and a diagram. Their titles are: 1. Das Gerät zur Elektrokrampferzeugung und seine physikalischen Grundlagen (Ausznp aus einem am 25. VI. 1940 in der Phyeikalisch-Medizinischen Sozietät der Universität Erlangen gehaltenen Vortrag) by Johannes Pätsold. 9 pages. 2. Die Elektrokrampftherapie , by Hermann Olbrich, including a bibliography. 4 pages. 3. Gebrauchs-Anleitung zum Siemens-Konvulsator; Gerät zur Elektrokrampf-Behandlung. 11 pages. 4. Siemens Konvulsator, Das Gerät zur Elektrokrampf-Behandlung der Paychosen, including a bibliography. 5 pages
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):218, 1946-02-15 DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained investigation of German X-ray and associated industries Siemens. "Metal-Searcher" (for locating metal foreign bodies); technical articles regarding equipment and techniques; technical write-up and instruction manual, wiring diagram and assembly end cross section drawings of probes n. d. 39p The articles included in this report are entitled: 1. Ein HochfrequenzGerät zum Aufsuchen metallischer Fremdkörper. by Dr. J. Pätzold. (reprint from "Der Chirurg". 13. Jahrgang, 1941, Heft 7) 5 pages. 2. Ein Hochfrequenzverfahren sum Auffinden von Metallfremdkörpern, by Dr. G. Küntecher und Dr. A. Jaumann. (Sonderabdruck aue Nr. 50. 1940) 7 pages. 3. Gebrauche-Anleitung Siemens-Metallsucher. n.d. 8 pages. 4. Was musz der Chirurg beim Gebrauch des SiemensMetallsuchers beachten? n.d. 15 pages.
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):218, 1946-02-15 DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German X-ray and associated industries Siemens. "Ultreachallgenerator" (supersonic frequency unit for treatment of certein nerve condition); description of equipment and instruction manual (and translation), photographs of unit, end assembly and cross section drawing of Piezo-electricsupersonic generator n.d. 13p This report is a detailed instructions manual for the mounting and operation of the Supersonic Wave-generator (Ultraschallgenerator). Thanks to the simple mode of operation and the fact that a hooded quartz is used, the apparatus is especially suitable for electric therapy, notably for use on the human body.
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):218, 1946-02-15 EUSTIS, WARNER Manufacture of sanitary napkins and surgical dressings at Munchener Verbandstoff Fabrik Aubry, Munich 1945 5p Description of business operations, management, requirements, production, and quality of products.
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):218, 1946-02-15 KAISER WILHELM INSTITUT FÜR ARBEITSPHYSIOLOGIE Reprints dealing with industrial physiology and industrial hygiene 1942-1944 797p This report consists of microfilmed articles from the following publications: Arbeitsphysiologie 11 (1941): Zur Frage der Arbeits - und Pausengestaltung bei Fliessarbeit. By Otto Graf. p. 503-519. (21 p.) Arbeitsphysiologie 12 (1942-43): Arbeitsphysiologische Prüfung beim Mähen mit einer neuen Sense. By Alexander SzakalL.P. 1-14. (18 p.) Zur Frage der Arbeits-und Pausengestaltung bei Fliessarbeit. By Otto Graf. p. 19-30 (14 p.) and p. 332-376 (45 p.) Adrenalin and Arbeit. By Gunther Lehmannand Hans Ferdinand Michaelis. p. 52-80 (34 p.) p. 264-271 (9 p.) p. 298-312 (15 p.) and p. 440-448 (9 p.) Der Einfluss der Tourenzahl beim Radfahren auf die maximale Sauerstoffaufnahme und auf die Ausnutzung des Atemsauerstoffs. By Hedwig Michaelis and E.A. Müller p. 81-84 (4 p.) Die Bedeutung des alveolaren CO₂ - Druckes für die Bestimmung des auf die Atmung entfallenden Energieverbrauchos. By Hedwig Michaelis and E. A. Müller p. 87-91 (11 p.) Die Pulszahl ale Kennzeichen für Stoffaustausch und Erdmudbarkeit des Arbeitenden Muskels. By E. A. Müller. p. 92-104 (17 p.) Eine verbesserter Spirograph. By E.A. Müller and Alfred Müller. p. 120-123. (4 p.) Die Wirkung von Traubenzucker und Tralibenzucker B₁ - Kombinationen auf die Leistungsfähigkeit bei Hitzearbeit. By Werner Droese. p. 124-133. (11 p.) Über die Wirkung einer warmen Mahlzeit auf die Leistungsfähigkeit von Frauer. bei Nachtarbeit. By Hans Ferdinand Michaelis. p. 134-141. (8 p.) Ufttersuchungen über den Grad der geistigen Beanspruchung I-II. By E. Bornemann. p. 142-191 (48 p.) p. 142-3 missing). Der Energieaufwand für die Atmung beim Menschen. By E.A. Müller, Hedwig Michaelis, and Alfred Müller. p. 192-196 (5 P.). Der Calorienbedarf der Berufe, ermittelt sus den Erhebung von Wirtschaftsrechnungen im Deutschen Reich vom Jahre 1927/28 . By Heinrich Kraut and Herbert BramseL.P. 197-221. (25 p.) Der Eiweissverbrauch des deutschen Volkes im Jahre 1927/28, berechnet auf Grund der Erhebungen von Wirtschaftsrechnungen in 2000 Haushaltungen. By Heinrich Kraut and Herbert BramseL.P. 222-237 (16 p.) Der Kohlehydrat-und der Fettverbrauch des deutschen Volkes im Jahre 1927/29, berechnet auf Grund der Erhebungen von Wirtschaftsrechnungen in 2000 Haushaltungen. By Heinrich Kraut and Herbert BramseL.P. 238-248 (11 p.) Eine arbeitsphysiologie Untersuchung der Melkarbeit, By Hodwig Michaelis and E.A. Müller. p. 249-263. Die Abhängigkeit des Energieverbrauchs von der alviolaren CO₂-Spannung bei Ruhe und Arbeit. By E.A. Müller, Hedwig Michaelis, and Alfred Müller. p. 313-319 (7 p.) Der Pulsquotient als Wass dor Muskelermüdung. By E.A. Müller. p. 320-331. (13 p.) Eine Methode zur Untersuchung der pharmakologischen Beeinflussung von Koordinationsleistung. By Otto Graf. p. 449-469. (21 p.) Arbeitsphysiologie 13 (1943-44): Arbeitsghysiologische Untersuchungen am Schubkarren. By E.A. Müller and Alfred Müller. p. 1-8 (8 p.) Maximale Leistung und Maximale Arbeit. By Alexander SzakalL.P. 9-41 (33 p.) Die Wirkung von Insulin und Muskelarbeit aus das Magnesium in Blutserum und Harn. By Norbert Hamar and Alexander SzakalL.P. 42-43 (7 p.) Die Veränderungen der Obersten Hautschichten durch den Dauergebrauch einiger Handweschmittel. By Alexander SzakalL.P. 49-56 (8 p.) Adrenalin und Arbeit. By N. Hamar, H.F. Michaelis and A. SzakalL.P. 57-62 (6 p.) Experimentalle Untersuchung über die Vitamin B1 - Versorgung der grosstädtischen Bevölkerung in den Jahren 1941/42 und 43. By Werner Droese. p. 63-78. (16 p.) Zur Frage der Monotonia der Arbeit und ihrer Bekämpfung. By Otto Graf. p. 95-100. (6 p.) Versuche über die Hebung der Leistungsfähiekeit durch Ultraviolettbeetrahlung. By Gunther Lehmann and Alexander p. 101-113 (13 p.) Uber des Verhalten des Barnü pH bei langdauernder Muskelar-beit und anschliessende Erholung. By Norbert Hamar and Alexander SzakalL.P. 114-124. (12 p.) Ein Verfahren zur Zwanglosen Steuerung der Arbeitsgeschwindigkeit nach vorgegebenen Arbeitskurven insbesondere zu physiologisch richtiger Arbeitsablaufreglung. By Otto Graf. p. 125-139. (15 p.) Über das Verhalten des Blut-und Harnkaliums während Muskelarbeit und der derauffolgenden Erholung bei untrainierten and trainierten Hunden. By Norbert Hamer and Alexander SzakalL.P. 140-150 (12 p.) Kalium-, Wasser- und Kreatininaussonderung untrainierter Hunde während Muskelarbeit und in der Erholung. By Norman Hamar. p. 151-156 16 p.) Arkiv f. experim. Pathologie und Pharmakologie 201-202 (1943): Einfluss der Narkose auf den Adrenalingehalt des Blutes. By Hans Ferdinand Michaelis. 201: 580-568 (10 p.) Tabakgenuss und Adrenulinspiegel. By Gunther Lehmann and Hans Ferdinand Michaelis. 202: 627-632 (6 p.) Biochemische Zeitschrift 312 (1942): Zum Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel der B1 -Avitaminotischen Taube. By H. Kraut and M. Rohdewald. p. 289-307. (19 p.) Biochemische Zeitschrift 315 (1943): Kalkbilanz und Kalkbedarf. By H. Kraut and H. Wecker. p. 329-344. (16 p.) Biochemische Zeitschrift 316-317 (1943-44): Über ie Verträgliohkeit von synthetischen Fett aus Fettsäuren mit 6- bis 12 C- Atomen. By H. Kraut, A. Weischer and R. Hügel. 316,p. 96-107 (1943)43 p.); 317,p. 187-192 (1944) (6 p.) Über den Bleigehalt der Haare. By Heinrich Kraut and Marta Weber. 317.p. 133-148 (1944) (16 p.) Deutsche Medizinische Wochenschrift. Nr. 49.(1941): Probleme der Ermudüngsbekämpfung. By E.A. Müller. p. 13401347 (8 p.) Der Bergbau vereinigt mit Kohle und Erz. July 2, 1942. Untersuchungen über die Zusammeenhänge zwischen Arbeitsführung und Leistungsteigerung. By H. Vennewald. p. 1-8. Forschungen und Fortschritte 18 (1942): Kristallbau und Leitvermogen der Metalle. By Eduard Justi. p. 65-70 (6 p.) Die Ursachen der Erhaltung bronzezeitlichen bekleideter Leichen in Baumsärgen. By Karl Gripp. p. 70-72. C3 p.) Das Zeusbild des Phidias in Olympia. By Hans Schrader. p. 72-73 (2 p.) Die Enstehung der italienischen Stadtkommunen des Mittelalters. By Walter Goetz. p. 73-75 (3 p.) Korperform und Sozialer Aufstieg. By Ilse Schwidetzky. p. 75-76. (2 p.) Über die absoluten Mengen des beim Rauchen aufgenommenen Nikotins. By Adolf Wenusch. p. 77-76 (2 p.) Neueres zum Feldspatproblem. By Herman Tertsch. p.78-79 (2 p.) Spiralen im Eis. By Friedrich Trey. p. 79-80 (2 p.) Menschliche Leistung und Leistungsfähigkeit. By Gunther Lehmann. p. 80-82. (3 p.) Olbtuaries of Hans Lippe, Walther Nernst, Friedrich von Müller. p. 82-84. (3 p.) Hoppe-Seyler's Zeitschrift für Physiologische Chemie. 275 2). Die Bestimmung der Kieselsäure im Blut. By Heinrich Kraut and Marta Weber. p. 127-134 (12 p.) Luftfahrtmedizin 9 (1944); Ultraviolettbestrahlung und Höhenfestigkeit. By G. Lehmann and E.A. Müller. p. 37-43 (7 p.) Über die Ursachen der jndividuellen Unterschiede der Höhenfestigkeit. By E.A. Müller and Hedwig Michaelis. p. 44-48 (5 p.) Pflürers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologic des Mensohen und der Tiere 248 (1944): Die Einfluss lokaler Kältereize auf den Stoffweohsel. By E.A. Müller. p. 521-526. (6 p.) Stahl und Eisen 64(1944): Die Bewertung der körperlichen Arbeit aus physiologiacher Grundlage. By Gunther Lehmann. p. 85-90 (6 p.) Zeitschrift die Ernahrung Beihefte 8 (1943): Vitamintabellen. By Werner Droese and Herbert Bramsel. Ed.2. 93 p. Zeitschrift für Kreislaufforschung 34 (1942): Herzschwäche und Herztonus. By E.A. Müller. p. 297-304. (8 P.)
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):218, 1946-02-15 McCARTHY, CHARLES L. Venereal disease control office for Thuringia 1945 23p This report gives a description of the Office for the Control of Venereal Diseases at Weimar in the state of Thuringia. The office is well directed and functions in a satisfactory manner. The standard of treatment, the requirements for cure, the issuance of marriage certificates and the follow-up of the so-called cured cases are satisfactory. The control of refractory patients, although not supported by law, is quite good. Some doubt exists about the reliability of using Chediak slide tests to diagnose syphilis even though positive or doubtful findings are controlled by Wasserman tests. It is possible that some oases are missed by the Chediak teat. Syphilis occurs in 0.01% of all German civilians and in 1.30% of displaced persons of all nationalities in the state of Thuringia. There has been a 35% increase in syphilis in Germans from 1943 to 1944; however, the comparison of 1944 with 1940 shows only a 25% increase. Gonorrhea shows a 28% increase from 1940 to 1943. Between 18% and 20% of the total number of cases of gonorrhea and of syphilis are never reported and account for many relapses and the spread of infection.
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):219, 1946-02-15 SIMONS, H. Importance of the Thedan - Blue method for tropical medicine, together with instructions for its use 1945 17p This is a report in German on the Thedan Blue staining method. The Thedan Blue stains are applicable to certain blood portista, especially trypanosomes, spirochaetes (recurrens type), loptospinal organisms, and certain forms of malaria plasmodia. It is reported to be a purely diagnostic method for rapid, reliable and cheap mass examination. It is stated that all the parasites mentioned oan be diagnosed without the use of oil immersion, and that the staining of cover-glass preparations, and of thick drops. may be carried out in less than one minute. The report is illustrated by 12 pictures showing various preparations stained by this method. For details the original report should be consulted. The pb number, PB 2045, is not clear in the original.
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):219, 1946-02-15 US SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE Medical documents, reprints and books on microfilm (materials listed are available on microfilm, PB 1686 - PB 1703) 1945 41p List of medical materials collected by American investigators and available on microfilm (PB 1686 - PB 1703). These documents, some of which are unpublished, cover a wide variety of medical subjects. Microfilms (22 reels) are in German.
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):219, 1946-02-15 VOLWILER, ERNEST H. Investigations by Professor Kuhn, Kaiser Wilhelm Institut für Medizinische Forschung 1945 15p This is a supplementary report on Professor Kuhn's investigation on biological and medical problems. The report deals with cyclodecapentaene, vitamin research, dibromosalicil, sulfones, sulfonamide antagonists, local anesthetics, and proteolytic enzymes. Attached to the report as appendices are reports of investigations on the nature and action of alleged samples of cyclodecapentaene carried out in American laboratories. Vitamin A has not been studied recently by Kuhn, except in relation to the supply and stabilization of carotenes. During the last few years Vitamin E has had considerable attention in Kuhn's laboratory. In doses much larger than normal, it was found to prevent and to cure fatty degeneration of the liver in rats fed on an E-deficient diet. Vitamin B₆ has also received attention. Citrin has not been studied, but rutin, obtained from tobacco, has been investigated. Much work has also been done on vitamins as components of culture media for bacteria. Dr. Otto Dann in Kuhn's laboratory has made compounds similar to p-aminobenzoic acid. These are more unstable than PAB, however, and do not exhibit an antagonistic action as does PAB. Kuhn's laboratory has also made the thiophene analog of procaine, but it is not a very good local anesthetic.
Germany
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE, INCLUDING CLINICAL APPLICATION OF DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS BSIR 1( 6):219, 1946-02-15 BULLOCK, C.H.B. Visit to Thuringian small arms industry 1945 13p Visits to various arms manufacturing firms in the towns of Zella-Mehlis and Suhl in Thuringia are reported. An apparatus found at Lothar Walthar which is a means of rifling barrels by the 'dolly' method, applied not only to pistol barrels but also to rifle barrels, is described. Also described is a M.P. 43/1 modified by the Gustloff-Werke to operate by blow back. Attached as Appendix A are some general notes by Capt. H.B.C. Pollard on the Thuringian Small Arms Industry. Mention is made of experimental types of a rocket bullet, and a new 8mm. (7.92) carbine cartridge, possible nrototype of the rifle cartridge of the future, and the new locked action carbine MK43 designed for it, as well as devices in an experimental stage for using new cartridge in A simpler 'blow beck' weapon. Also mentioned are simplification of manufacture, and precision equipment in the fields of ballistics and workshop master gauging which made German production A growing competitor with British and American mass produced arms.
Germany
ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES BSIR 1( 6):220, 1946-02-15 CREWS, J.M. READ. D.V.. Rheinmetall-Borsig AG, Düsseldorf 1945 49p This report presents information obtained from Dr. Beitter, director of this plant, which was engaged in manufacturing guns for the Army and Navy. Generally, designs were conceived in Berlin and sent to the Rheinmetall-Borsig plant for execution. Experimental weapons were made at Düsseldorf and cent to Unterlües for testing. Problems which were under investigation were gun tube erosion, electric primers, curved barrel submachine gun, cold forging of gun tubes, shell and rocket developments. And conical bore guns. Appendices in German cover the following: Location of dispersed branches of the firm; minor gun modifications; ammunition developments; guns designed and/or made for the Army and Navy; finished and semi-finished shell remaining in the plant; shell, rockets and equipment at Grattan. the proving ground; bar stock in stores; and an organisation chart of the Düaseldorf works. Other appendices in English give an analysis of machine gun barrel steels; analysis of hammer and mandrel bar steels; test report on conical gun barrel adapter; report on Rheinmetall-Borsig, Cuban plant, manufacturing gun mountings and guns for aircraft; and a list of personnel of the firm.
Germany
ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES BSIR 1( 6):220, 1946-02-15 FRANZEN, TORE Suspension unit for tanks Type E 50/75 1945 9p This report is a translation of a description in German with illustrations dated Dec. 1944, and taken from the Adlerwerke, after an interrogation of Dir. Jenschke. Dir. Jenschke claimed that one experimental unit had been built and tested by M.A.N., probably at the Augsburg Leber-stories. Claims made for the Adler tank suspension are: (a) Simple and cheep hull fabrication; (b) easy and quick interchangeability (four bolts hold unit to tank); (c) economical production possibilities (major number of parts, the seine for several capacities); (d) simplicity in hand-ling spare parts at the Front; i.e., can be adapted to different weight tanks by merely changing auxiliary stacks of spring washers.
Germany
ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES BSIR 1( 6):220, 1946-02-15 GROSS, WILBUR Army Air Forces Engineering Division German external, single hook wing bomb rack AAF ENGM-53-552-218 1943 2p Report on investigation of the tripping characteristics, strength, and hook material of a German external, single hook, wing bomb rack. Fabricated of a nickel-chromium steel of approximately 4% Ni and 1.3% Cr and zinc plated.
Germany
ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES BSIR 1( 6):220, 1946-02-15 OBERTH, HERMAN. Robert Patek, translator Ground launched antiaircraft (controlled) 1945 24p This report covers briefly Prof. Oberth's planned project for building an antiaircraft rocket, covering scope, construction, flight, control, and change-over drum with drawings. He mentions a 150 page typewritten report with 68 figures covering this project, a copy of which may be with the firm of "Spreng-Chemie" in Geretsried. The remainder of the report covers what he actually did with "WASAG" (Westf. Anhalt Sprengstoff AG) in Reinsdorf in developing a large powder charge which would burn steadily at 20-30 atmospheres pressure. He describes experiments in measuring the rate of combustion, invention of the adjustable jet, development of a new propellant charge, and solution to the problem of lacquer coating for the propulsive agent as a protection from damoness. In an introduction, Judo Gerhards calls Prof. Oberth "the first scientist who created the theory and the hypotheses for liquid propelled rockets". Oberth was a distinguished German rocket scientist who came to the US to work on the US missle program.
Germany
ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES BSIR 1( 6):220, 1946-02-15 SCRADE, H.A. Experiments on gas dynamics 1945 2p Summary of report on series of experiments with rocket combustion chambers using gaseous oxygen and gas-oil (kerosene) as fuel, observing the influence of combustion chamber volume on coefficients. Three rocket combustion chambers, differing only in length and therefore volume, were investigated, using various fuel mixture ratios and various exhaust pressures.
Germany
ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES BSIR 1( 6):220, 1946-02-15 SCHADE, H.A. Navel Technical Mission in Europe Kühnle, Kopp u Kausch (KKK) in Frankenthal-Pfalz, Germany NAV Tec Mis Eu LR 2-45 1945 3p Information obtained from firm manufacturing centrifugal pumps, blowers and turbines. One type of turbine made was known as the "Gerät 26/30" (more commonly as Gt30 or BoV1; it is a complete watertight section for the T-8 or T-lb torpedo (thought to be the "Ingoline" (H²0²) torpedo. This section contains the turbine, nozzles. reducing gears, drive shaft coupling and other equipment not yet determined. Only the turbine and reduction gear part of the turbine assembly was made in this factory. Turbine units were tested under steam at 39-40 atm... and 500°C. Firm was supplied with a number of component parts, forgings, etc. and then had to pro-duce the finished and tested product ready to send to Torpedo Versuchs Ametalt.
Germany
ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES BSIR 1( 6):220, 1946-02-15 SHELDON, L.M. Manufacture of steel case small arms ammunition, Dynamit AG, Stadeln and Nürnberg 1945 9p This report outlines steps in the fabrication and loading of steel case small arms ammunition in the Stadeln plant. and presents general information on Nürnberg plant. Stadeln, which before 1932 had produced sporting Ammunition, manufactured many types of smell arms ammunition, percussion and electric caps. .22 cal. long rifle cartridges, paper tube grenade throwing cartridges, and initiating explosives such as lead styphnate, tetracene and mercury fulminate used in cap and detonator fabrication. Nürnberg plant made the cartridge cases and projectiles for small arms ammunition, and produced headed and primed paper tube cartridge cases used for throwing grenades. Successful production of steel case cartridges was based on the following essential steps: 1. Application of the Bondern treatment (similar to Parkarizing process in US). 2. Application of lacquer followed by baking, 3. Application of the final coating of wax.
Germany
ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES BSIR 1( 6):220, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS Technical report on control apparatus for bombs and rockets 1945 20p The equipment described in detail in this report was designed to direct bombs and rockets to a target by controlling their angle of roll and one coordinate normal to their direction, such as elevation and depression. It may be used with Rocket bomb Hs 293, Flak Rocket 117H and Rocket Ha298H for use from plane to plane, and suitable transmitting and receiving equipment. Photographs and wiring diagrams are presented.
Germany
ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES BSIR 1( 6):220, 1946-02-15 Enemy Equipment Intelligence Service, Detachment No. 9, Signal Section, Hdq. 9th Army, APO 339 WIRE CONTROL apparatus for bombs and rockets EEIS 9-15 1945 17p Description of two wire systems used for controlling bombs by means of wire apparatus -- the Dortmund-Duisburg and the Duren-Detmold. As many as 6 bombs could be controlled from one plane. These systems were in production but never used in combat. 1. Dortmund-Duisburg. The transmitting unit (Dortmund FuG 207) consisted of: Knupple (same as in radio system); oscillator unit SU 207, power unit S 207; matching unit LOS 207; two coils of wire, each 12 kilometers long; dynamotor U 10 S; and racks and accessories. Receiving unit consisted of: Two coils of wire, each 18 kilometers long; matching transformer unit LGE 237; receiver Duisberg E 237; same controls as in radio system. 2. Duren-Detmold system is the simplest, using no tubes. All commands are transmitted over a pair of wires. No equipment found except one wire reel. Transmitting system consists of a Knupple such as Geber 203, the Duren transmitter, a dynamotor capable of delivering 600 volts and with both positive and negative terminals grounded and 2 reels of wire. Receiving system consists of Detmold receiver, E238, and 2 reels of wire. When used for the FX bomb, approximately 12 kilometers of wire are required for use from an altitude of 7000 meters. Report describes each part in detail and includes photographs and diagrams. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 SEDAM, H.W. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Machine gun bullet AAF EXPM-56-R42-36 1942 1p Brief report on the hardness and spectrographic analysis of a small section of a Japanese machine gun bullet. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
Japan
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 GERLITZ, D.W. 4.2 inch chemical mortar shell M2 alternate processed from low carbon, cold-drawn tubing by Scaife company, Oakmont, Pennsylvania; a memorandum report 1942 10p Measurements, filling and test firing data are given for these shells made of low carbon, cold-drawn tubing. Results indicate these shells are a satisfactory alternate for the M2, 4.2 inch chemical mortar shell. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 GRAHAM, MATTHEW M. Aluminum venting rivet for M47A2 H-filled bombs; a memorandum report 1944 22p This report describes a method of venting bombs which develop pressure on storage. All tools and equipment needed are described and illustrated in several photographs. The method is simple, requiring little equipment, and might possibly be used to vent other types of tanks. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 LOEW, THEODORE MITCHELL, CHARLES T. Development of manifold, portable flame thrower, E4; a memorandum report 1945 20p This report is a description of Project B 8.2-2 of the Chemical Warfare Service, the object of which was to develop a one-man portable flame thrower for use by engineer troops in attacking fortified areas. The aim was to develop a flame thrower gun nine feet long with 200 feet of hose and manifold, for connection to six portable flame thrower fuel units, the assembly to be used in jungle assault operations. On field tests effective ranges of the E4 averaged 20-25 yd. with liquid fuel and 42-52 yd. with thickened fuel. 7 photographs are appended. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 McCULLOUGH, G.E. Engineering test of cotton powder bags for Livens projector propellant charge MIII, a memorandum report 1942 9p It was found that powder bags for the Livens projector propellent charge MIII could be satiefactorially made from grey, unbleached, cotton cloth, US Army Specification 6-109. Table 1, class 2. These bags were single stitched. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 McCULLOUGH, G.E. Engineering test of elevating screw assembly 4.2-in chemical mortar; a memorandum report 1942 11p Under firing conditions, it was found that one type of elevating screw assembly was unsatisfactory, while another type tested was suitable for the M1A1 Chemical Mortar. Drawings referred to in this report were not present. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 McCULLOUGH, G.E. Engineering test of 4.2-in. chemical mortar barrels, modified and rifled by the Webster Tallmadge Company; a memorandum report 1941 12p Discussion of tests made in Dec. 1941 to determine the suitability of a method of manufacturing 4.2-in. chemical mortar barrels proposed by Webster Tallmadge Co., Inc. under a research contract. Barrels are of two-piece construction and the principle involved is considered satisfactory, though extra metal end machine work are involved. Certain features of design should be changed if adopted. Report contains drawings of barrel tested. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 McCULLOUGH, GEORGE E. Engineering test of 4.2-in. chemical mortar barrel E19R1 modified and rifled by the Webster Tallmadge Company; a memorandum report 1942 10p Report of a test made in January 1942 of a 4.2 inch chemical mortar barrel made by the Webster Tallmadge, Inc. Test data proved barrel satisfactory. Methods of testing are described and there are four diagrams. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 McCULLOUGH, GEORGE E. Engineering test of 4.2-in. chemical Mortar M1A1, complete. with powder charges up to 1800 grains. (12 bundles); a memorandum report 1942 25p This report gives teat and firing data of M1A1 Chemical Mortars with powder charges up to 12 bundles (1800 grains). This is a 50% overcharge. Results indicate that this mortar is suitable for these heavier charges, but that the efficiency of the powder decreases materially with the addition of the last two bundles. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 McCULLOUGH, G.E. Engineering test of 4.2-in, chemical mortar shell, experimental, manufactured by the Scaife Company; a memorandum report 1942 9p A report on tests made in February 1942 of an experimental shell, 4.2-in. chemical mortar (screw-fit bases). The shell was manufactured from seamless tubing end has screw-fit bases and adaptors silver soldered into the case. The shell were tested under varying conditions and considered satisfactory. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 McCULLOUGH, G.E. Engineering test of 4.2 in chemical mortar shell M2 alternate, manufactured by the Scaife Company, January 31, 1942; a memorandum report 1942 11p Report of experiments with test shell submitted by the Scaife Company for the 4.2-in.chemicol mortar. Various firing and other tests demonstrated that the shell are suitable for use. They are considered superior to M2 shell because of their increased uniformity and better behavior in flight and upon bursting. A tentative Chemical Warfare Service drawing of the shell and two photographs of shell fragments after firing are included. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):221, 1946-02-15 McCULLOUGH, GEORGE E. Engineering test of 4.2 inch chemical mortar shell M2, manufactured by the Lempco Products, Inc.. March 21 to 27. incl. 1942; a memorandum report 1942 14p Measurement and test firing data on these shells are reported in detail. Several defects are pointed out which require correction. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 McCULLOUGH, GEORGE E. Engineering test of 4.2 inch chemical mortar shell M2 with brazed adapter, manufactured by the Lempco Products, Inc.; a memorandum report 1942 8p Report of tests made in February 1942 to determine the suitability of the method of brazing the adapter in 4.2- inch chemical mortar shell. M 2. Five shell were tested with unsatisfactory results. The brazed joint appeared to be strong enough, but the general shape, dimensions, and workmanship were below specification requirements. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 McCULLOUGH, GEORGE E. Engineering test of 4.2 inch chemical mortar shell with brazed adapter and base, manufactured by the Scaife Company; a memorandum report 1942 8p Memorandum report of teats made in December 1941 of 4.2 inch mortar shell made from steel seamless tubing. The principle involved in the manufacture of these shells was considered practicable. However, the shells submitted for test were considered unsatisfactory because of their deviation from specified dimensions. Further tests were deemed necessary. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 MALTBY, LESLIE A. Kit, service, mechanized flame thrower, M3 1945 18p This report describes a kit furnished with mechanized flame throwers E4R2 - 4R3 - 5R1 and E5R2 - 5R1, including all tools, servicing equipment and spare parts needed for installation, lower echelon servicing and maintenance. Photographs and description of all items in the kit are given. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 ROUILLER, CHAS.A. CWS research and development activities during World War I; a memorandum report 1942 48p This report gives an idea of the scope and magnitude of Chemical Warfare Service research and development work during World War I. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES CWS stands for US Army Chemical Warfare Service. The Chemical Warfare Service was later renamed the Chemical Corps.
United States
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 SMITH, BROOKS F. CN and DM in Navy A.P. projectiles, experimental surveillance of 75-mm. Mk II shell (Modified) loaded with 10% CN and 90% explosive "D" by weight; a memorandum report 1942 5p A report of the results of a surveillance test over a period of five years on an experimental model of armor-piercing shell loaded with 10% CP (in a paraffined duck beg) and 90% explosive "D". Results indicated no deterioration of the CN or explosive "D" occurred when stored in normal unheated storage. Tests included monthly examination of the shell end static firing of the shell at the end of the 5-year period. ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 DESMOND, J.K. The Deutsche Edelstahlwerke, Krefeld, Germany 1945 20p Report of a visit to the Edelstahlwerke, Krefeld, Germany to investigate from a metallurgical point of view the alloy steels made there. A description of the compositions and a metallurgical discussion is given of the main quality steels such as high speed steel, stainless, welding rod. heat-resisting, widia, magnet, and some special purpose materials manufactured by this concern. The steel making practice distinguishing this mill from American procedures is the casting of conical ingots, especially of difficult and complicated materials. Tables list the principal steels made by this firm and their compositions, and the stock lists of alloys, metals and other steel making materials on hand as of March 30, 1945.
Germany
PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 GREGG, J.L. BRODERICK, S.J. Army Air Forces Properties of magnesium casting alloys AAF TR4780 1942 45p A study of the common heat treatable magnesium canting alloys. Test bars of various alloys and sample castings were analyzed. The study included an X-ray inspection of the test bars, the castings in sections, a complete microstructure examination and determination of the physical properties of the bars and castings. Variability in properties of different specimens from the same casting was also noted. Tables, photographs, and photomicrographs are included. PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. MILLER, P.H. University of Pennsylvania Spectroscopic determination of aluminum in silicon NDRCD-1 1943 3p A spectrographic method is described in detail for determining small amounts of aluminum in silicon used for making crystals. A photograph of a portion of a sample spectroscopic plate is included. PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 SEITZ, F. University of Pennsylvania Compounds of silicon and germanium NDRCD-1-112 1942 13p The compounds formed by silicon and germanium are discussed with particular reference to their preparation and use in rectifier use. PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 SEITZ, F. The electrical conductivity of silicon and germanium 1942 20p This report contains a discussion of the mechanism of conduction and a tabulation of measurements of conductivity and other related properties on a large number of samples. Apparatus and methods of making the various measurements are described in some detail. PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES
United States
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 BOWMAN, M.I. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Oil, lubricating from Junkers 88 AAF EXPM-57-532-26 1942 3p Brief report on a used oil analysis of two samples of lubricating oil removed from a JU-88 airplane. Oil was probably a Voltolized oil, viscosity grade A-N 1100. Amount of voltol oil about 5%. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 BRILMAYER, SUZANNE Army Air Forces Engineering Division German oils, Analysis of AAF ENG57-503-1035 1943 2p A ohemical analysis of two oil samples, one from the engine oil system and one from the automatic control unit of a German BMW-801-D2 engine. A table shows the specifications of each. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):222, 1946-02-15 MILLER, ROBERT D. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Tests of German compass liquid AAF ENGM-54-655-671-B, Add. 1 1943 1p Report on comparative teats on a sample of German compass liquid, which was a petroleum base fluid conforming approximately to Specification AN-VV-C-551 for the tests given. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):223, 1946-02-15 ROSENBERG, N.M. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Identification of samples of enemy aircraft liquids AAF ENGM-57-532-95 1943 2p Tests to identify four samples of liquids removed from a captured German airplane. Results: (1) Petroleum oil containing a sodium soap additive; (2) aircraft engine oil; (3) diethylene glycol; (4) mineral bass hydraulic oil. Analysis of each liquid is given. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):223, 1946-02-15 TETT, H.C. Stuttgart Technische Hochschule Staatliches Materialprufungsanstalt. Forschungs Institut für Kraftfahrwesen and Fahrzeug Motoren 1945 20p This report consists of two reports of visits to Stuttgart and Untertürkheim and interviews with personnel for the purpose of investigating research activities on lubricants and fuels. At Stuttgart the main work was that of testing the strength of materials. The only part of the work of interest to C.I.O.S. was that carried out by Dr. Wellinger on lubricating oil studies, particularly the measurement of friction and wear in machines of his own design. Some documents which are listed, were obtained dealing with this work, which, however, does not appear to be of great importance. At Untertürkheim the institute had been badly damaged by bobbing and many documents had been burned. A large proportion of the work carried out here appeared to be engine development rather than work on fuels and lubricants, two of the most interesting being the Rieseler Engine which operates at 150 lbs. air intake pressure, and 900 lbs. m.o.p. and a large 48 cylinder aero engine which was being developed. Report discusses research on oil additives, lubrication developments, "knock" rating of fuels, pre-combustion reactions, determination of T.E.L., use of tetrantromethane, and diesel engine developments. An appendix lists documents (giving author. title and date) collected from F.K.F.S. Untertürkheim, F.K.F.S. Kirchheim and from Dr. Widmaier. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):223, 1946-02-15 SAYESON, MAURICE W. Army Air Forces Tests of lubricating oils, Power Plant Oils Nos. 162, 163 and 164, in an R-1830-B engine AAF TR4703 1941 12p This report describes procedure and presents results obtained in tests made to determine the effects of three lubricating oils on the condition of an R-1830-B aircraft engine. Five runs were made each of 40 hours duration. Oil samples were taken at intervals during the runs and analyzed. Each oil was tested by four laboratory tests, namely: Specification 2-91a oxidation test; specification 2-91A oxidation test with iron; "old tower" oxidation test; "new-tower" oxidation test. Data are presented in text, tabular, and chart form. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
United States
BSIR 1( 6):223, 1946-02-15 US WAR and NAVY DEPARTMENTS Army-Navy Aeronautical SpecificationAN-F-28 and Amendments Fuel, Aircraft-Engine, Grade 100/130 1945 16p Text of specification, giving requirements, grade, material and workmanship; methods of sampling, inspection and testing; methods of packaging, packing, and marking for shipment. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
United States
BSIR 1( 6):223, 1946-02-15 US WAR and NAVY DEPARTMENTS Army-Navy Aeronautical SpecificationAN-F-33 and Amendments Fuel, Aircraft Engine, Grade 115/145 1945 11p Text of specification giving requirements, grade, material and workmanship; methods of sampling, inspection and testing; methods of packaging, packing and marking for shipment. PRODUCTS OF PETROLEUM AND COAL
United States
BSIR 1( 6):223, 1946-02-15 BARNES, J.W. SUDWORTH, J. The Horn Geratebau, Leipzig end Plauen 1945 6p Information obtained from interview with Dr. Horn and from examination of factory manufacturing aircraft instruments on the instruments and methods used. Experiments had been proceeding with a form of erection system for vertical gyros similar to that used on the Mk.1 electric vertical gyro. Principle is to employ liquid switches sensitive to gravity to move iron armatures by means of solenoids. An experimental fully free artificial horizon was found having triple gimbals, the outer gimbal being servo driven. Lists of firms supplying gyro parts to this factory and of instruments and documents removed are given. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):223, 1946-02-15 BREUER, JOHN REYNOLDS, CHARLES H. Investigation of measuring instruments, gages and cutting tools 1945 24p Brief surveys of measuring instruments, gages, and cutting tools as made by ten German manufacturers. Noteworthy is an involute tooth Profile grinding machine, made by Schmid and Schaudt, Stuttgart-Hedelfinger. An appendix (in German) gives specifications, photographs end diagrams of this machine. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):223, 1946-02-15 COSBY. J.C. German military theodolite 40 1944 18p Many characteristics of the Zeiss instruments are apparent in this instrument, indicating that it was manufactured by Carl Zeiss, Jena, Germany, for the German army. It is a precise direction instrument, very compact end constructed in accordance with what is considered best practice in equipment of this type. Both the horizontal and vertical circles are read microscopically through one microscope mounted parallel to the housing of the telescope. The instrument is equipped with a night lighting attachment for illuminating the reticule and circles for night use. An optical plummet is provided for setting over the station occupied, thus eliminating the necessity of using a plumb bob. The instrument is evidently used for establishing control for maps and to carry existing control forward for establishing base lines for Artillery use. The excellent night sights on the telescope indicate intended night use for celestial observations. Photographs of the instrument are included in this report which was submitted to the Engineer Board, Army Corps of Engineers. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):223, 1946-02-15 COSBY, J.C. German Wichmann theodolite 1943 10p The captured German Wichmann theodolite, covered in this report, is a repeating type commercial instrument manufactured by Rilderbrand-Wichmann-Werke, Freiberg, Germany. The instrument is compact and sturdily built; the material used in its construction is chiefly aluminum. Both the horizontal and vertical circles are reed microscopically, through one microscope mounted parallel to the telescope. A lighting attachment is furnished with the instrument for illuminating the circles and reticule in night use. For daytime use a small oblong shaped mirror is used to reflect sufficisnt light to illuminate the circles. The report discusses technical features, use, and comparison with American equipment. There are no outstanding features of this instrument which should be given consideration in the development of similar equipment in this country. Photographs are included in this report which was submitted to the Engineer Board, Army Corps of Engineers. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):223, 1946-02-15 COSBY, J.C. Traverse targets and signal lamps 1943 14p This report describes and presents photographs of the above named surveying instruments captured from the Germans. Use was probably for some method of fire control worked out by the Germans. US Army uses no comparable instruments. Precise targets were used with very good results in some traverse work several years ago by Tennessee Valley Authority.
Germany
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 DENTON, W.W. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section German fuel level gage removed from Junkers JU-88 airplane AAF EXPM-54-655-532A 1942 23p Report on the performance and construction of the German fuel gage removed from the Junkers -88 airplane. Contains a copy of a detailed examination by the General Electric Company of a similar instrument removed from a Messerschmitt 110 airplane. American gages are much larger in diameter and more rugged than the German instruments. Text is not entirely legible. Tables, photographs and a diagram.
Germany
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 DENTON, W.W. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section R. Fuess (German) manifold pressure gage AAF EXPM-54-655-532 1942 13p A report on the construction and operation of the R. Fuess (German) manifold pressure gage removed from the Junkers -88 airplane. Tests showed good performance under all conditions, excepting once in the high altitude test. Construction is not elaborate, and opposed diaphragm type construction is similar to American types of pressure gages. Appendix has photographs and various test data.
Germany
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German A-ray and associated industries Photographs of miscellaneous aircraft instruments and equipment at Leipzig Airport n.d. 9p Seventeen pictures of such aircraft equipment as gyro compasses, radio sets, instruments, tunes, bombsights, etc. No descriptive data furnished.
Germany
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German X-ray and associated industries Technical booklet regarding glass to metal seals and translation 1937 45p Original pamphlet in German with charts and diagrams accompanied by a translation on the production of airtight glass and metal unions in making high vacuum tubes. Discusses various experiments with metals such as tungsten and molybdenum and with Ommet-Sivar, a compound of iron, nickel and cobalt developed by Deutsche ultihfadenfabrik. Pamphlet is issued by Deutsche Glühfadenfabrik and has title "Einschmelz-metalle für die hoch vakuum technik."
Germany
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 HOFFMAN, HARRY D. Aerological developments at the Deutsche Seewarte 1945 5p Information on the work of the Deutsche Seewarte, a meteorological institution in Hamburg with departments in meteorology, oceanography. climatology, and instruments. During the war it served as collecting center for weather observations and for ice reports from northern waters. A recording theodolyte was devised which stamps the azimuth and elevation angle when a small lever is pulled manually. Other instrument, developed were: A new type of sling thermometer; two new types of sling psychrometers; design for a precision aneroid barometer for ships; two models of hydrogengenerators. A method of improving the ventilation of the inside of instruments vas also devised. A new technique in long range forecasting was developed - the use of five-day averages.
Germany
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 LIEBERMAN, HARRY A. German pocket compass 1943 7p A description, photograph and comparison with comparable American compass is presented. This compass is primarily used to steer one's course, but may be used as an aid for crude mapping of landmarks. Examined by Technical Staff of the Engineer Board, Army Corps of Engineers, Fort Belvoir, Virginia.
Germany
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 McIVER, JOHN M. A photoelectric visual substitute 1945 10p The apparatus. designed by M. Knoll, a German inventor, described in this report, is a visual substitute, not a visual aid. It utilizes the proprioceptive sense of the finger tips. With this apparatus, it is claimed, any type of printed matter can be rapidly interpreted. Appartus does not require any special print or letters as in Braille, and ultimately a very gross type of form perception will be achieved. The basic element of the apparatus is the photoelectric plate composed of numerous photoelectric cells. Each photoelectric cell has its own electric cord. These are grouped to form a small cable which connects to a battery which in turn runs through a resistance coil. The coil is connected to an electrode against blind man's skin. Accompanying the description are two papers in German; one by R. Wagner is accompanied by translation; the other one is by R. Wagner and E. Wetterer.
Germany
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 NETHERCOT. A.H., Jr. HUXFORD, W.S. Contractor's report on German Lichtsprecher 250/130 1945 20p The instrument discussed in this report was manufactured by Carl Zeiss, Jena in 1942. A detailed description of the optical system and an analysis of the method of modulation are given. The report includes spectral response data for the cells, spectral transmission characteristics of the filters, transmitter and receiver frequency response curves, and some results of laboratory vacuum range measurements. The measured vacuum range of about 25 miles corresponds to an operating range of 5.5 miles with atmospheric transmission of 0.6 per mile.
Germany
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 PATIN, ALBERT Vorläufige beschreibung and bedienungsvorschrift für das Prüfgerät, Baumeister PFP/3, zum prüfen der Patin-Fernkompass-Geräte-und Anlagen DOCUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT obtained during investigation of German X-ray and associated industries n.d. 25p A manual in German issued by Patin Werkstätten für Fernsteuerungstechnik (Druckschrift P107) giving instructions for the operation of the testing apparatus Baumeister PFP/3 for testing and calibrating "Patin" gyro-compasses for aircraft. There are four wiring diagrams.
Germany
PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 PRINGLE, HOWARD A. Investigation of scientific end laboratory glassware, area of Thuringia, Germany Information on production, calibration, end testing of scientific and laboratory glassware obtained from visits to 125 factories or shops. Principal factories visited were: Hohglashutte am Grenzhemmer Otto Lange, Ilmenau; Julius Brückner and Company, Ilmenau, Eydam and Krieger, Ilmenau; Greiner and Friedrichs, Stutzerbach; and Gebr. Erhart, Schmedefeld. Successful mass production of interchangeable ground glass joints depended largely on having the formed glass reach the grinder in uniform and nearly exact dimensions. Details of production of interchangeable ground glass pistons and barrels for hypodermic syringes at Schott and Gnossen Company, Jena ere given. Exhibits referred to in this report were forwarded to War Production Board. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):224, 1946-02-15 ROSE, C.E. WHITE, R.D. Kalle and Company, Biebrich, photosensitive products 1945 50p Processes and material used in experimental work on two types of lithographic plates and drying equipment used in making Ozalid (photosensitive) Papers and foils are described. No progress or changes occurred in the manufacture of Ozalid papers during the war years. Two processes which were more highly developed were; 1. Process in which a mechanical printing plate is produced from a positive original through the use of a colloid and an azide. 2. Process in which a diazo compound of high molecular weight is used in such manner as to yield a printing Plate directly, without colloid, when printed from a negativs. Appendix I gives chemical structure of diazo compounds no. 1, 2, and 3, couplers and aside. Appendix II outlines operations in positive process for producing printing plates. Appendix III outlines operations in negative process without colloid. Copies of three Kalle and Co. patent applications for these processes and related technical information are given in Appendices IV, V, and VI. Patent applications are: 1. Lichtempfindliche Kolloidschichten zur Herstellung von Gerbbildern; 2. Verfahren zur Herstellung von Druckformen; and 3. Verfahren zur Herstellung von Flachdruckformen. Appendices are in German. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 SIMMONS, ARTHUR B. German optical production 1945 9p Information on the methods of manufacture and testing of fire control optical equipment produced by German optical firms for the German armed forces. Zeiss, Leitz and Steinheil were the firms which did most of the optical design for the German army. Generally methods were not as good as those in use in US, although more effort was devoted to design and manufacture of pilot items. Special developments are described in this report. Among them are the following: 1. At Zeiss Jena works a semi-automatic set-up was in use which molded blanks up to about 1 inches in diameter at a rate of about 8 per minute. A molding tool for large prisms was designed to mold deep sides parallel. 2. Aluminum as a material for blocking bodies was preferred because of its greater heat conductivity. 3. New equipment was developed for use in edge grinding lenses. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 TRENT, H.M. Naval Technical Mission in Europe A German supersonic method of testing aircraft bearings NAV Tec Mis Eu TR143-45 1945 8p A non-destructive method of detecting the presence of air bubbles between the lining and the main steel body of aircraft bearings was developed by the Deutsche Versuchsanstalt für Luftfahrt. This method was based upon a measurement of the attenuation of a 10 megacycle sound beam as it passed through the bearing. The testing technique was simple and rapid and could detect air bubbles whose thicknesses were as small as .1 millimeter (.004"). Diagram. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS Spot report of German meteorological equipment 1944 6p A report on a German meteorological transmitting unit found in France in October 1944. Consists of 3 parts: (1) A transmitter section; (2) a barometric-relay unit; and (3) a rubber balloon. It is believed that the equipment was suspended from the balloon end used for the transmission of weather information, the barometric relay keying the transmitter as changes in atmospheric pressure occur. There are 5 photographs of the equipment. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS Spot report on German meteorological equipment (RS7H). Supplement Off. 1945 3p A photograph and brief description of a German rediosonde unit (RS 7 ) found near Landser, Alsace, in February 1945. Unit is essentially the same as other German equipment previously captured. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS Spot report on German meteorological equipment RI 3/1038 1945 7p A description, with photographs, of German meteorological equipment found in February 1945 near Landser, Alsace. Consists of a radio sender for transmission of information on atmospheric pressure and temperature and radiosonde unit, both apparently carried by the same balloon. Equipment shows no unusual or striking features. There are four photographs. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS The Stuttgart 43 Mine Detector EEIS11-21 1945 15p Description and operating instructions for mine detector which will not detect either metallic or plastic mine, but which will detect substances with radioactive properties such as the radioactive sand with which detector is used. Drawings, photographs and circuit diagrams of detector and tubes are given. Instructions for servicing equipment are given in German and temporary instructions for use of camouflage sand both in English and German. Characteristics of tubes are listed in a German document issued by Telefunken. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS, ENGINEER BOARD German map reading light ENG EB R840 1944 7p The map-reading light consists of battery case, lead wire, and enclosed lamp receptacle and is to be strapped on the user's forehead. It is described in detail. Photographs. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS, ENGINEER BOARD German one-second theodolites ENG EB R841 1944 15p Description of two Zeiss theodolites, the year of menu-facture being about 1930. The parte mentioned include: Leveling arrangement, level vials, circles. microscopic scale, microscope. illumination (one with night lighting arrangement), telescope and center. The instruments were probably used in obtaining geodetic control for topographic mapping. Photographs. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 COSBY, J.C. Italian Alidade 1944 8p Complete description and photographs of this instrument are given. Comparison is made with the American instrument K. and E. Planetable Alidade No. 51871, which is considered superior. Submitted to the Engineer Board, Fort Belvoir, Virginia and/or the Chief of Engineers, Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC Project GNS 468. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
Italian
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 GAUVEY, MARY P. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Japanese pilot type compass AAF ENGM-54-655-709 1943 3p Laboratory report submitting a comparison between a Japanese pilot type direct reading compass and the corresponding AAF Type B-16 compass. Model was received in such a battered condition that it was impossible to reassemble it into a working model so that specific characteristics could be compared with AAF models. There appear to be a number of points of similarity between the two. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
JAPANESE
BSIR 1( 6):225, 1946-02-15 LITTLE, W.S. Japanese miscellaneous drafting equipment 1943 7p This report describes and Presents photos of 2 straightedges, 2 beam compasses and 3 protractors, captured from the Japanese. All items are of standard design, but are mechanically inferior to American instruments. Examination by Technical Staff of the Engineer Board, Army Corps of Engineers, Fort Belvoir, Virginia. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
JAPANESE
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS, ENGINEER BOARD Japanese drafting equipment ENG EB R836 1944 6p The equipment consists of the following: A set of drawing instruments with case, slide rule with case, plastic protractor, plastics straight edge or beam for beam compass, wood triangle, and a combination deflection fan and coordinate scale. Their technical features, their use and a comparison with American equipment are given. Photographs. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
JAPANESE
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS, ENGINEER BOARD Japanese magnetic compasses, project no. GNS 468 11 May 1944 10p This report covers the examination of a liquid filled wrist compass and an ordinary pocket compass. The wrist compass is fairly well made. Case is aluminum alloy containing a sealed plastic capsule containing needle and liquid. The pocket type compass is poorly made. Photographs, complete description, and an analysis of the wrist compass liquid are presented. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
JAPANESE
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 GREEN, ALEX. E.S. XX Bomber Command, Operations Analysis Section A device for computing length of ships seen from the air AAF OAR15 1945 8p This report describes a computer which was designed to enable aircrew members to use their gunsights to calculate the lengths of vessels. Figures illustrating the computer, and a ship length computer chart are included, as well as instructions for its use. The computer has been service-tested on reconnaissance missions over Japanese waters. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 GREEN, ALEX. E.S. 20th Air Force Operations Analysis Section Instructions for the use of the Flight Engineer's Computer AAF OAR27 1945 25p A manual describing the use of the Flight Engineer's Computer devised by the 20th Air Force for aiding B-29 combat flight engineers in solving their flight cruise control problems and for use by staff flight engineers for mission planning. While designed for tactical use in B-29 bombing raids, it can be adapted for peacetime use in the transportation of men and materials. The computer enables prediction of such factors as flight progress, airspeed, flight prediction, power schedule, optimum altitude, and long range prediction and permits calculation for three and two engine performance. A reproduction of the computer is also furnished. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 JACOBS, H.H. YOUNG, D.W. Army Air Forces Test of total head meter A.C. No. S39D-4194. Five foot wind tunnel test no. 249 AAF TR4543 1940 12p This report presents results of tests made to determine the yaw angle and air speed at which the total head meter will fail to record the correct total pressure. The total head meter is an instrument developed for measuring the correct total or impact pressure in flight. It consists of a small total head pilot tube, mounted inside a venturi shaped tube in such a way that even at high angles of pitch or yaw the flow is directed along the axis of the pilot tube. For air speeds from 50 to 225 miles per hour, the total head meter measures the correct total pressure within a half percent up to 36 degrees yaw and within two percent up to 38 degrees yaw. Date are presented in table, text, end chart form. Photographs of parts of head meter are given. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 KATZ, ISADORE MIT Radiation Laboratory Instruments and methods for measuring temperature and humidity in the lower atmosphere MIT Rad Lab487 1944 17p Standard meteorological instruments because of their slow response and compressed scales are generally unsuitable for obtaining the low-level detailed soundings required for propagation work. The Radiation Laboratory has found that wet - and dry - bulb temperatures measured with resistance thermometers (psychrographs) designed around certain commercially available resistance elements are satisfactory. Report includes instrument details and a discussion of radio propagation effects. Bibliography, photograph, charts, and diagrams. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 MILETI, J.A., Jr. Army Air Forces Air flow orifice to measure small flow rates AAF TR4716 1941 11p This report describe, method of calibrating a given orifice so that it may be used as a flow meter to measure air flow rates of the order of 0.02 to 0.14 C.F.M. end presents results of tests. Orifice chosen for measuring desired flow rates is an orifice of approximately 3/64" diameter in a pipe. Flow of air was produced by placing a vacuum pump on the downstream side of the orifice. Flow rate, controlled by one bleed and one throttle valve in the pipe line, was measured by means of a "Precision"-Sergeant Wet Test Gas Meter and a stop watch. Results of orifice calibration test are reproduced graphically. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 SORVAAG, C.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory A Littelfuse direct reading wattmeter MIT Rad Lab548 1944 7p A direct reading 20 milliwatt wattmeter employing 1/100 ampere Littel fuse as a bolometer element has been designed. The calibration of this wattmeter is based on a method of compensating for widely differing slope characteristics of the Littelfuse. The principal advantages of this instrument are simplicity, the direct-reading feature, and rapid response. Wiring diagrams and graphs a included in this report. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 STEIN, ROBERT A. Army Air Forces Multi-junction thermocouples for measuring temperature differences AAF TR4669 1941 12p This report presents correction charts that are applicable to potentiometer readings of differential temperatures for single, double and triple junction thermocouple circuits. Corrections are necessary because standard potentiometers are calibrated in accordance with US Research Paper 1080, and because the e.m.f. per degree temperature change for iron-constantan [sic]thermocouples varies with the temperature. These charts can be used in accurately determining temperature differential along with other temperature readings as is often the case when testing air pumps. Includes thermoelectric diagrams. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 First interim Project report. Mildew resistant treatment for optical instrumsnts US ENGINEER BOARD, CORPS OF ENGINEERS ProjectGN 526 1945 19p This report covers an investigation to develop a fungicidal treatment to prevent the deterioration of optical instruments caused by the growth of fungi on the lenses and prisms. It was found that radioactive materials (especially alpha radi ation) will prevent the growth of fungi on optical instruments. Experiments are described in detail and photographs presented of inhibition of mold growth by radium containing foils. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):226, 1946-02-15 YOUNG, E.H. Army Air Corps Development of spectrophotometric procedures AAF TR4995 1943 42p A report of AAF Materials Laboratory program of developing spectrophotometric procedures for use in routine analyses of certain elements. The photoelectric spectrophotometer provides a precise quantitative measurement of the absorption of light by a colored solution over a narrow wavelength and is considered superior to the older colorimetric methods of analysis. Report outlines procedures and data for this type of analysis. PROFESSIONAL, SCIENTIFIC, AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS. WATCHES AND CLOCKS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):227, 1946-02-15 BARBERS, R.T. Army Air Forces Synthetic rubber plant, Schkopau (near Merseberg) MR-D-975152 AAF TIRP-25 1945 31p This report presents information obtained on condition and production capacity of this synthetic rubber plant, and lists documents evacuated. Appendix I lists general subject of cases of documents removed from the underground mine where they had been stored. These cases contain records, reports, and data relating to chemical production and research, and records on administrative and engineering matters. Appendix 2 is the text of a production schedule proposal submitted by the German director, Dr. Carl Wulff, to Allied Military Government officials. It includes an inventory of raw and finished materials on hand as well as requirements and sources of supply. Appendix 3 lists the contents of each case of documents. RUBBER AND RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):227, 1946-02-15 HOPKINSON, RUSSELL and others IG Farbenindustrie synthetic rubber plant, Ludwigshafen 1945 54p Plant had a rated capacity of 30,000 tons per year of Bona S-3, but this was never attained. 1944 production - 12,000 tons. Butadiene was produced by Reppe synthesis from formaldehyde and acetylene. 17 tons of ooal required per ton of Buna S. Styrene produced by continuous alkylation of benzene and ethylene to ethylbenzene and dehydrogenation to styrene. Buna S-3 made by reacting butadiene and styrene in a continuous reactor system and finishing on a paper machine. Total German Buna S capacity was planned for 170,000 tons per year; production never exceeded 112,000 tons. Koresin. a tackifier made from acetylene and isobutyl phenol, is described. "Igamids A. B, BS and CA" are described. They are nylon and nylon-like materials. "Igamid BS", a polyamide from amino-caproic acid, was used for cord for aircraft tires. Considerable information relating to processes, production and costs are presented. Lists of documents removed, end documents microfilmed are presented. RUBBER AND RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):227, 1946-02-15 KONGSTED, L.P. Army Air Forces Technical inspection of Robert Bosch dispersal point, Wurtembergerische Carttun, Heidenheim S-71 AAF TIRP-20 1945 4p This report describes process of moulding hard rubber parts for Robert Bosch aircraft and automotive magnetos at a plant located in Heidenheim. Hard rubber parts are moulded entirely from synthetic hard rubber Buna S and Buna SS. Buna SS is better than Buna S for parts where mechanical dimensions and shapes must be maintained at elevated temperatures. Buns S is easier to mould and is used, therefore, where permissible. Teets to which hard rubber material is subjected are described: Ball indentation under pressure and heat (similar to Brinnell test) and Martens test. RUBBER AND RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):227, 1946-02-15 PETERSON, L.M. US Army Air Forces Engineering Division Material used in two German one-man life rafts AAF ENGM-54-671-137 1943 6p Analysis of materials used in two captured German one-man pneumatic life rafts. Rafts were made of mercerized cotton fabric with lamination of rubber (one with synthetic rubber; the other with natural rubber) and with an outside coating of an unidentified yellow plastic. The valves on the two rafts were essentially the same. RUBBER AND RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):227, 1946-02-15 SCHADE, H.A. Navel Technical Mission in Europe Synthetic rubber polymerization and drying NAV Tec Mis Eu LR128-45 1945 11p This report, in German, deals with Buna production at the "Chemische Werke Huls", an IG Farbenindustrie plant. The method of polymerization of 4 different types of Buns - S, SR, SS and S3 - is described in some detail. Mixing formulas and yields are given. Coagulation procedure and drying operations are described in detail. Flow sheets are presented for these operations. RUBBER AND RUBBER PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):227, 1946-02-15 US RUBBER RESERVE COMPANY Government tire test fleet. Final report of government tests "K", Nos. 28 and 207, ordinary cotton, "Wilds" variety cotton, and rayon cords in tire carcasses 1945 100p A summary of tests comparing the dse of standard cotton cord, "Wilds" variety cotton, and rayon cord in tire carcasses. (1) In 6.00-16 (4 ply) passenger car tires, standard cotton cord is entirely adequate. (2) In 7.00-20 (10 ply), S-4 tiros "Wilds" cotton tires showed a superiority for final mileage over standard, and rayon showed a superiority over both types of cotton in final mileage. (3) Cotton tires show a slightly better wear rating than rayon tires. Report contains a file of correspondence prior to the manufacture of the tires, and detailed tables and data on the various tests made. RUBBER AND RUBBER PRODUCTS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):227, 1946-02-15 EUSTIS, WARNER Fabric finishing operations for cotton and viscose at Bleicherei Uhingen 1945 5p This report describes conditions of factory, equipment, development work, and products of plant manufacturing bleached cotton goods, and since 1939, viscose fabrics. Use of viscose has resulted in processing changes; e.g. tensions in all processes where goods are wet have been modified so that fabrics for same uses could be produced without undue stress or rupture. Special features are: Mercerizing was conducted without filling tension; no tenter was used, and no refrigeration; no coatings involving solvents were used, successful results being obtained from aqueous dispersions. TEXTILES AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):227, 1946-02-15 LOTT, DEFOREST HEDGER, Wm. D. Survey of the coated fabrics industry in Germany 1945 51p This report describes machinery, techniques, and materials used in manufacture of four types of coated fabrics: Oil coated fabrics; nitrocellulose coated fabrics; plasticised polyvinyl chloride coated fabrics and films; miscellaneous coatings. The investigators believe that machinery revealed no novel development. Fabrics used since the war have been almost entirely based on spun viscose rayon. Paper impregnated with one of the Buns rubbers was used as a substitute in the leather goods industry. The coating of polyvinyl chloride by the Paste method was the outstanding successful development. Report is illustrated with figures. Appendix 1 is a list of the principal synthetic plasticizers produced and their special qualities. Appendix 2 is a German evaluation of various plasticizers for vinyl polymers. Appendix 3 is a description of the method for making fleece back coatings. Appendix 4 lists the physical and mechanical properties of Luvitherm. Appendix 5 lists plants and personnel visited. Report includes drawings of types of equipment used. TEXTILES AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):227, 1946-02-15 QUIG, J.B. Synthetic fibers in Germany and their applications during the war 1945 14p In order to supplement limited wool supply, research was directed toward production of synthetic wool fibers and synthetic fibers to be used for baling materials, ropes and twines. Also, determined efforts were made to find polymeric fibers. This report describes the results achieved. Three lines of approach were followed in developing a wool-type fiber. 1. Modification, physically and chemically, of viscose and acetate rayon fibers. This produced these fibers: Vistra KT made by IG Farben; Lanusa, IG Farben; Telusa, Thüringsche Zellwolle, AG; Floxalan, Vereinigte Glanzstoff; Drawinelle or Woolenza, Alexander Wacker; Cuprama, IG Farben and I. P. Bamberg. 2. Preparation of a synthetic protein fiber. Lanital, a casein fiber was made at Snia Viscose, Italy. Tiolan, a similar product made by Thuringsche Zellwolle, AG, Germany. 3. Application of water repellents to the fiber or fabric (hydrophobing). The Germans achieved fair success in duplicating characteristics of wool but only limited success in imparting water repellency, permanence of crimp and resiliency of handle. Wholly synthetic fibers produced were Polyamides (Perlon L); Polyurethanes (PerlonU); PeCe fibers. TEXTILES AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):228, 1946-02-15 SMITH, LEROY H. SCHILTHUIS, J.J. WICKER, DAN B. Viscose preparation for staple fibre at Zellwolle Lensing AG 1945 7p This plant makes viscose staple fiber out of beeohwood pulp made at the same location. The alkalicellulose process is continuous. Top capacity of this plant was stated to be 100 metric tons per day. The equipment and process are described in some detail. Several drawings and an operating data report in German mentioned in this report were forwarded to Executive Secretary, Textile Subcommittee, Textile Industrial Intelligence Committee, Office of Quartermaster General, Room 2241 Temporary Building "A", Washington, DC TEXTILES AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):228, 1946-02-15 TRUSLOW, J.L. Woolen cards at Thomas Scheuffelen AG, Ebersbach (File), Wurttemberg 1945 7p A study of a sot of woolen cards built by C.E. Schwalbe of Werdau in Saxony in 1937 which are of special design. Main feature of the machine is that the Intermediate Card has a special front which forms a lap, similar to that made on a Cotton Picker. The Finisher Card has a back which provides for °reeling two laps. Those features allow evener roving and yarn, and the Finisher Card can be operated while the Breaker and Intermediate Cards are being stripped on ground, and vice versa. Report contains description of machinery. TEXTILES AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):228, 1946-02-15 WARD, KYLE, Jr. Zellwolle-Lehrspinnerei, Denkendorf, Germany 1945 10p This plant was designed as a research institute for the 3 entire staple fiber industry. Facilities for spinning staple fiber on both the cotton and wool systems are present. There are 5,000 cotton and 2,000 wool spindles. A well equipped testing laboratory at 21° C and 65% r.h. is provided. A list of supporting firms is given. This institute possessed a collection of very good photomicrographs of all German staple fibers as well as of many natural and foreign fibers. "The range of fibers covered is so large as to make the collection very valuable." An appendix mentioned in the report listing the fibers and their properties was not received. Two sets of reports on reoent research, one on the wool. system, the other on the cotton system, are tabulated. "These reports have been translated and the translations are on file with the Quartermaster Corps." Information on staple fibers obtained in an interview with Mr. Bisinger, the technical director, is presepted. TEXTILES AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):228, 1946-02-15 WICKER, D.B. and others Continuous process for spinning viscose yarn at Zellwolle Lensing Aktiengesellschaft Lensing, Oberdonau, Austria 1945 6p Details of an experimental machine for the production of continuous filament viscose yarn are given. The principles involved are covered from the mechanical standpoint by the Edward G. Budd - Furness patents. Motwurf's (of this firm's staff) patents involve chemical development aspects. Patents are listed. Plans are made to install a plant with 5,000 spinning positions. Photographs mentioned in this report were forwarded to Executive Secretary, Textile Subcommittee, Technical Industrial Intelligence Committee, Room 2241, Temporary Bldg. A, Washington, D. C. TEXTILES AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):228, 1946-02-15 HOLGATE, B.A. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Italian suspension line AAF ENG56-T43-95 1943 2p Memorandum report on investigation of the physical characteristics of a sample of Italian suspension line used on parachutes. TEXTILES AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS
Italian
BSIR 1( 6):228, 1946-02-15 BATTLES, B.G. US Army Air Forces Engineering Division Japanese parachute AAF ENG54-670-44-11 1943 3p An investigation of the physical properties of a Japanese parachute and a piece of Japanese parachute harness webbing. Fabric of canopy and suspension lines were of thrown silk; harness webbipg of thrown silk and spun silk. Materials tested were in a badly damaged condition. TEXTILES AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS
Japanese
BSIR 1( 6):228, 1946-02-15 SCHWARZ, E.R., and others National Research Council Committee on Quartermaster Problems Wear resistance of apparel textile QMC33 1944-1945 123p A research project to establish reliable methods by which the abrasion quality of military and other fabrics can be tested. Subjection of clothing (worn by soldiers) to the conditions of a combat course under simulated battle conditions in a controlled series of repeated tests established standards under which wear resistance could be evaluated. Laboratory abrasion testing machines and techniques were than studied and a correlation between wear under combat conditions and laboratory tests was set up so that laboratory methods can reliably and quickly predict how combat clothing will resist abrasion under true service conditions. Report contains many graphs of data and photomacrographs of fabrics. TEXTILES AND TEXTILE PRODUCTS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):228, 1946-02-15 AHERN, R.I. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Sea level calibration and investigation on German Junkers Jumo 2050 diesel aircraft engine AAF ENG57-505-10 1944 62p Memorandum report describing engine and presenting results of sea level calibration tests. Photographs and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):228, 1946-02-15 BEAMAN, B. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Disassembly inspection of DB601E engines AAF ENG57-503-1001 1943 33p Memorandum report presenting factual data obtained from inspectiop of three German DB601E engines. Two of these engines were Daimler Benz engines received from Africa and the third was a Mercedes Benz received from Russia. Photographs of parts given. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):228, 1946-02-15 CORRIVEAU, A.L. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Loading tests - German Gotha No. 242 glider AAF ENG51-4569-2-9 1944 13p Memorandum report on initial loaded tests conducted at Clinton County Army Air Field, Wilmington, Ohio. Photographs included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 DENTON, W.W. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section German instruments from the Junkers JU-88 airplane AAF EXPM-54-655-532B 1942 2p A memorandum report on equipment taken from a Junkers JU-88 plane. Report deals briefly with a tachometer, which is similar to the AAF Type E-12, and was tested satisfactorily with a Type E-12 indicator in the absence of a German indicator. For tests on the manifold pressure gage, reference made to another memorandum report (PB 2966) and similarly for fuel level gages, another report is cited (PB 2964). TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 DUGGER, EDWARD Army Air Forces Engineering Division German ME 109 airplane AAF ENG51-44724-1 1944 7p Laboratory analysis of strength and chemical properties of following materials from a German ME 109 airplane structure: A stabilizer section, an aileron section, a push pull control tube, and one wing bolt. Presents factual data on tensile strength, hardness, and chemical analyses. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 EVANS, O.R. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Overhaul, inspection, and stand check on German B.M.W. 801D engine AAF EXP57-503-1113 1944 3p Brief report on reconditioning of this engine for satiefactory use in further flight tests of the Focke Wulf 190 at Bell Aircraft Corporation. Data on spark timing, propeller pitch control and fuel consumption are presented on curve chart. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 FRITZLEN, GLENN A. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Examination of selected parts from Jumo 213-Al engine AAF TSEAL4-M4507 1944 8p A memorandum report on the examination of the following parts a German Jumo 213-Al aircraft engine: Connecting rod asssembly; main crankshaft bearing; piston; piston rings; and exhaust valve. Appendix has photographs and a spectrographic analysis of the engine parts.TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 GORDON, R. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Sea level and altitude calibration tests on the Daimler Benz 601A Engine, Serial #21178 AAF EXPM-57-503-342 [n.d.] 35p Memmorandum report submitting results of sea level and altitude calibration tests on the Daimler Benz 601A engine, Al2-cylinder, liquid-cooled, inverted "V" type engine using fuel injection. Data are presented in text and chart form. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 HOYLE, R.J. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section German oil pump (screw type) AAF EXPM-57-525-52 1942 10p Memorandum report giving results of inspection and tests on German screw type oil pump taken from JU-88 airplane. Photographs and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 McGEHEE, Wm.B. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Study of German Gotha 242 glider AAF ENG51-4569-2-8 1944 64p Memorandum report giving complete description of this conventional high wing, semi-cantilever tactical glider distinguished by twin booms, rear fuselage loading, tapered wings, and a heavy under carriage. Appendix I lists details of loading for troop transport; Appendix II, details of loading for freight transport. Appendix III contains complete dimensional data illustrated by diagrams. Appendix IV contains photographs and drawings. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 MARTIN, T.J. Army Air Forces Engineering Division German wood propeller blades AAF ENG56-M4576 194[4] 13p Report of an inspection of three capture: German wood propeller blades. Composition, shear strength, and wood failure data, and finish of the blades are analyzed. Photographs included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 MILLER, J.W. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Examination of a captured German aircraft engine lifting sling AAF ENG57-518-255 1944 3p Memorandum report describing a German aircraft engine lifting sling used for lifting an engine and locating it in a particular position. Photograph included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 NEVIN, H.W. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Junkers Juno 211F coolant pumps and coolant system AAF ENG57-503-1019 1943 17p Memorandum report presenting results of examination of construction and method of operation of coolant pumps from a Junkers Jumo 211F. Photographs and diagram. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 NOYES, H. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Gunfiring test of self-sealing fuel tank from Junkers JU-88-A-1 airplane AAF EXPM-57-524-197 1941 22p A report on the results of gunfiring test on a German self-sealing fuel tank from a JU-88 plane. Tank withstood entrance shots fairly well, but exiting bullets tore up and cracked tank rather badly. Self-sealing material afforded partial protection against gunfire. 19 photographs. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 OWENS, BYRON R. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Intake and exhaust springs AAF TSEAL5-503-3057 1945 3p Memorandum report giving load-deformation date on two exhaust and intake springs removed from a Junkers Jumo 213A1. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 PACEY, J.J. Army Air Forces Whirl test of a Koppers "Aeromatic" propeller, hub, design no. 321S, blade design no. W-18 AAF TR5049 1943 14p The propeller was calibrated and successfully completed a one-hour overspeed run. It was found, however, that it was very difficult to change the blade angle by turning the blade in the flange because of the blade fitting tightly in the flange. The propeller was found suitable for the 0-805-2 and R-975-30 engines. Curves and photographs. Apparently this report was classified incorrectly as being on German equipment. The Koppers Aeromatic Propeller is American made equipment. This report is one of a series of reports on propeller tests. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 PETERSON, L.M. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section German hydraulic packing rings AAF EXPM-51-AD737, Addendum 24 1941 2p An analysis to determine some of the physical properties of packing rings taken from the German Junkers 88 airplane. The subject hydraulic packing shows high volume increase in hydraulic fluid, and becomes stiff and brittle at sub-zero temperatures. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):229, 1946-02-15 PETERSON, L.A. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Sealing rings from German engine AAF TSEPLTSEPL-5-503-3080 1945 3p Memorandum report on the physical and chemical properties of synthetic rubber cylinder sleeve sealing rings from a Junkers Jumo 213 aircraft engine. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 PUFFER, S.R. Army Air Forces Manufacture of Air Cooled Turbine Bucket for 003 TL Unit, B.M.W. Munich-Oberweisenfeld. 6.432,6.314, 6.610 AAF TRP-12 1945 2p A brief description of an air cooled hollow turbine bucket to be used on the TL 003 unit and developed at the B.M.W. plant at Spandau. A specially formed insert has been used to direct the cooling air against the surfaces of the bucket where it is needed. Apparently the bucket is for use with a jet engine. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 REGER, R.J. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Actual weight and balance of Messerschmitt ME-109D airplane no. AE-479 AAF EXPM-51/4304-1 1942 2p Memorandum report on results of weighing of airplane as loaded for flight tests. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 RICE, C.F. Army Air Forces Calibration of a German three-blade, 11 ft 8 in diameter, VDM propeller removed from a Junkers 88 airplane AAF TR4954 1943 6p A German VDM electric constant speed three-blade propeller was calibrated at blade angle settings ranging from 19 to 35 degrees, measured at the 42 inch radius in tests made by the AAF. Report includes resulting calibration data. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 SIMPSON. E.C. McLANE, R.W. Report on trip to Langendorf, Wm. Pry mm Co., Luftfahrtforschungsanstalt 1945 2p Report of production by this firm in Langendorf, Germany, of turbine buckets for the Junkers .004 engine. These had been produced since January 1945 at the rate of 20,000 per month. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 TETT, H.C. Luftfahrforschungsanstalt - Braunschweig 1945 28p The Institute comprises four main sections dealing with weapons, aerodynamics, structures and engines. This report deals only with the engine section. It contains a description of the buildings and laboratories, which were lavishly built and equipped, but understaffed. Professors E. Schmidt and O. Lutz were interrogated. The report contains 10 photographs. The engine section was largely engaged on rather fundamental studies of combustion and thermodynamics and the work would obviously repay detailed investigation by scientists interested. Lutz gave some information on rocket propulsion, end internal combustion turbines. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 WILLIS, ARTHUR C. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Fuel injector from Junkers JU-88 airplane AAF EXPM-57-533-52 1942 14p A memorandum report on the material and physical properties of parts of a fuel injector from a Junkers JU-88 airplane. Spectrographic examination of parts was made. In general, materials used are quite similar to those in American aircraft parts. Appendix contains 20 photographs. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 WYROSTEK, E.J. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Plastics and glass on the Junkers JU-88 airplane AAF EXPM-56-3880, Add. II1942 19p A memorandum report to identify and record the plastics and glass of parts and equipment from a German Junkers 88 airplane. No outstanding plastics or overabundance of plastic equipment was evident. Material is well standardized and the parts are interchangeable. Photographs. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 ZAHRT, K.W. Army Air Forces Engineering Division German brake 14.6 x 3.75 AAF ENG51-447-1-1 1943 9p Memorandum report on visual inspection, measurements and testing of brake and brake lining material. Brake is similar in construction and method of operation to the old type Bendix 14 x 2 single-serve brake, no. 51018-9, used by AAF. Appendix 3 gives results of test of lining sample by the Raybestos Division of Raybestos - Manhattan, Inc. Appendix 4 gives results of test of synthetic brake cup by Industrial Products Laboratory, Firestone Tire and Rubber Co. Photographs included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 RICE, J.M. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Investigation of "Fiat" and Zenith Torino Italian carburetors AAF ENG57-519-116 1943 15p An investigation of the characteristics of a Zenith Torino "Fiat" Italian carburetor and a "Mot" Italian carburetor. Tests of the two carburetors were incomplete. The Zenith Torino model lacked a manual means of setting the boost control. This feature is considered unsatisfactory. Report contains photographs and a graph. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Italian
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 EBIN, J.A. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Investigation and determination of metering characteristics of Japanese-made carburetor, model Nakajima - Duplex, type 100A AAF ENG57-519-128 1944 12p Memorandum report describing procedure in inspecting and testing this carburetor and presenting data on its characteristics. Photographs and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Japanese
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 GIESEMAN, E.R. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Japanese aircraft retractable landing gear warning signal AAF ENGM-54-656-640 1943 8p Report of laboratory tests conducted on retractable landing gear warning signal removed from Japanese aircraft. Signal is a vibrator type. It is more compact than Army-Navy standard signal assembly and the sound intensity is inadequate for the intended purpose unless it is installed within approximately one foot of the pilot's head. Three photographs show the details of the signal assembly. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Japanese
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 JOKL, R.J. ROSENFELD, S.A. Army Air Forces Engineering Division Lead wires from Japanese Zero plane AAF ENG56-R44-4 1944 2p Memorandum report on spectographic analyses of two samples of lead wires from Japanese Zero plane. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 KURRLE, CHRISTIAN Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Japanese fuel tanks AAF EXPM-57-524-387 1942 2p Comments on Jap fuel tanks believed taken from a Nakajima Torpedo Bomber, 97 Mark 3. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):230, 1946-02-15 RICE, JON McC. Army Air Forces Experimental Engineering Section Investigation of Japanese made carburetor AAF EXPM-57-519-69 1942 15p Contains description of operation characteristics and construction of Japanese made carburetor removed from a Nakajima NK 1 engine. Photographs and a diagrammatic sketch of the carburetor are included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
JAPANESE
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 BOYER, R.L. Army Air Forces Electric motor whirl test of a Riley propeller blade design No. AB10376-4, hub design No. 41D5926 AAF TR5166 1944 13p This cork and steel propeller failed early in the calibration test, a piece of cork on one of the blades flying off. Although the bond of the cork to the steel was poor, the lack of cohesion in the cork was also a contributing factor. The construction is not recommended for propeller fabrication. Photographs and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 BRUES, ALICE M. DAMON, ALBERT Army Air Forces Eye movement in sighting as related to design of turret sighting panels AAF TR4990 1943 9p An experimental study to determine the arc of movement of the head in following with the eyes a series of points at various angles above and below the horizontal, extending from directly above to directly below the subject. Data to be used for designing an adequate sight mounting in an airplane turret. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 CLARK, JAMES INMAN, THOMAS F. Army Air Forces Equipment for measuring the instantaneous pressure distribution over aircraft in flight AAF TR5186 1945 39p This equipment consists of a pressure capsule which converts differential pressure into an unbalance in an a-c bridge. The unbalance is amplified by a carrier amplifier and recorded by a recording osciilograph. The flight tests in an A-20C airplane showed that the equipment is capable of record ing the instantaneous pressure distribution over an aerodynamic body, an oscillating airfoil, or an airplane when flying through gusts. Photographs, diagrams and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 CORSAW, LYLE H. Army Air Forces Type test of a three-blade, 11 ft 6 in Curtiss controllable propeller with design No. 714Cc2-18 blades assembled in a centrifugally cast hub, design No. C532S, intended for use with an R-2600-10 engine AAF TR4991 1943 31p Report on tests made to determine if the centrifugally cast hub was of sufficient strength for use on the R-2600-10 engine, and to compare the relative strengths of this hub and a production model forged hub of the same design. Tests results were satisfactory. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 CORSAW, LYLE H. Army Air Forces Type test of a two-blade 9 ft 0 in diameter propeller consisting of two Freedman-Burnham Corporation resin-impregnated maple design No. 42K13717 blades assembled in a Hamilton Standard counterweight type constant speed design No. 2030-229 hub AAF TR5123 1944 13p Both blades pulled out of their ferrules after 24 minutes of a one hour ovqrspeed run at 3290 r.p.m., so they were considered unsatisfactory for use on an R-985-AN-1 engine. Photographs end calibration curves. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 DE'PORT, Theo. Army Air Forces Variation of parasite drag as a function of the lift coefficient AAF TR3080 1929 [sic] 19p A report on investigation of the variation of structural drag by means of glide tests on several airplanes, and of the effect of this variation on performance computations. It was found that parasite drag ooefficient is not constant but increases with an increase in the lift coefficient. Rate of increase appears to be nearly constant up to about two-thirds maximum K[sub y], where it begins to increase much more rapidly. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 DICKEY, D.A. Army Air Forces Approximate correction of aerodynamic unbalance of aircraft propellers by selection of blade angle settings AAF TR4815 1942 15p Description and explanation of method used in determining the proper angle to which to set a propeller blade in assembling in order to approximately correct the aerodynamic unbalance. Charts and shop work sheet given. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 FLATT, J. Army Air Forces Evaluation of methods for determining spanwise lift distribution AAF TR4952 1943 54p Report discusses the more widely used methods of obtaining span wise lift distribution for purposes of wing structural analysis and compares them for simplicity, accuracy, and scope of application. It is shown that a simplified approximate method of obtaining spanwise lift distribution compares favorably in scope of application and accuracy with the more commonly used method, ANC-1 (1), and other exact methods, and can be worked in approximately five percent of the time. This simplified approximate method is thoroughly explained. References p. 27-28. Charts p. 31-54. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 GERRITZEN, H.K. Army Air Forces Electric motor whirl test of USKON thermal de-icers vulcanized to blades, design no. 89301-3, of Curtiss C532D propeller, 11 ft 0 in in diameter AAF TR5202 1945 9p Two blades of the propeller were equipped with the de-icers and the third blade with a neoprene rubber fluid feed shoe. Failures occurred during the one-hour overspeed run within the de-icer itself, the bond between the thermal element and the blade proving satisfactory. Photographs are given. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 GRAF, EDWARD Army Air Forces Water spray test of the 8 ft 6 in diameter, two blade, Engineering and Research Corporation propeller, blade design No. 659-3.4A8.5, hub design no. 31-1776 AAF TR5204 1945 9p The water spray test was of four hours duration and was to determine the resistance to erosion of the leading edge and the plastic covering. The blades withstood the test very well. Photographs included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 HILD, D.F. Army Air Forces Whirl test of a 10 ft 3 in diameter Botol hydraulic controllable pitch propeller consisting of three Jablo wood blades of design no. RA690/J in a type no. RX5/10 hub AAF TR5201 1945 28p The propeller and metal spinner successfully completed the electric motor portion of the type test required by AAF Specification no. 29529-B. Recommendations are made as to possible improvements. Curves and photographs included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 HUMPHREYS, C.E. Army Air Forces Overspeed electric whirl test of the Munk two-blade, fixed pitch wood propeller, model P-13, AAF hub design No. 42D12274 AAF TR5277 1945 8p Report of a test to determine if the Munk birch wood propeller had the structural strength to withstand the forces encountered in the prescribed centrifugal whirl test. Results were satisfactory. Photographs and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):231, 1946-02-15 HUMPHREYS, CLARENCE E. Army Air Forces Whirl test of a Camfield compreg wood test club, blade design No. NC421, hub design No. 3-1001, for the R-2800-21 engine AAF TR5074 1944 27p The test club completed tests on the electric motor test stand, but the No. 20 blade failed after 20 hours of endurance on the R-2800-21 engine. The blade broke at the abrupt transition from the blade shank to the airfoil section just beyond the end of the blade ferrule. This design test club was not considered safe for use on any engine equivalent in power to the R-2800. Photographs, sketches, and graphs. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 HUMPHREYS, C.E. SCHNECK, P.H. Army Air Forces Whirl test of a Camfield six-blade compreg wood test club, adjustable pitch, 10' 0" diameter design No. NC-521, hub design No. 5-1001E AAF TR5170 1944 25p The test club successfully completed parts of the electric motor portion of the type test. After 9 hours on the electric motor test stand, inspection disclosed cracks in the abrupt transition at the blade root due to high stress concentration. This design test club was not considered safe for use on any engine equivalent in power to the R-3350 engines. Photographs, sketch and graphs. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 HUMPHREYS, CLARENCE E. Army Air Forces Whirl test of a Hartzell fixed Pitch pusher propeller, blade design No. 915, hub design No. 41[G]2325, for use on a ZNN-G type airship AAF TR5073 1944 11p The propeller successfully completed the 20-hour endurance test and is considered safe for an endurance test on the R-670-6 engine. Photographs and graphs. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 HUMPHREYS, C.E. Army Air Forces Whirl test of a 7 ft 1 in diameter, fixed pitch, Sensenich birch wood propeller, blade design No. X43K23447, hub design No. S43D24385 AAF TR5188 1945 13p The propeller successfully completed the electric motor portion of the type test in accordance with specification AN-P-24 and is considered safe for testing on the Lycoming 0-435-1 engine. Photographs and graphs. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 HUMPHREYS, C.E. Army Air Forces Whirl test of a three-blade aluminum alloy test club, 8 ft 6 in diameter, blade design No. 32L6575-46, hub design No. 31-2276 AAF TR5150 1944 7p Satisfactory calibration curves were obtained of the three-blade metal test club for use on the R-1820 geared engine. 2 graphs. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 LASSWELL, P.M. Army Air Forces Acceptance test of Hughes plywood propeller spinner, part E-335 AAF TR5088 1944 11p Report of tests to determine whether dustproof spinners of Hughes design E-335, assembled with Hamilton Standard 12D40 propellers and for installation on AT-6 airplanes, were satisfactory for AAF service testing. Spinner failed after completing less than one quarter of the required engine test time. It is believed that construction is too light for use on trainer airplanes. Photographs. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 MARCUS, MITCHELL J. BUSSEY, LYNN E. Army Air Forces Standard procedure for testing full-scale powered nacelles in the Wright Field 20-foot wind tunnel AAF TR5174 n.d. 105p The report is divided into 7 major divisions: 1. Scope and object of tests; 2. engine cooling considerations; 3. test equipment; 4. test conditions and tunnel configurations; 5. construction of model and installation; 6. methods of obtaining and reducing data and presentation of results; and 7. personnel requirements. Photographs, charts and diagrams. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 PACEY, J.J. Army Air Forces Calibration and overspeed test of a two-blade 6 ft diameter controllable propeller assembly, blade design no. 42K10107, adapted to fit in a Roby hub of design no. R-1 AAF TR5205 1945 7p The propeller successfully completed one hour overspeed at 177 hp. and 3035 r.p.m. and it was concluded that it was suitable for flight test on the L-4 airplane. Calibration curves included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 PACEY, J.J. Army Air Forces Whirl test of a Camfield test club consisting of four blades, design no. AC121, in a hub, design no. NC110B AAF TR5197 1945 15p After replacement of one blade, the club satisfactorily completed the tests on the electric motor test stand. It is concluded that the club, if properly assembled, is suitable for use with the R-1340 engine. Curves, diagram and photographs are given. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 PERKINS, COURTLAND D. Army Air Forces Non-dimensional chart method for computing the maneuver loads on the horizontal tail surfaces of airplanes AAF TR4925 Rev. I 1943 47p In this report the analysis for determining the maneuver loads on the horizontal tail surfaces of airplanes is made non-dimensional. Non-dimensional aerodynamic parameters are developed and charts given by which maneuver load unit solutions can be given rapidly in terms of these parameters. The problem of choosing a logical elevator deflection function is discussed as well as the significance of the rotational balance load and total maneuver load. References, tables and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 PIERPOINT, T.R. SCHNECK, P.H. Army Air Forces Electric motor whirl test of three-blade 8 ft 5 in Sikorsky XR-5 helicopter auxiliary rotor with rubberized leading edges AAF TR5164 1944 33p This rotor was submitted for test after the failure of an earlier design. It was concluded that the rotor was suitable for engine and service tests; however, under adverse weather conditions, it would not be satisfactory because of the tip failures under the water spray. includes Engineering Division Report ENG-52-582-9-2, April 17, 1944, entitled: "Auxiliary rotor blade counterweight, Sikorsky XR-5 helicopter." Photographs, diagram and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 RICE, CHARLES F. Army Air Forces Type test of a 5 ft, 9 in diameter Koppers "Aeromatic" propeller, model 220S-W27 AAF TR5198 1945 15p Results of tests for the Franklin 0-435-5 engine, in accordance with AAF Specification no. 29529, entitled "Type Test of Aircraft Propellers". The bearing races showed considerable scoring during the engine test, and oil seal leakage occurred. The propeller was considered satisfactory for flight test on the PQ-12 airplane. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 SCHMIDT, J.F. Army Air Forces Calibration on the electric motor test stand of the Wickwire Spencer automatic torque propeller, model EB2-30, 9 ft diameter AAF TR5196 1945 24p The propeller did not satisfactorily complete the applicable portions of the type test as specitied in AAF Specification no. 29529-B, as a blade failure occurred during the second calibration. Test data are given for the first calibration and that portion of the second calibration run before failure. Recommendations are made. Curves and photographs included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):232, 1946-02-15 SECHLER, L.L. NEWELL, J.S. Army Air Forces Progress report on methods of analysis applicable to monocoque aircraft structures AAF TR4313, Revision l 1942 305p A survey of the design procedure, both theoretical and empirical, which are applicable to the analysis of monocoque aircraft structures and an attempt to correlate ail existing test data in order to prove, disprove, or modify these procedures. Considers such problems as critical loads and stresses, strength of columns, compressive strength, etc. Results of experimentation for justifying certain design methods or for the purpose of checking theoretical studies are given. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 SHAW, A.E. Army Air Forces Type test of a 16 ft 8 in Curtiss C644S-A propeller with 1016-1C4-18 CHG. BA blades and a Benson A598 spinner AAF TR5206 1945 23p A test to determine if subject propeller is suitable for use on an R-3350 engine. Propeller satisfactorily completed all testing and is considered safe for flight test, but the A598 spinner failed and must be reworked, after which further tests will be conducted. Photographs and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 SHULTZ, R.A. Army Air Forces Whirl test of a 9 ft 0 in diameter, two-blade, Camfield propeller, model No. NC-2 AAF TR5094 1944 18p Tests of the suitability of an experimental propeller for use on the R-760-8 engine and of the blade retention used on this propeller. Propeller was considered a failure, the blades having cross laminae cracks during the overspeed, but the retention of the blades within the hub is satisfactory for engine testing. Photographs and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 TOLVE, B.A. Army Air Forces Charts for fuselage bending vs. control surface flutter AAF TR5107 1944 39p Report presents a simplified method of analysis for the flutter mode of fuselage bending vs. control surface rotation. Method involves the use of charts based on solutions of the two-dimensional flutter equations for a wide range of parameters representative of conventional types of Army Air Forces airplanes. Theory used in preparing the charts is discussed and the limitations are pointed out. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 WASSERMAN, LEE S. MYKYTOW, WALTER J. SPIELBERG, IRVIN Army Air Forces Tab flutter theory and application AAF TR5153 1944 260p This report describes theoretical methods for carrying out flutter analyses of control surface tabs. The methods are similar to those described in PB 1417 but are extended to include the effects due to the tab as a separate degree of freedom. The cases studied include spring controlled, geared and trim tabs. Among the appendices ere tables giving values of tab aerodynamic coefficients dependent on "f" only and on both "e" and "f". Included are diagrams and graphs. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 WHITCOMB, DAVID W. Army Air Forces Stability and control characteristics of the MK-334 glider AAF TR5191 1945 43p Characteristics of the glider were ascertained with respect to longitudinal, lateral, and directional stability and control. The glider is flyable and controllable about all three axes. The characteristics of the elevator control change markedly with small shifts in the center of gravity position. This limits the usable center of gravity range to approximately 3% m.a.c.. Photographs and charts. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 WOOD, JOHN B. Army Air Forces Structural tests conducted on Ryan PT-21 airplane AAF TR4807 1942 77p Methods and results of tests made on the Ryan PT-21 to determine its structural strength when subjected to the static and dynamic loads specified by the Civil Aeronautics Administration, are described. The Ryan PT 21 is a two-place open-cockpit low-wing monoplane of the primary training type, having a gross weight of 1825 pounds. It is equipped with a Kinner B-5 engine. developing 125 hp. et 1925 r.p.m. at sea level. A complete description of the plane together with 29 photographs are included in the report. Tables and diagrams give load schedules and other data. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 WORTH, WELDON Army Air Forces Lubrication and cooling problems of aircraft engines AAF TR4294 1937 41p This report discusses the problem of lubrication in starting engines, in the warm-up period, and in stabilized flight. The elements of the latest Material Division lubrication system and their operation are described: Oil dilution, hopper type oil tank, viscosity control valve and jacketed oil coolers. The arrangement of the cooling system in liquid cooled engines is also described. The report also contains an analysis of the problem of radiator drag and the importance of correct design and installation of the radiator, and presents a practical design method and sample design calculation for a 1000 horsepower engine. Photographs of plane and drawings of lubrication and cooling systems are given. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 WYLIE, C.R. Army Air Forces Excitation of whirling modes in engine propeller combinations AAF TR5152 1944 59p This report presents a mathematical discussion of three basic forme of radial engine-propeller excitations and the ensuing modes of vibration. These ere: 1. Aerodynamically excited vibrations; 2. propeller whirls excited by gas force harmonics; 3. inertia whirls in articulated engines. Appendix 1 gives the formulas used in the reports; appendix 2 gives a graphic representation of propeller whirls. Diagrams. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 YOUNG, O.W. HOCKMAN, M.T. Army Air Forces Test of 1/20-scale model of Bowlus XXG-7 troop carrying glider. Five-foot wind tunnel test No. 325 AAF TR4792 1942 42p This report presents results obtained from test to determine the general, aerodynamic characteristics of this eight-place, troop-carrying glider designed for airplane towing. It is an internally-braced, high wing mononlane of 4000 pounds gross weight. Dimensions and design characteristics of the model are described. Data are presented in text and chart form. Photogranhs of model included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 YOUNG, O.W. HOCKMAN, M.T. Army Air Forces Test of a 1/20 scale model of Stearman XAT-15 trainer type airplane. Five-foot wind tunnel test No. 316 AAF TR4795 1942 29p This report presents results obtained from test made to determine the aerodynamic characteristics of the Steerman XAT-15 airplane. a two-engine, high midwing, trainer type airplane of 12,061 pounds gross weight and powered with two Pratt and Whitney R1340-AN-1 engines. The high speed of this airplane is 192 miles per hour at sea level with a total of 1100 horsepower and a gross weight of 12,061 pounds. It was recommended that directional and lateral stability be improved. Dimensions and design characteristics of model are given. Data are presented in text and charts. Photographs of models included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):233, 1946-02-15 YOUNG, O.W. Army Air Forces Test of 1/25 scale model of Waco Glider XCG-3. Five-Foot Wind Tunnel Test No. 299 AAF TR4762 1942 36p This report presents results of tests made to determine the general aerodynamic characteristics of the Waco XCG-3 troop carrying glider, a strut braced, high wing monoplane of 3700 pounds gross weight. Dimensions of full-scale glider and of model are given. Date are presented in text and graphic form. Photographs of model included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):234, 1946-02-15 YOUNG, O.W. LUNEKE, C.A. Army Air Forces Test of 1/30-scale model of material center design No. 367 bombardment type airplane. Five-foot wind tunnel test no. 326 AAF TR4789 1942 37p This report presents results of test made to determine the general aerodynamic characteristics of this plane and the effect of 2 different fuselage noses and of gun turrets upon the high speed. Material Center Design No. 367 is a four-engine, high-wing, medium bombardment type airplane of 42.509 pounds gross weight, powered with 4 Pratt and Whitney R-1830-41 engines of 4800 horsepower at 2700 r.p.m. Test indicated speed of 349 miles per hour for the symmetrical nose and with the turrets removed high speed increased 5 miles per hour. Data are presented in text and graphic form. Photographs of model and of parts of plane are included. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):234, 1946-02-15 REYNOLDS, CHAS. H. JOBERT, ARTHUR H. Report on motor vehicles at the Ford plant In Cologne 1945 2p Ford plant at Cologne was only about 25% destroyed and is now turning out approximately 18 trucks per day and 50 motors, both V-8 and 4 cylinder. Production methods offer nothing new compared with Ford methods in the US Of interest is the process of soldering tungsten carbide blades to the bodies of milling cutters. This method can be used only where two-thirds of the blades were sunk into slots of approximately the same dimensions as the blades. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):234, 1946-02-15 TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT
United States
BSIR 1( 6):234, 1946-02-15 Marine transportation SMIT, L. and SON, KINDERDIJK, HOLLAND 250 Ton Floating Crane. 6 items. Exhibit "VV" 1945 13p This report includes 5 working drawings of floating crane and its parts including drawings of anchor winch, transmission, aft winch, general assembly of machinery and drawing giving main measurements. Also included in this report is a letter dated July 26, 1945, to Lt. I. Fisdell (O.C.O.T.) from J. P. Bruynzell describing crane. The "O.C.O.T." is the Office of the Chief of Transportation. MARINE TRASPORTATION
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):234, 1946-02-15 350 TON FLOATING CRANE equipped with VOITH SCHNEIDER propellers. 16 items. Exhibit "UU" 1945 189p This report consists of the following items descriptive of this floating crane. 1. Drawing giving general plan of floating crane, main dimensions and data. 2. Diagrams of arrangement of wiring for switch gear for propeller motor, of propeller motor switch gear and elementary wiring diagram for floating crane I-IV/38. Siemens - Schuckertwerke AG 3. Chart giving speed data on Project 898/907 floating crane. J.M. Voith. 4. Discussion of V.S. Drive for harbor floating cranes and other special boats. J.M. Voith. 5. Lecture by Director Dr. Mohn at Kiel, May 22, 1937 on Voith Schneider propellers (Includes photographs). 6. Diagram of beam area comparison for VSP Strassburg. J.M. Voith. 7. Switching diagram for control of Voith Schneider Ship Propulsion. Siemens-Schuckert-Werke AG 8. Article by G. Franz on the control of floating cranes and similar special vessels with V.S. propulsion. 9. Article on V.S. propulsion for harbor floating cranes and other special vessels. J.M. Voith. 10. Article on steam operation of propellers. 11. Article on adaptation of VSP to floating cranes. 12. Article by Hasso Tiegler and Günther Lehmann on the largest floating crane installation in the world. 13. Article on Voith Schneider propeller. 14. Article by G. Franz on the development of Voith Schneider propellers for inland water transportation. 15. Pamphlet of specifications issued by Demag Aktiengesellschaft, Duisberg, on 350 ton floating crane I-IV/38 K and E mechanical equipment. 16. Photographs pertaining to Voith Schneider propellers. All articles and miscellaneous papers are in German as well as titles of diagrams and drawings. MARINE TRASPORTATION
Germany
BSIR 1( 6):234, 1946-02-15 US NAVY DEPARTMENT and GT. BRIT. ADMIRALTY Signal letter index and numbers and speeds of merchant ships over 500 tons gross, all flags, excluding enemy owned or controlled. (BR 1316) 1944 969p Part I - Code, lists ships of whatever nationality by serial number, which listing automatically places them alphabetically by name. included are the signal letters, flag, speeds, tonnage, date built, and type. This takes up numbers 60000 through 72707. Part II - Supplementary Code, provides for the insertion of additional entries, blocks of serial numbers between 80000 and 83420 being allocated to each letter of the alphabet. Part III -Decode British Signal Letters, arranges British Signal Letters in alphabetical order and inserts against each the National Signal Letters (if any are held) and the name of the ship holding them. Part IV - Decode National Signal Letters, arranges National Signal Letters similarly and inserts against each the British Signal Letter (if any are held). MARINE TRASPORTATION
United States
BSIR 1( 6):234, 1946-02-15 US NAVY DEPARTMENT. BUREAU OF SHIPS Hints for opertion and maintenance of the Engineering Plant CP 68-75 M Division 31 p 1945 Based on a series of talks on machinery operations and maintenance aboard the USS Pittsburgh this manual was issued for guidance in training of personnel of engineering crews of heavy cruisers of the same (CA 68) class. It contains numerous diagrams. The main steam, auxiliary exhaust, salt-water cooling, fresh water fire-pump and fire-main, high - and low-pressure drainage, air and auxiliary steam systems are topics covered as well as the booster pumps, main-feed-system cycle, high - and low-pressure turbines reduction gears, bearings and shafting and stern tube, lubricating-oil purifiers, emergency distiller, and steam bilge pump. MARINE TRASPORTATION
United States
BSIR 1( 6):234, 1946-02-15 BURGOYNE, R.H. Nomograms for computation of modified index of refraction MIT Rad Lab551 1945 14p Two nomograms are presented with a brief statement as to their derivation and use in computing the modified index of refraction. Several examples of the absolute error are included. A discussion is given of the formula for index of refraction, with references to the theory and measurements establishing the validity of the formula. A list of references is given. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):234, 1946-02-15 FISHBACK, W.T. RUBENSTEIN, P.J. MIT Radiation Laboratory Further measurements of 3- and 10 cm reflection coefficients of sea water at small grazing angles MIT Rad Lab568 1944 23p Results of further measurements of 3- and 10 cm reflection coefficients of sea water for small grazing angles are reported. The values for vertical polarization are in good agreement with theory for a smooth sea, while the values for horizontal polarization are lover than those predicted by theory, falling as low as 0.6. The values obtained for horizontal polarization are higher, however, than those published in R[adiation] L[aboratory] Report 478 (PB 2738). Bibliography and charts. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 HULMAN, J. Army Air Forces Water vapor corrections for density and specific heat of air and computed air flow and pressure drop AAF TR5066 1943 15p Formulae and charts are presented in this report for the determination of air density and specific heat for the range of pressure, temperature and water vapor content normally encountered. Data prepared for use in Army Air forces oil cooler heat rejection tests. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 MONTGOMERY, R.B. BURGOYNE, R.H. MIT Radiation Laboratory Modified index distribution close to the ocean surface MIT Rad Lab651 1945 42p This report discusses the vertical distribution of the modified index of refraction in the layer a few hundred feet thick which is directly influenced by contact with the ocean surface. Topics considered are: Similarity of distributions of temperature, humidity and modified index; M-deficit; neutral, unstable and stable equilibrium; applications of logarithmic distribution; complicating factors; charts of temperature excess and M-deficit; and application to forecasting M-curves. Diagrams and maps. Supplements PB 2491. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 PIERCE, J.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory The future of hyperbolic navigation MIT Rad Lab625 1945 23p Three hyperbolic navigation systems, Gee, Loran (including SS Loran and LF Loran), and Decca, are studied in an effort to deduce the desirable characteristics of a permanent system and to delineate the limitations of those now in operation. The applications of the hyperbolic principle to "automatic" navigation and to surveying are outlined, with some suggestions about the probable trend of future technical development. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 RUBENSTEIN, PEARL J. FISHBACK, WILLIAM T. MIT Radiation Laboratory Graphs for computing the diffraction field with standard and superstandard refraction MIT Rad Lab799 1945 23p A set of graphs for computing field strengths is presented, applicable to regions sufficiently far below the horizon that the first mode only is important. The solution, based on a bilinear index model, is given for the standard case and seven superstandard cases. Despite the simplicity of the present method the values obtained for standard refraction agree closely with those found by the established procedures. From these graphs duct heights required for appreciable departures from standard fields are indicated, and optimum heights for operation with low ducts can be found. The results are expected to be only qualitatively correct because the index model is not an accurate representation of observations. List of references given. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 SPENCER, R.C. MIT Radiation Laboratory Optical Theory of the Corner Reflector MIT Rad Lab433 1944 74p A corner made from three glass mirrors enables one to observe the regions of the incident plane wave which undergo single, double, or triple reflection. All three are analyzed. Other than optical theory, this rerort discusses: Equations for triply reflected beam areas; projection of area functions on symmetric plane; effect of errors in corner angles; end corner reflectors of limited coverage. Diagrams, curves, photographs and bibliography. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 US NAVY DEPARTMENT. BUREAU OF YARDS AND DOCKS Advance base drawings (Navdocks P-140, Revised June 1945, Change No.1) 1945 151p A revised collection of the more commonly used advance base drawings issued primarily for convenience in planning and for headquarters office use by field activities. Contains scaled drawings of all types of installations needed in an advance base, such as pontoon drydocks, wharves, cranes, shops, galleys, camps, hospitals, moorings, etc. Collection contains 143 drawings. (A number of the drawings listed in the table of contents were not received with the volume furnished [to] the Office of the Publication Board). MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 US NAVY DEPARTMENT. HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE Naval air pilot: East central Africa (including Zanzibar and Seychelles Islands). Weather summary. (Suppl. "B" to H.O. 263) 1943 162p This summary is prepared by the Weather Bureau and deals with the winds and weather between the latitudinal boundaries of 12° N. and 10° S. and the approximate meridians of 25° and 60° E. Charts and tables. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 US NAVY DEPARTMENT. HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE Naval air pilot: Greenland-Iceland. Weather summary. (Suppl. "B" to H.O. 252) 1943 91p This summary is prepared by the Weather Bureau and is confined to the winds and weather of the region from Davis Strait to Greenland Sea and adjacent northern part of North Atlantic Ocean. Charts and tables. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 US NAVY DEPARTMENT. HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE Naval air pilot: Newfoundland, Labrador. Weather summary. (H.O. 251) 1943 75p This summary is prepared by the Weather Bureau and deals particularly with the winds and weather of the Newfoundland-Labrador region and the adjacent waters of the North Atlantic, but for fuller illustration of the types of oceanic weather condition, the several charts presented cover the region as far east as the 35th meridian. Tables. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 US NAVY DEPARTMENT. HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE Naval air pilot: Northeast Africa (including adjacent Mediterranean Sea and Red Sea areas). Weather summary. (Suppl. "B" to H.O. 262) 1943 123p This summary is prepared by the Weather Bureau and includes Cirenaican Libya, Egypt, the Sinai Peninsula, northern Anglo-Egyptian Sudan and Ethiopia, Eritrea, and French Somaliland. The marine region is bounded by the Gulf of Sidra on the west and Gulf of Aden on the southeast. Meteorological charts and tables for the 5° sea areas, and tables for available continental localities are included. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 US NAVY DEPARTMENT. HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE Naval air pilot: Northwest Africa (including the Azores, Madeira, and Canary Islands). Weather summary. (Suppl. 'B" to H.O. 260) 1943 213p This summary is prepared by the Weather Bureau and embraces the winds and weather of the northwestern part of Africa to the northward of the 17th parallel of north latitude and to the westward of the 18th meridian of east longitude. Charts and tables. MISCELLANEOUS
United States
BSIR 1( 6):235, 1946-02-15 CHRISTENSEN, WILLIAM R. GALLIGAN, AGNES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Cases for bag, sleeping, mountain. Standard and experimental items. Moisture disposition and thermal insulation CRL R114 1945 36p Description of experiments to determine the water-resistant property of several case materials and the acceptability of several fabrics for inner and outer layers of mountain sleeping bags. As a result of those experiments it was tentatively recommended that the Oxford cloth case be considered the most desirable of the several water repellent cases studied, that Oxford cloth be considered the most desirable outer covering material for the bag, and that nylon be given extensive trial as a lining material. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):237, 1946-02-15 CHRISTENSEN, WILLIAM R., and others Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Experimental jackets and trousers, cotton, od water-repellency CRL R103 1944 44p An inquiry into the water-repellent properties of twelve types of experimental Army jackets similar to Jacket, field, M-1943, and seven types of experimental trousers similar to trousers, field, cotton, od. Data was collected on a series of physiological experiments. Study determined moisture pick-up by the experimental items as well as moisture penetration into the underlying garments. Best performance was made by Zelan treated Shirley Cloth for both trousers and jacket. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):237, 1946-02-15 CHRISTENSEN, WILLIAM R. SILVER, ROLLO G. GALLIGAN, AGNES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Uniform, jungle, physiological appraisal of ten types of fabrics CRL R 80 1945 82p A presentation of data on experimental tests of ten jungle uniforms, similar in design but with different fabrics, weight, or chemical treatment. Relative merits wore determined with respect to: (1) Sweat loss; (2) change in rectal temperature; (3) increase in pulse rate; (4) skin temperature; (5) general comfort; and (6) subjective reaction concerning military utility of the uniform. Incidentally, the presently used herringbone twill and standard 8.2 oz. khaki uniforms were considered unsatisfactory under the conditions of the test. Photographs, charts, and tables. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):237, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL Jr. GALLIGAN, AGNES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Shoe, service, types II and III, waterproofness of; field and laboratory studies on new and worn shoes CRL R159 1944 38p Comparison of two types of Army Service shoes (grain out and flesh out) to determine which type is more waterproof. It was found that there were no real differences in the rate or amount of leakage of the two types under the conditions of these teats, regardless of whether the shoes were new, worn, dubbed or undubbed. Most of the leakage of both types of shoes was through seams or nail holes rather than directly through the leather. The presence of dubbing had no appreciable influence upon the amount of leakage. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):237, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL Jr., and others Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Hood for jacket, field, M-1943, thermal insulation, protection from wind and rain, utility CRL R 96 1944 24p Report of experiments made to determine whether the proposed hood for field jacket M-1943 is a valuable addition to the jacket. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):237, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL, Jr., and others Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Overcoat, wool roll collar versus jacket, field, M-1943, thermal insulation, moisture uptake and utility CRL R107 1944 18p Comparative tests of the Army wool overcoat and the M-1943 field jacket when each is worn as an outer garment over a basic assembly of cold climate items. Protection against wet and dry cold, tolerance and comfort while sleeping in a wool sleeping bag, accumulation of moisture, and utility in the field were tested. The field jacket is superior in keeping out rain and wind, and in utility in the field when dry or wet. In the other phases there was no significant difference. Four pages of photographs. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):237, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL, Jr., and others Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Simplification of clothing; thermal insulation, weight, moisture uptake and utility of seven uniform assemblies CRL R 99 1944 28p This report is concerned with the comparative thermal insulation, moisture uptake and general utility of seven Army uniform assemblies for cold-weather wear. Conclusions: (1) Overcoat, Parka type, with pile liner, is a warm, useful item; (2) the Parka, Pile and Parka, cotton, o.d., are efficient and warmer for their weight than the other gear tested, but are not suitable for general use because of their construction; (3) the jacket, field, M-1943, when worn with sweater and wool field jacket is sufficiently warm for all but long exposures to extreme cold, and is ideal for combat soldiers; and (4) the overcoat, wool, melton, o.d., roll collar, is an inefficient and impractical garment for general use. Photographs and tables. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):237, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL Jr., and others Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Uniforms for Climatic zones 2 and 3. Proposed for Revised TA 21 CRL R 83 1944 27p Four uniform assemblies were made up of various types of jackets, trousers, caps, hoods, mittens and footwear for use by combat and by service troops in the climatic zone 2, with minumum temperature of 0°F., and in zone 3 with an average temperature of plus 32°F. tests were made which showed that each of the assemblies were basically sound and adequate. The detailed description of the experiments is accompanied by tables and photographs. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):237, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL, Jr. MORRIS, RICHARD 0. GALLIGAN, AGNES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Mitten shell, trigger-finger M-1943; modified, standard and experimental items, thermal insulation, moisture uptake and utility CRL R111 1944 27p Four experimental types of mitten shells for cold weather military use were tested. Each was equipped with an improved endless strap closure. Thermal insulation, moisture penetration and manual dexterity were tested with no significant differences being found between the four types. Contains tables and photographs. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):237, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL, Jr. MORRIS, RICHARD O. GALLIGAN, AGNES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Parka and trousers, wet weather; comfort, utility, moisture accumulation and warmth during exercise; comparison of vinyl resin coated and Buna S coated CRL R131 and 157 1945 28p An evaluation of the relative utility, comfort and moisture accumulation of vapor permeable and impermeable clothing worn by soldiers undergoing rigorous physical exercise under conditions of dry and wet cold. In most of the experiments, vinyl resin coated fabrics (standard) were used as test items. One series of experiments was conducted with Buna S coated samples, which were superior. Over long periods of wear under strenuous conditions the impermeable wet weather clothing leads to discomfort due to sweat accumulation. Wet weather gear is more acceptable for wear by relatively inactive troops. Tables and chart. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):237, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL, Jr. MORRIS, RICHARD O. GALLIGAN, AGNES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Shoe fit with socks, thermal insulation and utility CRL R137 1944 25p Report of experiments made to determine the warmth and comfort of the combat service boot when worn with various weights and types of socks. It was tentatively recommended that the service combat boot be considered indequate protection for soldiers exposed to wet, freezing weather with any of the sockgear combinations tested, and that shoepacs be considered the best boot available for wear under condtions of wet, freezing cold. Recommendations were also made regarding the use of a fabric top boot and the cloth arctic overshoe. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL, Jr. MORRIS, RICHARD O. GALLIGAN, AGNES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Socks, felt; substitute for socks, wool, ski in shoepacs, thermal insulation, comfort, moisture uptake and drying rate CRL R119 1944 20p An experimental comparison of felt socks with wool ski socks for cold weather military use as to (a) thermal insulation; (b) comfort after several days wear; (c) water absorption; and (d) drying time. Laboratory tests and extensive field tests established the superiority of the felt socks on all counts. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL Jr. MORRIS, RICHARD O. GALLIGAN, ACNES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Socks, wool, cushion sole, standard and experimental; comfort, utility, thermal insulation, compressibility and moisture uptake during seven days' wear CRL R141 1944 26p Experimental studies to compare the thermal insulation of standard shrink resistant cushion sole socks with and without water repellent treatment when new; and to compare the thermal insulation of each of the four types of cushion socks after 4 weeks of continuous wear under wet cold conditions simulating those encountered by combat and service troops. Socks were 100% wool,part wool and 100% cotton.performance for all socks containing wool Was essentially similar, but the cotton socks were decidedly inferior inperformance. Contains tables and graphs. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 CLINTON, MARSHALL, Jr. MORRIS, RICHARD O. GALLIGAN, AGNES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Uniform, combat, winter standard and experimental;protection against cold, wind and simulated rain CRL R121 1944 27p Tests of the relative thermalprotection of three types of Army winter combat uniform assemblies, both wet and dry, with and without wind, and of their relativeprotection against rain. The three uniforms tested were the standard combat uniform (sateen covered), a similar uniform with herringbone twill substituted for sateen in the field jacket, trousers and hood, and the Armored Force oombat suit. The third suit gave inferiorprotection in all tests. The HBT covered uniformproved en acceptable substitute for the sateen covered assembly although it is less water-repellent in a heavy rain. Tables and illustrations. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 MORRIS, RICHARD O. GALLIGAN, AGNES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Bag, sleeping, wool. Lengthening of slide fastener. Utility of standard versus elongated slide fastener CRL R177 1945 26P Report of experiments made to ascertain if lengthening the slide fasteners on soldiers' sleeping bags would shorten the time in getting in and out of them, make them more comfortable, and easier to clean. It was recommended that the benefit to be derived from increasing the length would be insufficient to warrant the change, and that consideration be given to increasing the breadth of the bag. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 MORRIS, RICHARD O. GALLIGAN, AGUES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Jacket, field,pile, modified; comfort, fit, utility and thermal insulation as determined by laboratory and field studies CRL R161 1945 30p Laboratory and field studies to compare various Army pile field jackets for comfort, fit, convenience and utility, alone and in appropriate combinations. Modified design of these jackets was made in an attempt to correct tendencies to bind and to creep. Contains tables and photographs. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 MORRIS, RICHARD O. GALLIGAN, AGUES M. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Socks, felt, 56 oz.; comfort, fit, thermal insulation and moisture disposition CRL R168 1945 37p Experimental tests on the substitution of a 56 oz. felt sock for wool ski socks cold-weather wear with the Army Shoepac. Thermal insulation before and after laundering, fit and comfort, moisturepickup, and compressibility were tested. Felt sock design was found defective in that it bunohed at heel and toe, but with modification andproper sizing it is a suitable substitute for wool ski socks. Tables andphotographs. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 TALBOTT, JOHN H., and others Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Mitten combinations, thermal insulation and general utility at rest and in exercise CRL R 64-A 1944 57p Four grades or types of Army cold weather and Arctic, insert and shell, mitten combinations were tested in the cold roam, at an exposure range from minus 40°F toplus 20°F. Two types of experiments were made with the subjects at complete rest and while actively engaged. Results suggest that the best available handgear leaves much to be desired in a search for adequate thermal protection for the hands. Tables and charts. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 TALBOTT, JOHN H. CLINTON, MARSHALL, Jr. SHELOKOV, ALEXIS I. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Bags, sleeping, mountain, experimental no. 250 - 255, thermal insulation and utility CRL R 61 A-B 1944 48p This report gives results of tests of five grades of mountain sleeping bags, experimentally filled with kapoc, milkweed floss and wool batts. Tests were to determine their relativeprotective value, to determine the effect of one laundering on their thermal insulation, and to compare the properties of the bags with the standard 40-60 mixture of down and feathers. All of the experimental fillsproved inferior and inadequate an almost every count and should be discarded. Tables and charts. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 TALBOTT, JOHN H. CLINTON, MARSHALL, Jr. SHELOKOV, ALEXIS I. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Bags, sleeping, mountain, nos. 210-220, thermal insulation and effect of laundering CRL R 50 A-B 1943 45p Gives description and results of tests made to study the relativeprotective value of seven grades of experimental mountain sleeping bags, differing in the amount, composition, and relativepercentage of filling components, to be used inplace of, or topartially replace the 40/60 mixture fill of the standard mountain bag, and to determine the loss of insulation after one laundering. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 TALBOTT, JOHN H. CLINTON, MARSHALL, Jr. SHELOKOV, ALEXIS I. Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Glove liners, thermal insulation CRL R 42 1943 32p Results of tests on the thermal efficiency of the glove liner, a light weight ootton glove made for use with cold weather military clothes. Designed for intermittent use in sub-zero weather when manual dexterity is required, it was found superior to the bare hand or bare hand with wristlet. When compared with the wool glove it was inferior in insulatingproperty but superior in functional use. Tests were made at temperatures betweenplus 20° and minus 60°F. Contains 16 tables. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):238, 1946-02-15 VAN DILLA, MARVIN Quartermaster Corps Climatic Research Laboratory Thermal insulation of cold weather clothing and footgear; theoretical considerations CRL R 76 1944 19p Possibilities and limitations of protection against cold afforded by footgear and cold weather clothing have been analyzed by theoretical and experimental methods at ambient temperatures which vary between plus 20°F and minus 20°F, and at a barometric pressure of one atmosphere. It has been found that a shape factor (the effect of the dimensions of the object to be insulated against cold) imposes a severe limitation On the maximum possible protective value of footgear and mittens. This shape factor, as well as the heat loss from the face have been found to be largely responsible for the low thermal protection of cold weather clothing. Tables and a chart. APPAREL AND OTHER FINISHED PRODUCTS MADE FROM FABRICS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):239, 1946-02-15 HOYT, LESTER F. German chemical developments in synthetic detergents and wetting agents 1945 151p Detailed report on development and uses of synthetic detergents. Igepons, based on natural fats or oils, or on synthetic fatty acids, were produced to the limit of available raw materials. Igepals based on ethylene oxide provided a variety of detergents and emulsifiers for technical purposes. Higher alcohols of suitable chain length and quality were produced by the reduction of the corresponding synthetic fatty acids derived from the oxidation of paraffin. Outstanding large scale development of synthetic detergents was based on the production of the Mereols from by-products of the Fischer-Tropsch synthesis of hydrocarbons from coal. The synthetic detergent rated best for the washing of wool is Leonil O, with fat-free Leonil FF0 also used. IG Farben technicians regard Aliphal D, a sulphonated Igepal, as their best product. This report is based on interviews with IG Farben personnel, visit to Document Center at University of Heidelberg, and visits to soap manufacturing plants. Appendix I is a report by Dr. Nusslein, Director of the Application Laboratory at Höchst on the IG developments in the field of textile auxiliaries. It is in German, entitled "Der Austausch von naturlichen Fetten, Olen, Wictieen durch veredelte Fettprodukte and chemische Neustoffe für die Industrien der Textilfasern - Wasch-und Reinigungsmittel Körpernflegemittel - Leder - Metallbearbeitung technischen Bedarfsartikel." Appendix II is a report issued by IG Farben, 1939, on Humectol CX and its uses as an auxiliary agent in dyeing of textiles. Appendix III is a report issued by Department of Colorists, Ludwigshafen, 1945, on uses of Luwa (washing agent X) in professional laundries. Appendix IV is a chart showing compounds derived from some by-products of Fischer-Tropsch process. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS DETERVENTS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):239, 1946-02-15 239 PHILLIPS, A.J. Picatinny Arsenal Development of a high explosive Containing nitrostarch. First Progress Report PATR1034 16p 1940 This report is concerned with the development of a nitro-starch explosive containing aromatic compounds and the results of tests of the material in comparison with Trojan nitrostarch explosives and with E. C. Blank. Fire Powder. An explosive was produced which is superior in stability and hygroscopicity to the formerly used Trojan Powders and the present Trojan Demolition Explosive as used by the Engineer Corps. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS EXPLOSIVES
United States
BSIR 1( 7):239, 1946-02-15 DEUTSCH, ZOLA G. NEUBAUER, JOSEPH Production of sulphuric acid and cement from gypsum 1945 3p Interview with Dr. W. Pfannmueller, director of the IG inorganic division regarding the 50 ton pilot plant at Leverkusen and the commercial installation at Wolfen. Nearby-mined natural anhydrite was finely ground and mixed with coke and clay in the proportions of 190 kg. CaSO subscript 4 (98%); 15 kg. coke; 30 kg. clay, the products being 100 kg. SO subscript 3 and 125 kg. Portland cement per day. The process is briefly described. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS Inorganic Chemicals
United States
BSIR 1( 7):239, 1946-02-15 HOFFMAN, HARRY D. Naval Technical Mission in Europe Rust preventive coatings for steel and miscellaneous paints and varnish NAV Tec Mis Eu LR108-45(Y) 1945 5p Interview with C.H. Blume regarding his small paint manufacturing plant in Magdeburg, informant stating he did not specialize in rust preventive paints nor did he make antifouling paints. As enclosures there are submitted formulas for 1. Red lead substitute; 2. genuine red lead paint (these cover 6 sq. m. per kg.); and 3. Japolac, used as rust preventive for small iron and steel parts (this covers 8 sq. m. per kg.). Samples of these are transmitted as well as a sample of boat or spar varnish. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS Paints, Varnishes and Lacquers
United States
BSIR 1( 7):239, 1946-02-15 US WAR DEPARTMENT Moistureproofing and fungiproofing Signal Corps equipment Technical BulletinTB Sig 13, Change 1 1944-45 51p Gives detailed instructions for the varnish spray method of protecting various types of Signal Corps equipment against moisture and fungi. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS Paints, Varnishes and Lacquers
United States
BSIR 1( 7):239, 1946-02-15 BOUNDY, R.H. HASCHE, R.L. Manufacture of polyisobutylene, IG Farbenindustrie, Oppau 1945 4p Description of process for producing 300 metric tone per month of polyisobutylene, known as Oppanol B. Isobutylene is polymerized in the presence of liquid ethylene with boron trifluoride as a catalyst, the temperature being controlled by the vaporization of ethylene. Details are given of the action within the four polymerization units, each capable of producing 75 metric tone a month. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS PLASTICS AND PLASTICIZERS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):239, 1946-02-15 KOUNTS, R.R. Chemical Warfare Service, Technical Intelligence Division The pinacol production by the IG Farbenindustrle, AG, Leverkusen, Germany CWS TIDR3 October 26, 1945 1p Interview with Doctors Stroh and Haberland regarding the electrolytic reduction of acetone in an alkaline solution, using a sodium amalgam anode and a graphite cathode. The ratio of pinacol and isopropyl alcohol formed is dependent on the current density and is catalytically aided by the graphite cathode. Current density and other data are given. A pilot plant was built in Spandau, but it failed to operate satisfactorily. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS PLASTICS AND PLASTICIZERS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):239, 1946-02-15 SCHWARTZ, R.T. Army Air Forces Variation of tensile strength and elongation of plastic materials with temperature AAF TR5062 1943 18p The tensile strength and elongation of a variety of typical filled and unfilled thermo setting and thermoplastic materials were determined at temperatures of +158°F, -38°F, -67°F, and room temperature. In general it was found that tensile strength decreased with increasing temperature and elongation increased throughout the high and low temperature ranges investigated. Unfilled thermoplastic materials were very much more affected by temperature than the unfilled or filled thermosetting plastic materials. Report contains bibliography. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS PLASTICS AND PLASTICIZERS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):239, 1946-02-15 US NAVAL TECHNICAL MISSION IN EUROPE GESELLSCHAFT FÜR LINDE'S EISMASCHINEN AG, Höllriegelskreuth. Anwendung von silicagel-adsorbern zum schutze von lufttrennern NAV Tec Mis Eu LR122-45(S) Encl E 1944 11p Individual report no. 767, dated Sept. 28, 1944, whose title may be translated "Application of silica gel absorbers as protection in decomposition of air." Two curves and schematic diagrams translating the curves are presented. This document is intended as enclosure E to Letter Report 122-45 of the US Naval Technical Mission in Europe, entitled "Acetylene Determination and Removal in Oxygen Plants" and signed by Harry D. Hoffman. For enclosures A-D, see PB 3580, PB 3581, PB 3582, PB 3583. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):240, 1946-02-15 US NAVAL TECHNICAL MISSION IN EUROPE GESELLSCHAFT FÜR LINDE'S EISMASCHINEN AG, Höllriegelskreuth. Miscellaneous laboratory reports NAV Tec Mis Eu LR122-45(S) Encl B 1939-1944 74p Nine documents giving instructions as to chemical and analytical control in air separation, the documents being listed at the end of a report from the Linde firm, written by E. Karwat. These documents are intended as enclosure B to Letter Report 122-45 of the US Naval Technical Mission in Europe, entitled "Acetylene Determination and Removal in Oxygen Plants" and signed by Harry D. Hoffman. There are also 5 pages giving translations of the titles of the documents and their enclosures. Drawings are included. For the article by E. Karwat see PB 3580, [NAV Tec Mis Eu TR 122-45(R) Encl A]. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):240, 1946-02-15 US NAVAL TECHNICAL MISSION IN EUROPE GESELLSCHAFT FÜR LINDE'S EISMASCHINEN AG, Höllriegelskreuth. Prüfung eines Acetylenadsorbers am Luftzerlegungsapparat NAV Tec Mis Eu LR122-45(S) Encl D 1944 9p Individual report 753, dated May 23, 1944, whose title may be translated "Testing of an acetylene adsorber [sic] in the air decomposition apparatus." Tables and curves plus a page giving translations of the data covered therein are presented. This document is intended as enclosure D to Letter Report 122-45 of the US Naval Technical Mission in Europe, entitled "acetylene Determination and Removal in Oxygen Plants" and signed by Harry D. Hoffman. For enclosures A, B, C and E., see Pd 358U, PB 3581, Pd 3582, and PB 3584. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):240, 1946-02-15 GOSS, W. H. Nordische Oelwerke Walther Carroux, Hamburg FIAT FR317 1945 2p Visit to this target, with works in Hamburg, in August 1945 and interview with Walter Carroux and Dr. Heyde. The products are specialty oils such as leather dressings and lubricants, the raw materials being inedible fat obtained from rendering plants. The works have a small Twitchell plant for splitting fats and equipment for distilling 5 tons per 24-hours of fatty acids. The apparatus although not badly damaged, is far from modern. In this cast "target" means a site for exploitation for an industrial intelligence team. Also distributed as FIAT Final Report 317 (Superintendent of Documents Number W1.72/6:317). CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):240, 1946-02-15 HARRIS, J. McA., Jr. C.A.F.T. assessments in 12th Army Group area 1945 12p This report gives a brief description and mentions the type of production carried on by the following concerns and institutions: 1. Hygienische Institut, Gelsenkirchen - municipal hygiene laboratory. 2. Heinrich Koppers, GmbH engineering and construction of chemical plants. 3. Didier Kogag Kochensofenbau Gas Verwertung - makers of coke oven and tar distillation equipment. 4. Kaiser Wilhelm Institut für Kohlenforschung, Mulheim - organic, Fischer-Tropsch and miscellaneous hydrocarbon research. 5. Deutsche Fettsäure Witten - production of fatty acids from "Gatsch," a Fischer-Tropsch process residue. 6. DEMAG, Duisberg - makers of massive machinery such as floating harbor cranes, rolling-tube-and plate mills, open hearth furnaces, Bessemer convertors, etc. 7. Gesellschaft fÜr Teerverwertung - one of the largest coal tar plants in Germany. 8. IG Farbenindustrie, Elberfeld -pharmaceuticals, rubber, chemicals, insecticides, etc. 9. Dynamit AG, Troisdorf - explosives and plastics. 10. IG Farbenindustrie, Leverkusen - inorganic chemicals, intermediates, dyestuffs. 11. IG Farben Werk, Bitterfeld - principal production center of light metals and the administrative center of the Mittel Deutsche Section of IG Farben. Organizational setup, and breakdown of products manufactured at various IG Farben plants are given. 12. Winterschall AG Werk, Lutzskendorf - Fischer-Tropsch plant. 13. Badische Anilin and Soda Fabrik IG Merseberg (Leuna Werk) - prooably largest chemical plant in Germany. Organization setup presented. The following subjects are briefly mentioned; Phenol hydrogenation, cyclohexanol to -one, lubricating oil from ethane, detergent intermediate, iso-octane aviation gas plant. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):240, 1946-02-15 HILBERT, G.E. Miss Lieselotte Wirth, Heidelberg 1945 1p At the suggestion of Prof. R. Kuhn, Miss Wirth was interrogated regarding her work with Prof. Weygaud for the year prior to Nov. 1944 at the University of Strassbourg. No information was obtained retarding her own work on synthesis of flavines for possible use as bactericides nor of the work of her bench mate, Miss Bergmann (now in Brandenburg), on the reaction between aliphatic amines or amino acids and sugars, such reaction possibly causing the deterioration of some feeds and foods such as soups and malt syrup. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):240, 1946-02-15 HILBERT, G.E. University of Heidelberg, Heidelberg 1946 2p Activities of Freudenberg and his group were devoted to research on carbohydrate and wood chemistry, particular investigations being on the synthesis of new methylated glucose derivatives and on the structures of Schardinger dextrins, lignin, starch and cellulose. The L and B Schardinger dextrins had been completely methylated and their molecular weights determined, the conclusion being that the dextrins consist of 5 and 6 glucose units respectively. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):240, 1946-02-15 HOYT, LESTER F. German chemical developments in emulsifying agents 1945 46p Report on wartime developments which took place in Germany to meet the demands for emulsifiers for the textile and metal trades. The most important emulsifiers developed from entirely synthetic sources were Emulphor STL, a cyclohexylamine salt of "mepasin" phenyl sulfonic acid and Emulphor STH which is the sodium salt of "mepasin" sulfamidoacetic acid. These emulphors were so valuable for use in making cutting oils for metal processing and as drawing compounds that their use was largely restricted to metal trades. Emulphor STH was demonstrated to have an unexpected and specific substantivity for metals. Emulphor STS was used successfully in textile industry. This chemical is diisohexylheptylphenol condensed with 7.5 mols of ethylene oxide. Appendix I is a report by Dr. Lange of I.G., Höchst, on agents used in the mechanical treatment of metals for metal cutting and non-cutting shaping. Appendix II is a report (in German) by Dr. Vogt of I.G., Höchst, on emulsifiers and their uses in the textile industry, entitled "Emulgatoren and deren Verwendung in der Textilindustrie". CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):240, 1946-02-15 HOYT, LESTER F. German chemical developments in organic compounds of fluorine 1945 10p A study of the types and quantities of organic fluorine compounds produced in Germany for refrigeration and for the control of insects. (1) Dichlordifluormethane,CFoC12, designated "Frigen" was produced by IG Farben at Höchst at tie rate of 200 tone per year. (2) A fluorine homolog of Gessarol (i.e. of DDT) made with fluorbenzol instead of chlorbenzol was also produced at Höchst. This product, called "GIX", appears of sufficient value and interest to be studied in comparison with DDT for the control of various insects. Appendices give manufacturing procedures. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):240, 1946-02-15 HOYT, LESTER F. German chemical developments in Tylose HBR 1945 64p Report of the Dyestuffs and Chemicals Team, of the Technical Intelligence Branch. Information was secured by interviewing personnel at the following; IG Farbenindustrie AG Plants at Kalle, Elberfeld and Höchet; Henkel and Cie., Dusseldorf; Sunlicht Gesellschaft A. G., Mannheim-Rheinau. Tylose HBR is claimed to materially improve the washing ability of synthetic detergents, particularly versus soiled cotton in hard water, and to be capable of extending soaps by replacing soar to the extent of 2 to 3 times the amount of Tylose HBR used. Actual production of Tylose HBR was observed and details of manufacture and application were obtained. The effective organic component of Tylose HBR is the sodium salt of cellulose ether (Cellulose-O-CHsubscript2C00Na). Processes were also obtained for the production of the related cellulose derivatives, Cellapret, manufactured by IG Farbenindustrie AG, at Elberfeld, and Relatin, manufactured by Henkel and Cie., Dusseldorf. Report contains the following separate Appendices: I. Trade bulletin of Kalle and Co., Aktiengesellschaft, "Tylose HBR for the manufacture of soap powder" - 1940. 2 pages; II. Trade bulletin No.147 of Kalle and Co., Aktiengesellschaft, "Tylose HBR for soap powder" with prices. December 5, 1940. 2 pages; III. Booklet by "Tylose HBR fur Waschmittel", with illustrations. 15 pages, and an English translation, "Tylose HBR for washing agents", 19 pages; IV. Trade notice of IG Farbenindustrie, on uses of Cellapret for the textile industry. August 1929. 2 pages; V. Schematische Darstellung der Tylose HBR Fabrikation, with a key (in English) to the flow sheet. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):241, 1946-02-15 KARWAT, E. US Naval Technical Mission in Europe Ursachen und Massnahmen zur Verhütung von Explosionen in Luftzerlegungsanlagen NAV Tec Mis Eu LR122-4(S) Encl A 1943 24p Twenty-three page, printed article with one page giving the translation of the topics considered in the article. The article is a contribution from the Gesellschaft für Linde's Eismaschinen AG, Höllriegelskreuth, dated December 1943, and its title may be translated "Causes and precautions for the prevention of explosions in installations having decomposition of air". This document is intended as enclosure A to Letter Report 122-45 of the US Naval Technical Mission in Europe, entitled "Acetylene Determination and Removal in Oxygen Plants" and signed by Harry D. Hoffman. Curves are included in article. For the documents listed at the end, concerned with chemical and analytioal control in the air separation, see PB 3581. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):241, 1946-02-15 KING, F.E. Design of acetylene cylinder filling plants in Germany, 1945 1945 14p This report describes the equipment and operating procedures of typical German plants, eight installations having been visited. The operation is felt to follow safe practices and most of the equipment appears to compare favorably with the equivalent in many plants in the US As a typical plant, that of the Hanseatische Acetylen Gasindustrie at New-Isenburg, near Frankfurt on Main, is described, with appropriate notes as to differences in other plants. There is a schematic diagram of the unusual nitrogen fire control system for acetylene manifolds used by plants of the Gesellschaft für Linde's Eismaschinen. BSIR 1( 7):241, 1946-02-15 CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
 MARKLEY, K.S. Germany - fats, oils and oilseeds. Rohm and Haas, GmbH 1945 4p The plant at Darmstadt produces acrylate and methacrylate resins and enzyme preparations. The methacrylate resins were used for making artificial teeth and gums and were marketed under the names "Polydon" and "Polypont". Dsscriptions are given of production of (1) "soaking powders" or synthetic detergents or washing aide, and (2) sulfonated oils used during the war as anti-foaming agents in the Birdies holeprotein (wood-protein) process. One of the soaking powders was marked under the name "Burmus" and consisted of 95% sodium carbonate and 5% a proteolytic enzyme (protein) preparation. Burmus is valuable in washing garments soiled by protein or where washing is accomplished by the mersolates or sulfated alcohols. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):241, 1946-02-15 TARR, P.R. Chemical Warfare Service, Intelligence Division Gesellshaft für Linde's Eismachinen, AG, Hoeliriegelskrauth CWS IDR3936 1945 1p Dr. R. Linde was interviewed on 29 May, 1945 to secure information on equipment for the production of oxygen at low rates and oxygen of low concentrations. The plant at Hoellriegelskreuth produced distilling columns, heat inter-changers, etc. It was partly destroyed by bombing in 1944. This report gives a brief description of the plant and tells where information may be found on equipment for the production of oxygen. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):241, 1946-02-15 WUCHOV, J. US Naval Technical Mission in Europe Acetylenanreicherung im Hauptkondensator NAV Tec Mis Eu LR122-45(S) Encl C 1944 4p Individual report no. 752 of the Gesellschaft für Linde's Eismaschinen AG, Höllriegelskreuth, dated May 23, 1944. The title may be translated "Concentration of acetylene in the main condenser." This document is intended as enclosure C to Letter Report 122-45 of the US Naval Technical Mission in Europe, entitled "Acetylene Determination and Removal in Oxygen Plants" and signed by Harry D. Hoffman. A curve is included in this document. For enclosures A, B, D and E, see PB 3580, PB 3581, PB 3583, and PB 3584. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICALS
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):241, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS. Magnetic sound recorders "Magnetophone" and "Tonschreiber" SIG INTELLSMR-1 1945 54p This report describes the "Magnetophone" and "Tonschreiber" German sound recorders. In principle the same, several models of each provide recording facilities for any purpose from code recording in front lines to extremely high quality installations in broadcasting stations. Details of the mechanisms, electrical circuits and the magnetic tape employed for the records are set forth. Contains diagrams and photographs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
Germanyy
BSIR 1( 7):241, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS The German "Dämpfungmesser 39" (Attenuation Meter 39) 1944 8p A report on a German meter found July 26, 1944 in Normandy. France. This meter is capable of measuring the amplification (in Nepers) of two and four wire repeaters and attenuation snd crosstalk over any type of line. It is apparently used in conjunction with telephone repeaters in testing and adjusting input and output levels. Photographs and a circuit disgram are included. BSIR 1( 7):241, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
Germanyy
 US WAR DEPARTMENT Carrier hybrid CF-7 Technical ManualTM 11-2003, 2 November 1943, with Change No. 1, 31 January 1945 1943, 1945 81p Carrisr hybrid CF-7 is a unit for connecting a 2-wire line to either a Telephone Carrier CF-1-A (Carrier) or a Repeater CF-3-A (Carrier), both of which are designed for 4-wire operation. With this equipment four two-way telephons circuits can be obtained over a single pair of wires. This manual describes the unit and gives information regarding its installation, operation, maintenance, and functioning of parts. Illustrations and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
United States
BSIR 1( 7):241, 1946-02-15 US WAR DEPARTMENT. Complete 100-mils spiral-four carrier system Technical ManualTM 11-2000 1944 86p This manual gives a general description of a complete 100-mile spiral-four carrier system, and provides coordination information regarding its issue, installation, operation and maintenance. This system provides high-grade telephone and voice-frequency telegraph facilities and short d-c telegraph circuits. This manual includes the following; a) the general plan of issue and application for the various sets of equipment and accessory parts for the 100-mile system. b) Reference information concerning requirsd operating and maintenance personnel. a) Coordinating information for the various sets, parts and supplies making up the system. d) the plan established for obtaining the necessary parts for the carrier system, and for replenishing maintenance parts, test sets and supplies. e) A brief description of the components, and the reference information required for a complete understanding of the system. f) Suggestions on planning, general principles of circuit lay-out, and proper grouping of components. g) Description of special applications of the carrier system. h) Specific maintenance procedure, particularly for preventive maintenance and for the location and clearance of faults in the cable conductors. Wiring diagrams are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
United States
BSIR 1( 7):241, 1946-02-15 US WAR DEPARTMENT Converter Set TC-33 (carrier, 2-wire-4-wire) and Repeater Set TC-37-(carrier, 2-wire) Technical ManualTM 11-2008 1944 214p This technical manual gives a complets description of Converter Set TC-33 and Repeater Set TC-37, their components, installation, operetion, maintenance tests and adjustments. This manual describes Converter CF-4 (carrier 2-wire-4-wire) and Repsater CF-5 carrier, 2-wire), and their operation when used in connection with Telephone Terminals CF-1-A (carrier) and Repeater CF-3-A (carrier). The use of lineman's Telephone Unit EE-105 is also covsred. The manual contains complete instructions for installation and operation, including all needed wiring diagrams, and a maintenance parts list. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
United States
BSIR 1( 7):242, 1946-02-15 US WAR DEPARTMENT Radio teletype terminal equipment AN/FGC1 or AN/FGC -1X Technical Manual TM 11- 356 1943 160p This manual deals with the installation, operation, functioning of parts, and maintenance of the above mentioned equipment. Complete descriptions, photographs, and wiring diagrams are presented. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
United States
BSIR 1( 7):242, 1946-02-15 US WAR DEPARTMENT Remote control equipment RC-289 Technical ManualTM 11-2667 with Change No. 1, 2 October 1945 January 25, 1945 55p Description of this equipment, including its installation and operation, functioning of parts, and maintenance. The equipment provides for remote o-w (oontinuous-wave) and phone operation of radio sets as well as telephonic communications. The major component is Control Unit R M-39, which with other equipment provides the following oirouits: Telephone, through, radio and o-w. Illustrations and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
United States
BSIR 1( 7):242, 1946-02-15 US WAR DEPARTMENT Spiral-four cable Technical ManualTM 11- 369 with Change No. 1, 12 March 1945 24 August 1943 222p This manual describes spiral-four cabls, which is a rubber-covered, four-conductor cable, generally furnished in ¼-mile lengths, equipped with connectors on each end to snable rapid connection. It can be used for either short or comparatively long-distance transmission, and in systems which provide one or several circuits per pair of conductor. The manual also covers the planning of cable lines and the methods of installing them on the surface of the ground, on poles or other supports above ground, and buried underground. Also, there are sections on testing, maintenance, and recovery. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
United States
BSIR 1( 7):242, 1946-02-15 US WAR DEPARTMENT Telegraph terminal CF-2-A (carrier) Technical ManualTM 11- 355 1943 147p This manual (originally published by the Western Electric Company) includes description of equipment and instructions for its maintenance and operation. The telegraph terminal CF-2-A (carrier) is used in a 4-channel voice frequency carrier-telegraph system which provides 2-way transmission of telegraph signals in each channel and uses different frequencies for the two directions of transmission. Eight frequencies required for the four channels lie between 500 and 2050 cycles. Photographs and diagrams, lists of manufacturers and parts, and tables of trouble location data are given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
United States
BSIR 1( 7):242, 1946-02-15 US WAR DEPARTMENT Telephone central office set TC-2 Technical ManualTM 11- 340 with Change No. 2, 15 April 1944 19 October 1942 90p Set TC-2 is an installation providing a capacity of one or two switch boards of the type BD-89-A. The latter is a complets, portable, single-position, two-panel, manually operated telephone switchboard for serving both magneto and common-battery linss, and is arranged for handling both types of local calls as well as originating and terminating trunk and tie-line traffic. This manual includes a description of employment of the equipment, a detailed functioning of parts, and its servicing and repair. Also dsscribed are Cabinet BE-79 and Shelter HO-17 or HO-27. Illustrations and diagrams. This manual supersedes TM 11-340, November 1, 1941. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
United States
BSIR 1( 7):242, 1946-02-15 US WAR DEPARTMENT Telephone repeater EE-89-A Technical ManualTM 11-2006 with Change No. 1, 29 Sept. 1944 14 July 1943 36p This repeater is for use as an intermediate repeater and for best results should be located approximately centrally with respect to adjacent line sections, the characteristics of which are similar. The repeater is theorstically similar to the commerical "21-type' repeater. A single amplifying elemsnt is used, connected into the line through the windings of a hybrid coil, This manual includes dsscription of repsater and instructions for installation, operation, functioning of parts, and maintenance. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
United States
BSIR 1( 7):242, 1946-02-15 US WAR DEPARTMENT Test set TS-26/TSM Technical ManualTM 11-2017 with Change No, 1, 15 Nov. 1945 26 July 1944 29p This technical manual is intended to give a detailed description of the test set TS-26/TSM, its operation, use and maintenance. This teat set is a volt-ohmmeter for line testing. It is used to detect grounds, crosses, shorts and opens and to measure insulation and conductor resistance as well as line and battery voltage. It also may be used for the location of opens by means of the capacity kick method. Two switches are mounted externally to the volt-ohmmeter proper, one to provide means for reversing the polarity of the test leads and the other for inserting a 45-volt battery and a seriss resistor for certain of the tests described in this manual. With the 45-volt battery and series resistor connected in the meter circuit, the resistance range of the meter is multiplied by 10. For example, the R x 1,000 pin jack is increased in value to R x 10,000 when the 45-volt battery is on. This manual also contains a maintenance parts list, photographs, and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIESCommunication Equipment
United States
BSIR 1( 7):242, 1946-02-15 DOCUMENTS AND equipment obtained during investigation of German X-ray and associated industries. Die konstruktion des strahlentrafos für 200 MV nach Dr. Wideröe (200 megavolt betatron) 1944-1945 23p Technical description, in German, signed by Dr. Kollath and dated June 20, 1945, respecting the construction of the Wideröe betatron and describing the DC magnetic faux biasing arrangement, focusing coll around tune, etc. (Estimated output: approximately 100 megavolts at 1 mA., estimated total weight: approximately 30 tons). Accompanying are photostats of the original design layouts. These will photograph poorly. Also accompanying are 6 photostatic sheets, two of the C.H.F. Muller, AG, possibly having to do with the construction of this or other betatrons. See also PB 2198. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germany
BSIR 1( 7):242, 1946-02-15 BREAZEALE, W.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Noise measurements on microwave converters MIT Rad Lab 61- 7 1942 15p Because of the variation in IF amplifier noise figures and in coupling circuits, the overall noise figure of a crystal mixer and amplifier is only a rough indication of the crystal performance. Even when the IF amplifier noise figure is POUND, the crystal performance cannot be calculated unless the crystal gain is known. It appears desirable that in the future crystal sensitivity measurements be made in such a way that the actual noise figure of the crystal alone and conversion gain ace determined. Comparative measurements, then, will have considerably more meaning. in the case of tube mixers and amplifiers where the noise output is large compared to that of the following network, overall measurements will in general be satisfactory. The relation between these quantities and the methods of measuring them are discussed in this report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 BREAZEALE, WILLIAM M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Notes on measurement of noise, gain and noise figure of converters MIT Rad Lab 61-13 1943 12p It has been shown that a circuit element is completely identified when two of the three factors--output noise, power gain, or noise figure have been determined. This memorandum sets forth in detail certain methods of making gain and noise measurements. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 BREAZEALE, W.M. BEERS, YARDLEY MIT Radiation Laboratory The use of the temperature-limited diode in measurements of noise figures of crystals MIT Rad Lab 61-12 1943 8p It is possible to use a temperature-limited diode as a substitute for the signal generator and attenuator in making overall noise figure measurements involving crystals. If the equipment is calibrated against a signal generator, these measurements can be made to be absolute; otherwise they will be relative. Comparisions with signal-generator measurements show a satisfactory degree of correlation. No satisfactory method of making accurate gain measurements with the diode noise generator has yet been evolved. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 BREEN, STANLEY HIATT, RALPH MIT Radiation Laboratory Antenna feeds for 7/8" stub-supported coaxial line MIT Rad Lab 54-23 1943 25p An antenna feed from 7/8" stub-supported coaxial line has been developed for illuminating paraboloid reflectors in the 10 cm wave length band. This feed is simple in construction, handles high power (350 K.W.), and has been broad-banded in patterns and impedance match over a 6% band width. Depending on the choice of dimensions this feed produces either an on-axis paraboloid diffraction pattern or an off-axis pattern. The on-axis paraboloid diffraction pattern is used for search antennas and the off-axis pattern is used with a rotating feed to produce an 80% cross-over for gun-laying antennae. Graphs, diagrams and tables are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 BREEN, STANLEY MIT Radiation Laboratory 3 cm bolometer detector suitable for field measurements (type Y) MIT Rad Lab 54-14 1942 3p Description of and notes on operation of a 3 cm bolometer suitable for antenna measurements. It is electrically identical with the standard bolometer detector assembly but has been modified mechanically from the standpoint of ruggedness, compactness, ease of maintenance and of operation. The unit uses standard parts from the laboratory supply of R.F. components and commercially obtained connectors. The detector has been named, "Type Y Bolometer". This bolometer detector has been used for antenna pattern work for throe months and has given dependable results. A cross section drawing is included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 CADY, WILLOUGHBY M. MIT Radiation Laboratory The balancing of spiral-scan spinners MIT Rad Lab 93-1 1942 7p The nine conditions for good balance in a spiral-scan spinner are tabulated. It is recommended that the dish assembly be appropriately balanced before it is assembled to the yoke, and that the assembled spinner then be balanced. The nine conditions are derived mathematically. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 CHANCE, BRITTON MIT Radiation Laboratory Antiaircraft Artillery Board test on the simplified circular sweep range Supplement to Report 63- 8 MIT Rad Lab 63- 9 1942 4p This report contains a summary of tests of the R0-1 Range System by the Antiaircraft Artillery Board on tracking aircraft. High accuracy data obtained from phototheodolites indicate that the overall probable error in direct tracking of aircraft on dive bombing courses is 27 yards. The accidental tracking error is 21 yards. For R.L. Report 63-8, see PB 3934, p. 246. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 CHANCE, BRITTON MIT Radiation Laboratory Delayed sweep for SCR-582-X MIT Rad Lab 63- 20 1943 8p A brief description of the principle and operation of an expanded type A sweep unit is given. The sweep is 4,000 yards long and may be delayed from 4,000 to 200,000 yards by means of a type 6SA7 Phantastron. If the calibration is checked at frequent intervals range may be read to± 300 yards. There should be negligible flutter of the sweep at extreme ranges. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 CHANCE, BRITTON MIT Radiation Laboratory Hand radar ranging circuit MIT Rad Lab 63- 10 1943 11p This report describes a simplification of the ranging circuit used in the RO-1 Radar. The type M indicator is replaced by a type B, and the necessary circuit changes are indicated. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 CHANCE, BRITTON MIT Radiation Laboratory Medium precision self-synchronous range circuit model 4 MIT Rad Lab 63- 4 1942 9p This report describes the operation and performance of a three-tube medium precision self-synchronous range circuit which is specifically designed for ground or air borne range-only radar systems. The circuit includes a Type M sweep displayed on a three inch cathode ray tube and provided with scales of 5,000, 20,000 and 50,000 yards. The range marker is provided by a temperature compensated precise delay multivibrator. A service accuracy of 0.5 per cent of full scale is expected, and a laboratory accuracy of 0.1 per cent has been obtained. The minimum range at which a linear indication is given is 300 yards. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 CHANCE, BRITTON MIT Radiation Laboratory Model II calibrator MIT Rad Lab 63- 16 1943 8p This report gives an explanation of the operation and circuit diagram of a range calibrator consisting of a 2000 yard circular sweep displayed on central electrode cathode ray tube, a movable intensifying gate for this sweep, a frequency divider, and positive and negative trigger outputs at 400 to 2400 c.p.s. A video amplifier is included. The circuit is similar in principle to the HR circuit reported in Report 63-10. Block diagram and circuit diagram are included. For R.L. Report 63-10, see PB 3961. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):245, 1946-02-15 BAILEY, FRANCES S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Characteristics of the present production of McNally tubes 1943 6p Tests were carried out on 218 McNally tubes made by Raytheon Mfg. Co. and Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. A difference of 120mc. was found between the frequencies of the average of tubes made by the two companies. Graphs show the relative power output of eighty-two tubes at 10.0 cm. in two reflector voltage modes. Sylvania tubes were found to exhibit a variation of beam current with reflector voltage. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):244, 1946-02-15 BAÑ0S, A., Jr. MIT Radiation Laboratory Design of an improved X-band echo box MIT Rad Lab631 1944 32p It is first recalled that, in present day A-band echo boxes, the ringing time is a critical function of the degree of parallelism between the end plates, as observed experimentally, due to the presence of the intrinsic degeneracy associated with the usual operating mode of the right circular cylinder resonator. It is next shown theoretically that this anomalous behavior of ringing time can be eliminated through a suitable circularly symmetric deformation of at least one of the end plates. An experimental echo box operating on the TEO, 1, 12 mode is described which is equipped with three removable piston end plates comprising a flat disc of conventional design and two spherlcal caps of different depths and which was designed and built for the purpose of testing the foregoing theory of end plate deformations. Extensive continuous wave transmission and ringing time measurements furnish adequate confirmation of the theory and show. that an echo box. has been produced; with the spherical cap of greater depth, whose ringing time is quite insensitive to moderate tilts of the fixed end plate within the most generous mechanical tolerances. The appendix contains a aetailed account of the theory of end plate deformations. Diagrams and charts included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):244, 1946-02-15 BEERS, YARDLEY MIT Radiation Laboratory A 30 mc Schering bridge MIT Rad Lab 61-19 1943 11p A 30 mc Schering bridge employing standard radio parts has been designed for use in conjunction with a standard communications receiver as a detector. The calibration of the bridge is given in terms of a capacity in parallel with a resistance. Self-contained in the bridge unit is an oscillator which supplies the power for the bridge and a preamplifier for the receiver. Because this bridge operates on a single frequency, it has been possible to use a less complicated circuit and construction than that of a comparable bridge now available commercially; this permits much mere rapid observations. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):244, 1946-02-15 BEERS, YARDLEY MIT Radiation Laboratory A 60 mc parallel Schering bridge MIT Rad Lab558 1944 12p This report describes a 60 mc Schering bridge and an auxiliary unit containing an oscillator and frequency converter which is used in conjunction with a communications receiver as a detector. The range of the bridge is from 35 to 7040 ohms and from -30 to +20 μμf. The accuracy is f 2% in resistance and ± 0.7 μμf. in capacity. The range of the bridge can be extended down to 16 ohms by use of a quarter wave line of 11U ohm characteristic impedance. Photographs and diagrams are included in the report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):244, 1946-02-15 BETHE, H.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Excitation of cavities through windows MIT Rad Lab 43-30 1943 19p A calculation of the amplitude of the forced oscillation excited in a cavity by an sxternal field through a window. The calculation also gives the phase relations between the field inside the cavity and the exciting field. A cavity at the end of a waveguide (e.g., a TR box) will reflect almost all the incident power far off resonance. A cavity at the side of a wave guide will transmit almost all the incident power far off resonance. At resonance, however, it will reflect almost the entire incident power, ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):244, 1946-02-15 BETHE, H.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Formal theory of wave guides of arbitrary cross section MIT Rad Lab 43-26 1943 17p The amplitude of the waves set up in a wave guide is calculated when the guide is excited by a window in which the tangential component of the electric field is known. The window may be either in the side wall of the guide, or in a metal diaphragm across the guide. It is shown that a small window in the side wall of a wave guide may be equivalent to a series rather than a shunt reactance. In general, it will be a combination of the two. For the purpose of calculating the amplitude of the excited waves the general theory of wave guides is restated. It is found convenient to leave the shape of the cross section of the guide arbitrary. Numerous orthogonality relations are derived between the various field components corresponding to different normal modes. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):244, 1946-02-15 BETHE, H.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Lumped constants for small irises MIT Rad Lab 43-22 1943 43p A small iris can be described by three lumped constants, namely two magnetic and one electric polarizability M subscript 1, M subscript 2, and P. these constants determine the effect of the iris in my wave guide, cavity, etc. They are independent of the save length and they are of the order of the cube of the Linear dimensions of the iris. (Secs. 4, 5). For simple shapes (circle, ellipse, slit) the polarizabilities can be :alculated (Sec. 6). For any shape, they can be determined experimentally from the susceptance of the iris in a rectangular or circular wave guide (Sec. 10). Once the polarizabilities are known, the effect of the iris for any other node or other guide can be calculated. When an electromagnet field falls on an iris, the iris may be considered as a secondary source of radiation (Huyghens' principle). The iris is then equivalent to a magnetic and an electric dipole. The electric moment is perpendicular to the plane of the iris and equal to the product of the electric polarLzability and the normal component of the exciting (incident) electric field (Sec. 5). The magnetic moment lies in the plane of the iris; it is equal to magnetic polarizability times incident tangential magnetic field provided the latter is parallel to one of the principal axes of the iris (Sec. 4). A formula is developed (Sec. 7, Eq. 55) which permits the solution of a wide variety of cavity and wave guide problems In terms of the polarizabilities. The shift of the resonant rrequency of a cavity due to a window is calculated (Sec. 8). The amplitudes of the normal modes excited in a wave guide through a window at the end of the guide are determined (Sec. 9). The susceptance of an iris is obtained as a special case. The most important modes of a rectangular and cir guide are treated in detail (Sec. 10). The power emitted through an iris per unit time is calculated (Sec. 11). It is found that this power is about 25 times greater for emission into free space than for emission into a wave guide of customary dimensions, if the field exciting the iris is the same in the two cases. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):244, 1946-02-15 WINSTON, H. GILLETTE, P. ROPER REIHKOPF, HAROLD MIT Radiation Laboratory Pulse transformers MIT Rad Lab 51-16 1943 41p The use of .003" ribbon wound Si steel cores made with butt joints makes possible pulse transformers operable over a range of flux density as large as 10000 gauss. The consequent reduction in core size reduces the leakage inductance and distributed capacitance of the transformer and thereby effects more perfect reproduction of pulses. The elimination of damping circuits may also be accomplished by the reduction in core size. Hysteresis loops taken under pulse conditions give effective permeabilities (gross core are used) of 325 for .003" Si steel and 400 for .0018" Si steel under l µsec. pulses at 9000 gauss. The butt-joint cores have yielded excellent results on a 1:10 stepup pulse transformer, a transformer covering a pulse range of 1/4 to 2 µsec. and a 60 KV pulse transformer. Oil filled pulse transformers are now equipped with sockets into which the magnetron can be plugged and with oil tight connectors for the pulse cable. Contains bibliography, illustrations, graphs and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):244, 1946-02-15 HENDERSON, FRED E. Discussion of design of radar test equipment at Siemens Halske plant 1945 6p Inspection of German plant making radar test equipment such as frequency meters, power motors, range calibrators, and phantom targets. Design features in general similar to those in American sets, except Phantom Targets had rectangular section for their tuned cavity instead of the round tubular cavity used in our designs. Stress placed on development of new type of thermister produced in large quantities, being extremely stable in its performance, and reacting much faster than our glass bead type of thermister. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germany
BSIR 1( 7):243, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS D/F sets EEIS10-23 1945 83p This report is a translation from captured documents. This information is not complete, as entire manuals were not translated, but instead only certain characteristics are given. The sets covered by this report are: 172N, FuPEc, A40d, A40e, A40f, A40g, A50b, A60a, A60d, A70a, A70b, A70f, A70e/f, A70h, A80a, A80c, A80d, A81a, A82a, Fu Peil E3. In addition to the technical descriptions, there are photographs and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germany
BSIR 1( 7):243, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS German airborne transceiver FuG-15 CESETLI-54 1945 6p This report, based on a translation of a German document by Kr. Hilke of the Firm Lorene, provides a general technical description of the German airborne AM-FM transceiver FuG-15. This equipment, designed as a substitute for the FuG-16, provided 200 channels, 5OKc apart in the frequency range from 37.8 to 47.5 mc Performance characteristics and simplifisd block diagram of the circuit are given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germany
BSIR 1( 7):243, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS German frequency modulation discriminator CESETLI-55 1945 27p This report, translation of research report by Dipl.-Ing. W. Storck, deals with a new type of frequency modulation discriminator entirely different in principle from those applied in present-day FM receivers. The operation of this circuit is dependent on keeping an auxiliary oscillator constantly tuned to the same frequency as the received FM signal. This is accomplished by means of a phase comparison circuit and reactance tube. The control signal feeding the reactance tube is also the required demodulated audio signal. The system is a combination discriminator and AFC circuit. However, an inherent disadvantage of it is the poor overall fidelity of the receiver. The German report entitled "Untersuchungen über ein Demodulationsvsrfahren für frequenzmodulierte Schwingungsn" (Study of a demodulation procedure for frequency modulated oscillations) was publishsd by the Institute for Oscillation Research. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germany
BSIR 1( 7):243, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS German rotating directional antenna array AFFA 2 EEIS10- 4, Supp. A 1945 7p Report gives additional tactical, technical, and operational information on the AFFA 2. It is a translation of parts of the German document D.(Luft)T. 4454 Antenna AFFA 2 GerateHandbuch. The antenna AFFA 2 is the doubled aerial system for the bearing radio beacon (AFF). It is used in particular for movable constructions. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germany
BSIR 1( 7):243, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS German test connecting board, Pruf Zwischenbrett (PZSF.lb) EEIS 8-15 1944 7p This equipment in used in servicing and maintaining the following German aircraft transmitters and receivers; Fug III, Fug III a, Fug V. and Fug Va. It functions chiefly as a connecting box used to operate these transmitters and receivers in a ground repair shop without removal of the installed connecting cable and batteries from the aircraft. Technical characteristics are described, illustrated by a wiring diagram and photographs, and operating instructions are outlined. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germany
BSIR 1( 7):243, 1946-02-15 US ARMY SIGNAL CORPS Installation, orientation, and operations of the German radio direction finding receiver E.P.2a EEIS 8-36 1944-1945 39p This report consists of 5 reports of the Technical Liaison Division: 1. Installation, orientation, and operations of the German radio direction finding receiver E.P.2a. 1945. 12 pages, including diagrams. 2. German ground VHF intercept receiver, FuHEv (Serial #1612/brd/42). n.d. 8 pages, including 6 photographs and circuit diagram. 3. Translation of technical manual D782/5 on operation and maintenance of field relay repeater. 1944. 9 pages, incluaing photographs and diagrams. 4. German mine detector, Berlin 40 Type B Nr. 0480; manufacturer unknown. 1944. 6 pages, including photographs and wiring diagram. 5. German replacement part kit for field telephones and switchooards. 1944. 4 pates, including photographs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Germany
BSIR 1( 7):243, 1946-02-15 STEWART, T.E. Italian mine detector 1943 13p The detector is comprised of two major components; an exploring rod (search coil and detecting oscillator) and a back pack containing a fixed frequency oscillator, audio amplifier, and batteries. Sensitivity is approximately one-half that of US Detector Set SCR-625. Photographs, complete description, wiring diagrams and operation is presented, as well as comparison with corresponding German, British and US equipment. This report was submitted to the Engineer Board, Fort Beivoir, Virginia, and/or the chief of Engineers, US Army, Washington, D. C. Project GNS 468. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
Italian
BSIR 1( 7):243, 1946-02-15 AHERN, C.R. JACOBSEN, A.B. CHANCE, B. MIT Radiation Laboratory A voltage compensated delay multivibrator MIT Rad Lab 63-171 1943 8p A compact three-tube low precision aelay multivibrator controlled range marker for PPI sets has been tested for use with unregulated power supply. From 500 to 8000 yards the maximum deviation was 80 yards over a range of line voltages from 105 to 115 volts. The heat capacity of the cathode of the 6SN7 makes the time constant of the compensation 20 seconds. This unit is especially suited for compact PPI sets such as SO. Diagrams and graphs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):243, 1946-02-15 BADY, ISIDORE Fort Monmouth Signal Laboratory Notes on increasing the accuracy and usefulness of the Boonton Q meter, model 160 A FMSL FR 16 1945 25p The purpose of this report is to present informetion that has been developed which will increase the usefulness and accuracy of the Boonton model 160A Q meter. This includes a description of the methods used to calibrats the Q, meter, the msthod of measurement of power factor of materials at low and high frequencies, measurement of capacitance at high frequencies, and measurement of high resistance resistors at high freouencies. An Appendix shows the derivation of equations. Two photographs are included in the report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):243, 1946-02-15 GARMAN, R.L. MIT Radiation Laboratory AI-10 trainer simulation at 1. F. level MIT Rad Lab105- 1 1942 7p The Al-10 trainer described in this report is intended primarily for the training of AI operators of the SCR-520 aircraft interception radar set. it consists of en echo simulator which provides a single signal (artificial echo) of variable elevation, azimuth and range used in conjunction with the standard control and display equipment of the SCR-520 set. The parts of the SCR-520 used in the trainer are the I. F. amplifier, indicator central, and two indicator tubes, a type B and a type C. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 GARMAN, R.L. MIT Radiation Laboratory Land mass simulator MIT Rad Lab105- 3 1942 9p A circuit is described for the simulation of land masses subtending angles larger than the radar beam as they appear on fixed station radar systems using PPI presentation. The simulator unit is intended primarily for training operators in the use of such radar sets as the SCR-582 or SCR-584. Moving signals are generated from echo generators and properly controlled by the use of interconnected range, azimuth, and elevation rate cams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 GILBERT, C.M. TAPE, G.F. HAUPT, C.R. MIT Radiation Laboratory A simple trainer for GCA approach controller MIT Rad Lab669 1945 23p The Ground Controlled Approach System (GCA) is a radar system for directing the pilot of a plane along a pre-determined landing path under conditions of no visibility until he touches the runway or is able to see it and finish landing by sight. Approach controller is the name give to the operator who reads certain meters and gives the pilot his position relative to the glide path; this information is transmitted through standard communication channels. The trainer described here makes use of a standard small link trainer with modification to its wind drift box and crab, to simulate the plane and its radar signal. Photographs and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 GILLETTE, P.R. MIT Radiation Laboratory Colloquium on Pulse Transformer Design. November 3-4, 1943 MIT Rad Lab498 1944 103p A Colloquium on Pulse Transformer Design was held at the Radiation Laboratory, November 3 and 4, 1943 Papers presented at the colloquium (and published herein) cover the following subjects: (1) Principles of design, including calculation and experimental determination of coil and core characteristics and their effect on pulse shape and efficiency; (2) Construction and performance of output pulse transformers built by various U. S. manufacturers; (3) Characteristics and use of insulating materials and wire, and problems in case design of output transformers. Included in the report are short abstracts of the 11 papers presented at the colloquium, photographs, graphs and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 GILLETTE, P.R. BLYTHE, RICHARD MIT Radiation Laboratory Colloquium on pulse forming networks, October 12, 1944 MIT Rad Lab692 1945 89p Early in the development of high power microwave radar, the need became apparent for a rectangular wave generator which could employ any of the various existing types of high current, low resistance switches, such as spark gaps, etc., which could be closed rapidly but which, unfortunately, could not be opened rapidly. A modulator in which a transmission cable or equivalent network is charged to a given potential and then discharged through the load by closing a switch will satisfy this need. The development of such modulators, and of pulse forming networks for them, was undertaken simultaneously in many of the organizations engaged in the design and production of radar equipment. A Colloquium on pulse forming networks was held at the Radiation Laboratory October 12, 1944. Papers presented are: "A historical account of the development of a design procedure for pulse forming networks", by E. A. Guillemin; "The design of pulse forming networks", by L. Greenwald; "Pulse forming network design and test", by R. Blythe; "Experimental condensers and analysis of tests", by J. C. Balsbaugh; "Pulse forming network design", by P. Robinson, "Pulse forming network design, tests, and production", by E.B. Payne; "Pulse forming network design, tests, and production", by R. M. Partington; "Line modulator circuit modifications", by D. F. Winter. The report contains photographs, charts and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 GLASOE, G.N. MIT Radiation Laboratory The regulation obtainable in the operation of a hard tube modulator with magnetron load MIT Rad Lab697 1945 15p This report deals with the effect on the magnetron peak pulse voltage and current which is caused by the current-voltage characteristics of the magnetron and of the high vacuum triode or tetrode used as the switch in a hard tube modulator. In particular, the rates of change of magnetron current and voltage with respect to modulator power supply voltage are calculated for two types of switch tube operation. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 GRIESHEIMER, R.N. MIT Radiation Laboratory General report on low level power measurement at 10 cms in coax MIT Rad Lab 55- 3 1943 17p A low level power tester, applicable to field use as well as to laboratory work, has been developed. its detector may be either a home-made bolometer or a thermistor, - the advantage usually lying with the thermistor. Broadband coax detector mounts for 10 cm work have been made and found to be quite satisfactory. The detector is used in either a balanced or unbalanced bridge circuit and will measure power of the order of 25 to 1000 micro watts with ease. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 HALES, E.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Errors in circular sweeps due to decentering and ellipticity of the circle MIT Rad Lab 63- 11 1943 5p An extension of the analysis of Radiation Report B-45 is given to indicate that errors in ellipticity of and decentering of a 2000 yard circular sweep cause 5 yds/ mm and 11.5 yds/ mm error respectively. It is recommended that the sweep be centered and made circular to better than 1 mm. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 HARVEY, G.G. MIT Radiation Laboratory Information on corrugated coaxial lines and wave guides MIT Rad Lab 54-161942 5p This report is a compilation of measurements to date on the wave length and power loss in wave guides and coaxial lines with corrugations. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 HAUPT, C.R. MIT Radiation Laboratory The trainer for radio set AN/MPN-1 MIT Rad Lab676 1945 74p Radio set AN/PPN-l, commonly known as GCA, is a multiple radar equipment designed to guide flying aircraft so that they will be able to make safe landings at any airport under conditions of fog or very poor visibility. The purpose of the trainer, described in this report, is to enable the GCA crew to practice together as a team as well as to become proficient in performing their individual functions. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):248, 1946-02-15 HAYES, A.E., Jr. MIT Radiation Laboratory Transmission line construction details MIT Rad Lab 53- 1 1942 7p Contains construction details for the microwave transmission lines in use by the many systems in the Radiation Laboratory. Report is meant for the instruction of those who have had little experience in building such lines. Contains tables on bead spacing for Class A, Class S, and Class G lines. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HAYES, W.D. MIT Radiation Laboratory Gratings and screens as microwave reflectors MIT Rad Lab 54-20 1943 26p The partially open reflector, in the form of a grating, a screen, or a perforated sheet, will find application whenever factors such as high wind resistance, and visual opaqueness make a continuous metal surface undesirable. In particular, the edgewise strip grating is adaptable under these conditions. This report presents the results of r.f. transmission measurements on some seventy different reflectors, and wind resistance measurements on about twenty-five. 13 graphs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HEINS, A.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory The susceptance of asymmetrically located windows in rectangular wave guides MIT Rad Lab 43-10 1942 3p A formula and a graph are given for the susceptance of an inductive off-center window in a wave guide. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HEPPERLE, C.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Operating characteristics of the 419 Klystron MIT Rad Lab 53-21 1943 20p This report contains operating instructions and curves for the Sperry 419 Klystron, a reflex tyre of velocity modulated tube. Power output and electrical tuning are shown as a function of cavity voltage, reflector voltage, wavelength and external load impedance. Frequency shift is plotted as a function of external load impedance and cavity voltage. The curves shown should be useful for predicting the performance of the 419 used as a signal generator or local oscillator. Contains 12 pages of charts and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HERB, R.G. MIT Radiation Laboratory The PBM-1 MIT Rad Lab Ser v.X-2 1941 2p A progress report dated October 1, 1941 stating that a model of the PBM-1, in aircraft radar, has been received and work is now proceeding on the installation of the turret. A description of the components of the set is given, including parts not yet received. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HERB, R.G. MIT Radiation Laboratory Regular report on spinners and radiators MIT Rad Lab Ser v.VI-2 1941 2p A progress report dated October 15, 1941, which gives a brief outline of progress of four spinners as follows: (1) G.E. 30" AI spinner; (2) G.E. 30" ASV spinner; (3) G.E. 4' spinner; and (4) Radiation Laboratory 4' spinner. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HIGINBOTHAM, W.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Indicator components as used in a complete aircraft interception installation MIT Rad Lab Ser v.VI-5S 1942 18p It is the function of the indicator to present the information given by the radar equipment in the aircraft interceptor installations (A. I. Indicator components are the indicator cathode ray tubes and mounts, the scanner potentiometers and the central indicator unit containing controls and circuits. The relation of these to the other components of the system is discussed. The indicator components and their functions are described. The system contains two tubes for type C indication and one for type B. It will receive A. I. or beacon. The Raytheon central indicator unit, WX3515, is described in detail including all the electronic circuits. It supplies a receiver gate, a gate for the type C tubes, 1, 10, and 100 mile sweeps for the type B tube, a trigger pulse for the modulator, switches and controls. Its volume is 1 1/4 cubic feet, weight 55 lb., power consumption 20 watts at 24 volts DC, and 200 watts at 115 volts, 400 cycles. Schematic and wiring diagrams are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HITE, GEORGE WHITMAN, EARL CHANCE, BRITTON MIT Radiation Laboratory Frequency division with blocking oscillator pulse transformers MIT Rad Lab 63- 12 1943 20p A one-step frequency divider suitable for division from 82,000 to 320 c.p.s. with a phase error of 0.1 microsecond and a frequency error of 10 cycles per second for a 16% change of line voltage is described. A simple coincidence circuit for decreasing the phase error to 0.03 microseconds is also described. These circuits have also been modified so as to operate as frequency dividers in conjunction with a pulsed oscillator triggerable at a varying repetition rate. Diagrams included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HUGHES, V.W. BROWN, P.F. MIT Radiation Laboratory Externally triggered circular sweep amplifiers MIT Rad Lab 63- 18 1943 12p Vacuum tubed amplifiers for pulsed circular sweeps on central electrode cathode ray tubes are discussed. Emphasis is placed on the design of 2000 yard sweep amplifiers for high precision use. Due to harmonic distortion cyclic errors of 3/4% are anticipated in the field. 1/4% accuracy may be secured by methods and checks described herein. A precise method for measuring the accuracy of these sweeps is also described. These sweeps described give a linear indication after 1/8 of the first cycle. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HUNTINGTON, H.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory 1N21 Loss Tester type 7556 MIT Rad LabM-177 1944 22p Gives instructions for the installation, operation and maintenance of the type 7556, 1821 Loss Tester. This set is intended for acceptance testing of 1N21, 1N21A and 1N21B crystal rectifiers on the basis of conversion loss. Photographs and circuit diagrams are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HUNTINGTON, H.B., and others MIT Radiation Laboratory Testing of 1N21 Navy crystal rectifiers MIT Rad Lab 53-26 1943 30p Results of tests on 200 production crystals received from the Bureau of Ships are reported. 100 of these crystals are made by Sylvania and 100 by Western Electric. Tests include conversion loss and output noise ratio at S- and X-bands, design tests, burn-out testa including extensive data on S- and X-band performance after exposure to high level S-band pulsed power, and data on RF impedance at S- and X-bands. Performance and burn-out tests on crystals made by Westinghouse are also reported. 2 diagrams and 21 graphs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 HUREWICZ, WITOLD NICHOLS, NATHANIEL B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Servos with torque saturation, Part I MIT Rad Lab555 1944 11p This report is concerned with a servo mechanism in which the corrective torque is proportional to the error as long Ls the latter does not exceed certain critical value. For Larger values of the error the stalled torque of the motor remains constant. It is shown that despite this saturation affect the servo behaves essentially like a linear servo without saturation, provided the product of the motor time constant and the velocity error constant is less than 3. Two charts are included in the report. See PB 2833 for report of further work. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):249, 1946-02-15 JAMES, H.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Use of the range clock in night fighting with AI equipment MIT Rad Lab 43-32 1943 14p The range clock is a tactical device for use in conjunction with AI equipment in night fighting. It makes possible a simple and straightforward procedure by which a night fighter can come onto the course of a target, making use of a minimum number of radar observations, and without the aid of direction by ground stations. In this report there is given a description of the range clock procedure which is sufficient for the purposes of a radar operator. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):250, 1946-02-15 JERREMS, A.S. WHITFORD, A.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Modulated pulse communication MIT Rad Lab 51-15 1943 6p The object of the work here reported has been to demonstrate that existing airborne radar equipment can be used for sending out voice messages with relatively minor changes and additions. Frequency modulation of the pulse rate about a mean value of 4000 cycles is the method used. A frequency modulated trigger generator has been developed. An integrator circuit is used as the audio detector in the receiver output. Very satisfactory speech transmission has been obtained. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):250, 1946-02-15 JONES, H.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Correction of the scanning of ship borne radar systems for roll and pitch of the ship MIT Rad Lab Ser v.V SR-13S 1941 19p This report is concerned with the correction to the scanning (radar) due to yaw, roll and pitch of a ship. It states the exact form of the corrections in the case of zero yaw, and investigates the error arising from the use of simpler approximate corrections. A scheme is indicated for making the complete correction for roll, pitch and yaw by using a small gyrostabilized base, rather than the large one necessary to accommodate a complete spinner. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):250, 1946-02-15 JORDAN, W.H. MIT Radiation Laboratory Action of linear detector on signals in the presence of noise MIT Rad Lab 61-23 1943 7p It is shown that the output signal power of a linear detector is no longer proportional to the i-f signal power when the signal is reduced to the order of noise. This amounts to a suppression of signal by noise and becomes increasingly important as one attempts to observe weaker video signals. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):250, 1946-02-15 KATZ, S. SHAPIRO, I. WOOD, B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Instructions for Type TSK-1SE spectrum analyzer MIT Rad LabM-142 1945 36p This manual provides notes on the installation, theory and maintenance of type TSK-1SE spectrum analyzer. This analyzer is used to observe transmitter spectra and to measure the frequency of pulsed and c-w oscillators. It consists essentially of a microwave receiver with an oscilloscope indicator. Diagrams and photographs are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):250, 1946-02-15 KEARY, T.J. ALLEY, R.E., Jr. MIT Radiation Laboratory An automatic recorder for microwave antenna pattern measurements MIT Rad Lab 54-18 1943 12p In order to expedite the development of microwave antennas an automatic pattern recorder has been constructed. The relative power received by the antenna under test is plotted on four cycle semilogarithmic paper as a function of the azimuthal and elevation angles of the antenna. Patterns taken by the recorder agree with those taken using an amplifier and a vacuum tube voltmeter. Drawings and graphs included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):250, 1946-02-15 KIRBY-SMITH, J.S. MIT Radiation Laboratory S band A.S.V. marker MIT Rad Lab 61-16 1943 9p An S band A.S.V. marker, designed originally as a simple IFF unit, but with possible applications to blind landing systems is described. The marker is an untriggered transmitter using a 707A tube as R.F. source. Minimum ranges of 4-5 miles as an IFF and 8-10 as a runway marker are obtained when working with standard W.E. 517C search equipment. A higher gain antenna will result in increased range when used as a runway marker. One figure and three photographs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):250, 1946-02-15 KNIPP, JULIAN K. MIT Radiation Laboratory Notes on the reflex oscillator MIT Rad Lab709 1945 33p Because the field in the gap of a reflex oscillator is very nearly space constant, the resonator driving current is the space-average electronic current. The effects of resonator and load are admittances measured at the gap. Both the injected and reflected parts of the driving current can be referred back to injected currents at the first grid with the aid of Fourier's integral theorem. Essential are the space averages of phase factors for the arrival of electrons which have come directly or been reflected. The arrival times are influenced by the r-f fields and are calculated neglecting space charge and velocity distribution. Effects arising from electrons making more than two transits of the gap are also neglected. Small amplitude theory is used in the sense that it is assumed that no electrons are stopped in the gap. Thus V/2V₀ <1/4, where V is the amplitude of the r-f potential and V₀ is the beam potential. The distinction is made between T₃, T₁, T₃ V/2V₀, which are zero-order quantities, and T₁ V/2V₀, T₃ V2/4V₀2, which are first-order quantities; T₃ and T₁ are the times spent by the electron in the reflector region and in the gap, respectively, in the absence of the r-f field. The arrival times and phase factors are developed to first-order. Familiar expressions are obtained for the electronic admittance and beam-loading admittance in which the transit angle of the gap appears as a zero-order quantity. The beam-loading admittance vanishes for zero gap transit angle but a first-order term remains in the electronic admittance which arises from second-order quantities in the velocity of the electrons after their first trip through the gap, which quantities lead to first-order expressions due to large reflection times; however, this term is small for modes with large reflection times. Power output, electrical tuning, and frequency range are discussed briefly and curves given which are valid for high modes. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):250, 1946-02-15 KNIPP, JULIAN K. MIT Radiation Laboratory Space charge between parallel plane grids MIT Rad Lab534 1944 32p Electrons are injected at a uniform constant rate into a region bounded by two parallel plane grids. They all have the same speed at any plane and move perpendicular to the grids in the average field. If the electron velocity becomes zero at a plane between the grids, a certain fraction of the electrons is reflected. If the preceding region is space charge limited, convenient parameters are the cathode-grid spacing, grid-grid spacing, first grid velocity, and second grid velocity. If it is temperature limited, they are the injected current density, grid-grid spacing, first grid velocity, and second grid velocity. These parameters being fixed, there can be either one or three satisfactory solutions, if stability considerations are neglected. They lead to one, two or sometimes three values of the net current. The discussion of These wall known steady state conditions is simplified by expressing all quantities in terms of the transit time. There result secular relations for its determination. In certain ranges of the parameters, there is only one possible value of the transit time; in other ranges, there are three, giving a lack of uniqueness. Once the transit time is ftxed, the features of the potential distribution are readily determined. Charts and diagrams are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):250, 1946-02-15 KOEHLER, J.F. MIT Radiation Laboratory The CXBH-1 (the PBM-1) MIT Rad Lab Ser v.X-3 4p Description of the major components of the CXBH-1, a flying boat of the PBM-1 type which was under completion at the Naval Aircraft Factory in Philadelphia at the end of 1941. Spinner, spinner controls, the PP1, pulser, RF components, receiver, PPI control, and power equipment are described. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):251, 1946-02-15 KRULIKOSKI, S.J. MIT Radiation Laboratory Summary of life test data on Sylvania 4C35 hydrogen thyratrons MIT Rad Lab589 1945 17p Thirty-five Sylvania 4C35 hydrogen thyratrons have been life tested at 1/2 µ sec pulse duration, 2000 pulses per second, and twenty-seven at 1/4 µ sec and 1/10 µ sec pulse duration, 4000 pulses per second. Approximate test conditions were 8,500 volts anode voltage and 90 amperes peak current, with dib/dt ranging from 800 to 2000 amperes per µ sec. At 1/2 µ sec, 2000/ sec, the average life of seventeen tubes tested to destruction was 900 hours, and at 1/4 µ sec, 4000/sec, the average life of fourteen tubes tested to destruction was 500 hours. Proposed changes in the anode seal structure should materially improve the life expectancy. The life tests show that tubes made under production conditions have a satisfactory life which is comparable to that of laboratory tubes. Present production at Sylvania is 500-1000 tubes per month. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):251, 1946-02-15 KRULIKOSKI, S.J. MIT Radiation Laboratory A survey of high vacuum diodes used for surge limiting operation in modulators MIT Rad Lab580 1944 41p This discussion presents data on peak currents in diodes used as damping tubes in modulators. Characteristic curves obtained with pulses are carried out to 10 kv and are presented together with JAN-1 specifications and nominal characteristics. Data are given on the following tubes: GL-8020, 100R, 705A, 719A, 371B, 72R, and 73R. Emission measurement methods used by manufacturers are discussed and compared quantitatively with the pulse method. Charts and diagrams are included in the report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):251, 1946-02-15 KUPER, J.B.H. WALTZ, M.C. MIT Radiation Laboratory Notes on load effects in reflex oscillators MIT Rad Lab717 1945 44p A discussion of the uses of performance charts generally known as "Rieke diagrams" in the study of reflex velocity variation oscillators. This type of chart has been used generally to describe the behavior of magnetrons but is adaptable to the study of reflex oscillators. Diagrams can be useful to both tube designer and circuit engineer in obtaining optimum results. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):251, 1946-02-15 LARSON, R.W. BALMER, R.F. MEIER, A.S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Tests on radar echoes from cylinders MIT Rad Lab 91- 1 1942 6p This report is a record of observations on the variation in intensity of echoes from cylindrical objects inclined at various angles to the beam of a radar system. To simulate actual tactical use, a reflecting body was erected, such that its effect would be the same as that of a submarine periscope riding four feet out of water. The results showed that echoes from a cylindrical object were much stronger when the axis of the cylinder was accurately perpendicular to the direction of propagation of the radar beam. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):251, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. and others Behavior of Westinghouse silicon as a low level detector NDRC14-186 1943 9p This report presents results of experiments undertaken to compare tungsten and molybdenum points on low level detectors. It was found that there is no significant difference between the two kinds of points and that any improvement in the figure of merit may be ascribed to the silicon and its treatment. Silicon used in experiments was prepared at Westinghouse Research Laboratories by melting pure DuPont silicon with 0.6% aluminum in a quartz crucible. Charts included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):251, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. and others University of Pennsylvania DC burn-out temperature in silicon rectifiers NDRC14-113 1942 46p This report presents data indicating that the following procedure should be adopted in the manufacture of crystal cartridge units: 1. the silicon should be highly polished and etched. 2. the units should not be tapped if uniformity is desired. 3. It is immaterial what type of silicon is used as far as burn-out is concerned. 4. A line contact should be made between the tungsten and the silicon. Photographs of equipment used, details of experimental work, and experimental results are given in detail. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):251, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. and others University of Pennsylvania A device for the selection and manufacture of low level detectors, October 27, 1943 NDRC14-637 1943 10p This report describes device for studying effect of both etch and tapping on surfaces selected for the manufacture of low level detectors. The figure of merit of a low level detector is proportional to the ratio of the 2nd derivative of the characteristic curve to its first, evaluated at the operating point. This quantity is designated as aloha. Discrepancy in theoretical and practical quantity, alpha, is generally ascribed to dirt on the silicon surface which makes the work function spotty. Diagrams included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):251, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. STEPHENS, W.E. University of Pennsylvania Effect of etch[ing] on crystal rectifiers NDRC14-165 1943 3p The etching agent used to treat the silicon surface in crystal rectifiers has an appreciable effect on noise and gain of the unit. Four etch treatments are compared: (1) Hot 6N NaOH; (2) 5% HNO₃ in commercial HF followed by electrolytic treatment with HF and 3 volts A.C.; (3) 5% commercial HF in conc. H₂SO₄ and same electrolytic treatment; and (4) electrolytic treatment alone. Results are tabulated and summarized. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):251, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. STEPHENS, W.E. University of Pennsylvania Electron microscopy of tungsten points OSRD388 1943 6p Four photographs of tungsten catswhiskers. They show: Electrolytically polished points initially are smoother than unpolished; the microscope resolves and reveals irregularities in the tip of the point; and even under small loads, mushrooming of the tip occurs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):251, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. MILLER, P.H. STEPHENS, W.E. University of Pennsylvania Noise in silicon rectifiers at low temperatures NDRC14-189 1943 15p This report describes experiments undertaken in the measurement of noise generated at low temperatures by crystal cartridges. All the measurements were made on standard crystals except for the fact that the wax was removed in an attempt to avoid spurious expansion effects. Equipment used for the measurement of noise consisted of an input circuit, a Harvey pre-amplifier, a six tube strip and a bolometer bridge. Diagrams and charts included. Theory of method used in these experiments is analyzed in PB 2643. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, J.L. McCREARY, R.L. MIT Radiation Laboratory Measurement of the Q-value of a T-R box MIT Rad Lab 64- 6 1942 3p A justification for referring to the Q of a T-R box in terms of a lumped constant circuit is given. A formula for computing Q from easily measured quantities is given and some errors are discussed. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 LINFORD, LEON B., and others MIT Radiation Laboratory A definition of maximum range on aircraft and its quantitative determintion MIT Rad Lab 64-10 1942 15p A precise definition of maximum range is suggested. Methods of determining maximum range from signal intensity and range measurements are described. The measurements described enable one to make a quantitative comparison of the performance of different systems. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 LINFORD, LEON, and others MIT Radiation Laboratory Supplementart Report on altitude determination by means of an expanded elevation indicator ("Vertical PPI") MIT Rad Lab 64-12 1942 19p The analysis of the results of further tests of the Expanded Elevation Indicator (EE1) shows that one-half the altitude determinations are within ± 250 ft of the altitudes as indicated by a calibrated altimeter for planes flying at lees than 9000 ft at ranges varying from 4 miles to 25 miles. These results were obtained on a plane of the OS-2U type with a system using a 4-foot parabolic reflector. Application of the EEI to GCI problems is discussed. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 LINFORD, LEON, and others MIT Radiation Laboratory The time fluctuations of a rotary spark gap modulator MIT Rad Lab 64-14 1942 6p Photographs of a regularly triggered PPI showing the interference produced by a system using a spark gap modulator were analyzed. Frequency histograms are presented showing (1) the distribution of deviations of individual firing times from the "non-fluctuating" firing time and (2) the distribution of the absolute values of the deviations of the intervals between successive pulses from the mean interval between pulses. Report contains illustrations and graphs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, A.W. and others University of Pennsylvania Recent research on silicon rectifiers NDRC14-224 1944 9p This report discusses the formation of surface films on silicon by atmospheric aging and electroyltic etching, and presents results of investigations on the distribution of aluminum in silicon. Autoradiographs indicate that the British annealing procedure does not produce an appreciably more homogeneous material. Precision X-ray diffraction pictures indicate that only a very small fraction of the aluminum added to the melt is actually retained in the silicon lattice. These results are consistent with the latest theoretical interpretation of the temperature dependence of conductivity and Hall effect in silicon. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 LAWSON, J. MIT Radiation Laboratory The photography of successive pulse reflections from a moving target MIT Rad Lab 64- 5 1942 5p A method is described for photographing the intensity of ;vise reflections from a radar target. Some results are given on the successive pulse reflections from an aircraft. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 LEITER, H.A. MIT Radiation Laboratory Dielectric transmission measurements MIT Rad Lab 53-13 1943 21p The waveguide method for measuring transmission characteristics of dielectric material is described, and tables of transmission measurements by this and other methods are given. 7 graphs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 LEVINE, ROBERT McMILLAN, F.L., Jr. MIT Radiation Laboratory Chemical methods for maintaining the partial pressure of water vapor in TR tubes MIT Rad Lab593 1944 14p Several chemical methods were considered to maintain, regardless of age, the partial pressure of water vapor, and hence the recovery time in a TR tube. A method using properly treated silica gel was developed which did produce the desired results, but life tests showed that the cavities became excessively flossy, probably due to a heavy formation of red copper oxide on the cones of the TR tube. Another method consists of coating those portions of the cone external to the RF cavity with red copper oxide and has proven to be more successful. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 LONGACRE, ANDREW MIT Radiation Laboratory The operation of the screen cage MIT Rad Lab 11- 2 1941 7p The Screen Cage System has been improved so that on one occasion the S/N ratio was 40/1 on the 11 mile signal. Planes have been seen on occasions. A little fuse bolometer standing wave section and double stub tuning connection for tuning the magnetron to the line were developed. The bolometer has been used (1) for measuring the power coming down the receiving line, and (1) in connection with the standing wave section to detect and measure standing waves in the antenna line. A matching section was used to eliminate these in the vicinity of the TR box. Report includes 2 diagrams, entitled: (1) Bolometer matching arrangement; (2) standing wave detector sliding section. This report of Roof Group covers period Sept. 1 to Oct. 6, 1941. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 McCREARY, R.L. MIT Radiation Laboratory Direct coupling in the box MIT Rad Lab 64- 9 1942 9p Direct coupling measurements in the T-R box indicate a way in which adequate protection for a crystal mixer at high power operation can be obtained. Measured attenuations of the Sutton and BTL posts were 66 and 60 db respectively for Class A operation using a Q subscript L (one loop) of 400. Measurements on a set of 15° tapered poste of various diameters are given in accompanying curves from which it is possible to obtain the proper attenuation up to a 72 db limit. The post and cavity size are obtained from the same curves so that tuning of the T-R box is possible. Measurements which indicate that the arc represents a fairly good shorted T-R are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):252, 1946-02-15 McMILLAN, E.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Design characteristics of spinner housing materials MIT Rad Lab 53-14 1943 40p A preliminary report on radar housing materials. Wood species, plywoods, and plastics were investigated. Tests were made of electrical and mechanical properties and of moisture resistance. Certain wood species have desirable dielectric and water resistive properties, but both impregnation and a surface coating are needed. The applications of plywood are very limited, but a number of plastics may be used. Tables and charts included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):253, 1946-02-15 McMILLAN, F.L., Jr. WIESNER, J.B. MIT Radiation Laboratory Pre-ignition transmission through gas-switching tubes, and its contribution to crystal failures MIT Rad Lab 53-24 1943 29p It is shown that pre-ignition energies are the important factors in crystal burn-out by gas-switching tubes. Various conditions of operation are examined and optimum operating conditions found. Methods of operation which lead to serious difficulty are discussed. 17 pages of diagrams and charts. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):253, 1946-02-15 MARCY, H. TYLER MILLER, CARLTON W. MIT Radiation Laboratory Tests on a M3B1 oil gear and an amplidyne servo for the SCR-598 control problem MIT Rad Lab464 1944 22p Tests are described of these two servomechanisms as possible azimuth control unite for the SCR-598 surface control set. which is used with 90 mm anti-motor torpedo boat armament. It was necessary to make both mechanisms slower than is desirable because of elastance and locking in the mount gearing. Typical response curves for the step inputs are presented for both mechanisms. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):253, 1946-02-15 MARSHAK, R.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Theory of circular bends in rectangular wave guides MIT Rad Lab 43-35 1943 27p Reflection and transmission coefficients due to circular bends in rectangular wave guides are calculated by means of an approximate ("WKB") method. It is found that if the guide only supports one mode, the reflection is negligibly small even for sharp bends unless the longer dimension of the guide almost coincides with the wave length in air. If the guide can support several modes, the band will excite modes other than the incident mode which may comprise an appreciable fraction of the transmitted and reflected beams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):253, 1946-02-15 MASON, S.J. MIT Radiation Laboratory 45° microwave reflector MIT Rad Lab 54-19 1943 36p A navel radar spinner should be mounted high above the water and above deck obstructions for good range and clear azimuthal view. This report compares the radiation properties of a direct mast mounting and the reflection system where the beam le sent from a paraboloid antenna and reflected by a 45° metal mirror mounted high in the mast. The reflection system is simpler to install and makes repairs and replacement more accessible. The intensity of the beam may be expressed as a function of dish size, mirror sirs, and distance between dish and mirror. 25 diagrams are given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):253, 1946-02-15 MASON, S.J. MIT Radiation Laboratory The Range Calculator MIT Rad Lab497 1943 9p The report consists of a discussion of theory and use of a Range Calculator and includes sample problems. The Range Calculator is a slide rule for computing the free space range to be expected from a reder system, knowing antenna size, transmitted power, minimum detectable received power, effective target area, wavelength, and type of pattern. The Calculator is also an aid in visualizing the relations between these variables. A Range Calculator is included in report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):253, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY Airborne radar projects in Division 9 MIT Rad Lab 9- 3 1943 58p Each project contains a description of equipment and its use, and the purpose of the project. The report is illustrated by photographs and diagrams. Projects described are: I. SCR-726 - ARO (Airborne range only equipment) II. AIA (X-band search and fixed gun aiming radar) III. SCR-702 - AGL-1 (Airborne search, interception and fire control radar for nightfighters) IV. AI-3 - AGL-4 (Airborne search, aiming and range-finding radar for XA-26B) V. SCR-580 - AGL-2 (Airborne gunlaying radar for bomber protection) VI. ASJ - TW (Tail warning for bombers and fighters) VII. AGS (Radar gun sight for turret fire control) VIII. Radar homing developments A. Pelican project (Radar guided homing bomb) B. RRB (Radar guided Aeronca glider) C. SRB (Transmitter-receiver type homing radar) IX. ASD (X-band ASV search radar) X. ASD-1 (X-band ASV search with R.F. head) XI. ASO, ASG-1, ASG-2, ASG-3 (S-hand ASV radar) XII. LRASV (Long range ASV radar) XIII. LWASV (Light weight ASV radar) XIV. Experimental beacon system for use with LWASV XV. LHTR (Lighthouse tube radar) XVI. Relay Radar (Transmission of radar display from air to ground) XVII. NAB (Navigation by radar and area bombing by radar) XVIII. LAB (Low altitude bombing attachment to ASV). ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):253, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY Comparative signal noise measurements on crystal mixers and grounded grid tube mixers MIT Rad Lab Ser v. IV-7S 1941 6p Comparative measurements of several crystal mixers and tube mixers have been made at the Bell Telephone Laboratories at Holmdel, at the Radiation Laboratory with similar methods, and in a Radiation Laboratory operating system. They show that good British crystals are superior on a signal/noise basis to the best grounded grid tube mixers by only about 2 db. The tube converters used at the Radiation Laboratory up to the present have been 5 db. or poorer than the best Holmdel ones. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):253, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY The comparison between signal and noise MIT Rad Lab 43-21 1943 10p The usual treatments of the discrimination between signal and random noise compare merely the signal power with the root mean square noise power. However, other factors than just the power ration play a role in the recognition of a signal amidst noise. A somewhat more precise mathematical study of the appearance of noise and signals on a cathode ray tube may be of value in the investigation of this problem. The heights of noise peaks on an A-scope do not follow a Gaussian distribution. It is shown that if the deflection is proportional to the envelope of the IF voltage the peake follow a distribution which is the derivative of a Gaussian. The distribution depends strongly upon the law of the deflection of the A-scope as shown in the examples. Three graphs showing scope deflection are included. The abstract included in the report is signed "S.A..G." ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):253, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY Maintenance experience with ASV equipment MIT Rad LabOP-1 1942 5p The ASV equipment installed in 10 Army B-18B planes has been in operation for about 12 weeks. The present report includes description of the performance of this equipment and recommendations for possible improvement based on actual operational experience. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):254, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY Microwave radar reflections MIT Rad Lab 43-23 1943 13p It is impossible to make exact calculations of the reflections of electromagnetic waves from various obstacles except for some simple shapes. Microwave radar echoes can be computed with sufficient accuracy by methods of elementary optics. For a segment of a curved surface the returned power is proportional to the square of the radius of curvature practically independent of the wavelength or the size of the target, provided it is not too small. For a flat and a cylindrical surface a strong echo occurs only for perpendicular incidence; its intensity increases with shorter wavelength. The effective cross sections for radar return are in most cases larger than the geometrical cross section of the target. For a target near the water surface the mean echo decreases at first with the usual fourth power law in range independent of the wavelength, up to a certain distance which moves out farther with shorter wavelength. Beyond that distance the returned power decreases approximately with the eighth power of the range until near the optimum distance of direct vision ("horizon" In this region the returned intensity is inversely proportional to the fourth power of the wavelength. The abstract included in this report is signed "J.F.C., S.AG" ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):254, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY Modulator colloquium, April 16-17, 1943 MIT Rad Lab 50- 2 1943 246p A colloquium for the purpose of pooling the available data and ideas on line modulators for microwave radar. 19 papers are included on the following topics: Enclosed trigger gape; fixed park gap tubes; trigatrons and series spark gaps; R.F. spectrum; light weight modulator; oil immersed hard tube modulator; non-linear coil pulsars; simplified pulse modulator; Radiation Laboratory modulator development;; hydrogen thyratrone; mercury vapor thyratrons; bridge gap reactor; and pulse transformers. There are 89 plates and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):254, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY Plan position indicators MIT Rad Lab 62- 1 1942 24p The circuits and performance of both the mechanical rotating yoke and the electronic rotating sweep types of plan position indicators are given. Methods are described using potentiometers, variable inductive couplers, and condensers as the link between the scanner and the indicator producing en electronic rotation of the sweep. it has peen found that each method has its peculiar advantages, but that generally the mechanical rotating yoke is capable of slightly higher precision of pattern while the electronic rotation is lighter and cheaper to produce. Diagrams and a table are included in the report. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):254, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY Regular report on the XT-3 MIT Rad Lab Ser v.VII-3 n.d. 7p Photographs of interior and exterior views of truck system and explanations of photographs are given. Tentative results, reporting ships to 55 nautical miles and airplanes to 6 miles on the PPI indicator are included. Certain constructional features of truck system are described in PB 3800. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):254, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY Statistics of circuit noise MIT Rad Lab 43-20 10p Simple statistical methods using impulse functions are presented with which well-known formulae for the mean square noise current and voltage in a small frequency range are calculated. A proof is also given for the Gaussian distribution of the instantaneous noise voltage or current. The auto correlation function of the noise voltage is calculated and a qualitative discussion is given of the shape of the noise pulses. The abstract in this report is signed "S.AG, P.R.W." ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):254, 1946-02-15 MILLER, E.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Development of a flexible relay servo mechanism and application to sector scanning spinner controls MIT Rad Lab102- 1 1942 28p Discussion of flexible relay servo mechanisms permitting automatic radar scanning through a limited arc, thus permitting a slower (and at the same time more frequent) scansion of a given group of signals. Comparison is made of power amplification used in the amplidyne system with the relay system. The amplidyne system is more accurate but heavy and wasteful of power. a description is given of a typical installation. Contains 13 figures. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):254, 1946-02-15 MILLER, E.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory A one-tube, one-selsyn sector-scanner MIT Rad Lab448 1943 12p This report covers the final forms of two sector-scanning spinner control circuits, one powered by 60 cps and the other by any aircraft frequency. One 2050 tube is used in the self-rectifying circuit, one selsyn is used on the spinner; and an Ohmite DR-125 potentiometer is used on the control panel. Diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):254, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY Possible measurement of radar echoes by use of model targets MIT Rad Lab 43-24 1943 13p The reflection of light from shining models of targets can give quantitative information about the intensities of echoes from the actual target for microwave radar. For most of the curved parts of the target, elementary geometrical optics is valid. For perpendicular incidence on flat or cylindrical portions of the target a simple correction factor must be applied to the scaling factor which converts the model measurements into results for the actual target. Interference between reflections from various parts of the target will cause rapid random fluctuations in the received intensity with change of aspect. The measurements on the model will give the average intensity disregarding the interference pattern. The abstract included in this report is signed "S.AG, P.R.W." ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):254, 1946-02-15 MILLER, E.E. MIT Radiation Laboratory Tactical devices based on superposition of a plotting board on the PPI pattern MIT Rad Lab102- 2 1942 6p This report gives a brief summary of several tactical devices which, by optical superposition of images, make quantitative use of the map-like character of PPI patterns. Encouraging results in matching patterns to a true map, and in plotting courses of ships across these maps are described. The development of a means for transmitting such course-plotting continuously to a large nap some distance away is mentioned. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):254, 1946-02-15 MILLER, P.H. GREENBLATT, M.H. STEPHENS, W.E. Audio noise tester, May 10, 1944 NDRC14-267 1944 13p Description of a simple portable device for measuring crystal noise in the audio range with DC bias. The 30 megacycle noise temperature under operating conditions can then be predicted to better than ± 1 or ± 25%. This apparatus should furnish a satisfactory portable field tester for crystal noise, although further tests are needed to establish correlation curves for other types and makes of crystals and burnout caused by other means. Detailed diagrams and charts included. This apparatus was based on results of experiments reported in PB 2638. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 MILLER, P.H. and others University of Pennsylvania Noise spectrum of silicon rectifiers, March 20, 1944 NDRC14-256 1944 13p Description of methods employed and preliminary results achieved in experiments to measure frequency spectrum of noise. Noise temperature of silicon rectifiers was measured in the range 1 k.c. to 1 m.c. Temperature was found to be orders of magnitude greater in this region than at 30 m.c., to be roughly proportional to DC bias squared in the back direction, and to vary as 1/ frequency for both DC bias and R.F. These characteristics are the same as found by other investigators for carbon microphones and thin metal resistors. There is a rough correlation between 3G m.c. noise and 1 k.c. noise with forward DC bias. These experiments furnished the basis for the development of the apparatus reported in PB 2639. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 MORE, KENNETH R. MIT Radiation Laboratory Performance characteristics of the magnetron under conditions simulating beacon operation, tubs types 2J38 and 2J22 MIT Rad Lab 52- 8 1943 9p The performance characteristics of magnetrons under conditions simulating radar beacon operation were studied. Measurements of peek current, BF output power, and frequency spectrum were made when six closely spaced pulses of equal voltage were applied to the magnetron at a recurrence rate of 965 c.p.s. 2 graphs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 NAWROCKI, C. MIT Radiation Laboratory Fine grid technique MIT Rad Lab 61-17 1943 7p Several procedures used in making fine grids for use in experimental models of the Neher S-Band RF amplifier tube are described. Grids were made of tungsten wire, .0003" in diameter with grid spacings .0010" to .0025" between wire centers. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 POUND, R.V. BERGER, ROSE MIT Radiation Laboratory Preplumbing of tees for G-band MIT Rad Lab 53- 7 1942 10p A discussion of the problem of a single preplumbed TR distance for the entire G-band of wavelengths. It is found that with reasonable tolerances on the cold impedance of magnetrons not less than 83% of the received signal can be sent into the TR at any wavelength in the band. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 POUND, R.V. MIT Radiation Laboratory An S-band crystal mixer MIT Rad Lab 53-11 1942 5p The features and advantages of the #2587 crystal mixer are described. These include fixed tuning over A,S, and G bands, inclusion of a self-protection feature, adaptation to pressurized TR cavities, simple coupling to local oscillator, ease of replacement of crystals and use of Tyne N connectors. Drawing of crystal mixer is given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 POUND, R.V. MIT Radiation Laboratory Stub supports in 7/8" coaxial lines MIT Rad Lab 53- 2 1942 10p A discussion of data collected on 7/8" coaxial line stub-supports both right angle and straight through with descriptions of methods for making such stub-supports have broad bands. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 PRESTON, W.M., and others MIT Radiation Laboratory Comparison of reflectivities of approximately similar plastic and metal airplanes MIT Rad Lab 10- 2 1942 6p An airplane constructed mainly of plastics was compared in reflectivity with a very similar metal plane for radiation of 10 and 3 centimeters. The average estimate of signal strength difference reduced to the basis of airplanes of equal size was about 2db, at both wavelengths, the plastic plane being the weaker one. However, the signals from both planes disappeared into noise and reappeared at sensibly the same range. It is apparent that the particular plastic airplane used in these tests has no striking advantage over metal airplanes in eluding radar. Report includes graph and table of results obtained. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 PRESTON, W.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Rotary joints with E₀ stub transformers MIT Rad Lab 53-12 1942 8p A description is given of a simple hollow pipe transformer for conversion from the H₁₀ mode in rectangular guide to the E₀₁ mode in the round guide. A stub end on the round pipe effectively suppresses the lower H₁₁ mode, and proper choice of the stub diameter gives the transformer a reasonably broad transmission band. diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 PURCELL, E.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory A method for measuring the absolute gain of microwave antennae MIT Rad Lab 41- 9 1943 8p If an antenna previously matched is pointed at a plane mirror and fed from a signal generator, the ratio of received to transmitted power, determined directly from the standing wave ratio in the line feeding the antenna, gives the absolute gain of the antenna in a direction normal to the mirror. Results of measurements at 1.25 cm in a rear fed 8" paraboloid are presented, together with the details of this particular feed. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 REDHEFFER, RAYMOND M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Transmission and reflection of parallel plane sheets MIT Rad Lab483-12 Radom bulletin No. 12 1945 30p The following properties, applicable to sandwiches, can be most easily proved with the general approach here used: the complex transmission, but not reflection, coefficients of any pile of plates are always equal in each direction. If we interchange [ξ / ξ ₀] and [Ν / Ν ₀] for each sheet, the behaviour of a group of lossless sheets is the same at parallel polarisation as it was originally at perpendicular, being unchanged at normal incidence. An equation permitting simplification and approximation of the relations for two or more sheets is 2t'-r'-p'=x where t' is the phase shift on transmission, r' on refleotion from the right, p' from the left, for a group of lossless sheets. If a lossless symmetrical array has zero reflection, the field at symmetrical points is the same; and with loss, we have W=2H/t² (1+δ), where W is the absorption coefficient for the whole array, H for half, t² the power transmission coefficient for half, and the error δ → 0 with H. Any number of identical lossless sheets can be uniformly spaced for zero reflection; non-identical sheets can give zero reflection only if a ≤ b c d..., where a,b,c,..are (SWR)²'s for individual sheets and a > b,c,... Solutions are given for the difference equation which always occurs in this work. Report contains graphs, illustrations and bibliography. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):255, 1946-02-15 REED, H. FREDERICK, A.H. CHANCE, BRITTON MIT Radiation Laboratory Type J and A test unit MIT Rad Lab 63- 60 1943 4p This test unit contains one 3 inch central electrode type 3DPI cathode ray tube and is particularly adapted for tests of the H subscript 2 X range circuit. For a precision check of the calibration of the range circuits and zero delays in the radar system, a one-mile circular sweep is used. For tests of the count of the frequency divider and of the operation of the beacon delay circuit, a 25 mile and 35U mile type A indication is given. For modulator testing a one-mile type A display is given. For the type A display the central electrode of the cathode ray tube is bypassed to ground and does not cause appreciable distortion of the A display except within a few millimeters of the electrode. Circuit diagram of H2X calibrator is included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 REED, J., and others MIT Radiation Laboratory Capacity (choke) couplings as rigid and non-rigid waveguide connectors MIT Rad Lab 53-25 1943 17p The standard X-band and S-band choke couplings have been studied as rigid connectors and as non-rigid (wobbly) joints. Curves are given which show standing wave ratio and radiated power for various wave lengths and displacements. Diagrams and graphs. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 RIBLET, H.J. MIT Radiation Laboratory S-band vertically polarized non-directional antennas MIT Rad Lab623 1944 18p The vertically polarized non-directional antennas are linear arrays in which cylindrical elements are the radiators. They are fed every half wave length by means of three separate three wire lines arranged symmetrically around the coaxial feeder line. Azimuth patterns are essentially uniform. For thirteen element antennas the SWR ≤ 1.4 over ± 2.5% frequency band and a two element antenna using a compensating transformer has been measured with SWR ≤ 1.15 over a 16% frequency band. The report contains 15 illustrations and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 ROBERTS, S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Conversion loss measuring apparatus for crystals in the 3 cm. band MIT Rad Lab 53-28 1943 12p Apparatus for rapid measurement of conversion lose of crystal cartridges used as frequency converters in the 3 cm. band is described. The measuring technique is simplified by using an amplitude-modulated RF oscillator. The RP matching adjustments are fixed by tuning to a thermistor cartridge which has the admittance of an average crystal. Diagrams and a chart included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 REED, W.O. MIT Radiation Laboratory Multiple pulse generator MIT Rad Lab 55- 2 1942 4p A method for obtaining a group of short pulses equally spaced over periods of from one to more than one hundred microseconds is described. The group of pulses may be repeated as often as desired (from a few cycles to about 500 kilocycles per second) with slight modifications in design. The method consists of the application to the grid of a single line-controlled blocking oscillator of a rectangular wave of voltage having the duration and recurrence frequency required for the group of pulses. Time flutter of the pulses is not detectable. By applying other than a flat top voltage to the blocking oscillator, the spacing of the pulses may be varied over a 3 to 1 range. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY REGULAR REPORT of modulator group MIT Rad Lab Ser v.I-7 1941 40p A progress report, dated November 4, 1941, by personnel of the Modulator Group, contains papers on: Oxide cathode pulse tubes; power analysis of several hard tube modulators; four-stage fixed spark-gap modulator for high power; two-stage thyratron modulator; R.F. envelope indicator and square pulse generator; rotary spark-gap modulator; and hermetically-sealed aircraft modulator. Charts and photographs are included. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 MIT RADIATION LABORATORY REGULAR REPORT on spinners and radiators MIT Rad Lab Ser v.VI-3 1941 4p A progress report indicating that on November 26, 1941, the Radiation Laboratory had spinners of four different types in production at the General Electric Company. Specifications are briefly described. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 RERKOPF, H.L. MIT Radiation Laboratory Equivalent circuit of a pulse transformer core MIT Rad Lab666 1945 42p This report shows that the core of a pulse transformer may be presented by an equivalent circuit of three parallel branches containing a total of five parameters, the values of which are computable. The formulas for the parameters are derived and the values for a typical core are calculated. The distribution of flux density across the thackness of a lamination is plotted for various values of elapsed time from the initiation of the pulse. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 ROBERTS, S. MIT Radiation Laboratory Noise temperature measuring apparatus for crystals as 10,000 to 30 megacycle converters MIT Rad Lab 61-14 1943 7p A description of apparatus used at the Radiation Laboratory for measuring the noise temperature of crystals as frequency converters from a signal frequency of about 10,000 megacycles to an intermediate frequency of 30 megacycles is given. This apparatus has the following features: It is self-calibrating; the noise temperature can be measured independently of the IF resistance of the crystal; the coupling between the crystal and preamplifier is adjustable. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 ROBINSON, C.S., Jr. MIT Radiation Laboratory Operating characteristic of the 417 reflex klystron MIT Rad Lab 53- 4 1942 9p Measurements of power output and frequency vs. reflector voltage have been made on the 417 reflex Klystron (a low-power u.h.f. oscillator designed for the wavelength range 9-11 cm.) over a wide range of operating conditions, and for a number of tubes. Graphs show the change of the reflector voltage required for oscillation when accelerating voltage and wavelength are changed. Grid and reflector characteristics are also given. 9 pages of figures. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 ROBINSON, C.S., Jr. MIT Radiation Laboratory Operating characteristics of the 707 A reflex oscillator (McNally tube) MIT Rad Lab 53- 3 1942 11p The 707 A is a low-power u.h.f. oscillator designed for the wavelength range 8-12 cm. The tube is used with a resonant cavity, most of which is external to the vacuum. The tube is made at present by the Western Electric Company and Raytheon Production Corporation. Cavities are of several designs, made by the Western Electric Company. Measurements of relative power output ant frequency vs. reflector voltage have been made on the 707A oscillator over a wide range of operating conditions, and for a number of tubes. Graphs show the change of the reflector voltage required for oscillation when accelerating voltage and wavelength are changed. The tubes studied are compared as to their reflector characteristics under standard conditions, and as to frequency when used in a standard cavity. The frequency drift during warn-up has been mensured under various conditions, incluiing the use of a thermostatted cavity. Report contains diagram, graphs and table. See also Radiation Laboratory, Report 53-3, supplement, July 8, 1942. PB 3794 and PB 3933. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):256, 1946-02-15 ROBINSON, C.S., Jr. MIT Radiation Laboratory Operating characteristics of the 707-A reflex oscillator (McNally tube) MIT Rad Lab 53- 3 supplement 1942 7p This supplementary report contains the results of measurements on fifty-four new Western Electric 7U7-A tubes. These tubes are improved in uniformity of reflector characteristics, and the more recent ones show considerable improvement with respect to manufacturing spread in wavelength. Comparison of W. E. 707-A tubes is made in tables and graphs. This report supplements PB 3781, p 256. See also PB 3933. this page. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):257, 1946-02-15 ROBINSON, C.S., Jr. Temperature-compensated 707-A (McNally) tube MIT Rad Lab 53- 5 1942 3p Tests on a Raytheon 707-A tube with an Invar "header" supporting one resonator grid show frequency vs. temperature characteristics five times as good as the standard 707-A with a copper "header". Warm-up drift is -4 megacycles, and the temperature coefficient is -0.032 [mc/oC]. Use of the Invar would thus eliminate the need of thermostatted cavities. See also PB 3781, p 256, and PB 3794 on this Page. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):257, 1946-02-15 ROBINSON, C.V. MIT Radiation Laboratory Horizontally polarized, 9.1 cm, biconical horn, beacon antenna MIT Rad Lab 54-15 1942 6p A 9.1 cm horizontally polarized biconical horn beacon antenna has been developed for homing of ASV equipped planes. The antenna has separate receiver and transmitter components, a circular horizontal pattern and a somewhat directive vertical pattern giving an absolute gain of 5.4. The assembly is strong and weather proof and can be mounted on a mast or platform. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):257, 1946-02-15 ROBINSON, C.V. MIT Radiation Laboratory Rapid scanning, high resolution antennas; preliminary report MIT Rad Lab 54-17 1943 9p A study is made of various possible rapid scanners which involve a primary source, guide plates and reflectors. Eech possible antenna is analyzed in the light of existing data and theory to judge its performance, to estimate the difficulty of construction, and to indicate further research. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):257, 1946-02-15 ROCHESTER, N. MIT Radiation Laboratory Crystals MIT Rad LabVII-125 1942 11p This report contains a description of the present method of crystal manufacture in the Radiation Laboratory, and a rough description of the properties of the crystals. Report contains detail drawings of parts, circuit diagram of ohmeter. cross-section assembly drawing of the crystal mount and a graph showing a sample volt-ampere characteristic. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):257, 1946-02-15 ROLLEFSON, R. ASHBY, R.M. MIT Radiation Laboratory Maximum allowable negative backswing after pulses MIT Rad Lab 72- 5 1943 15p Experiments have been performed to determine the maximum negative voltage (usually backswing voltage) which can be applied to a magnetron between pulses without causing spurious signals on the indicators. Tests were made on Sand X-magnetrons and the results were plotted. These curves enable one to determine how large a negative backswing may be, at a particular time after the main pulse, before the R. F. signal caused by it becomes large enough to mask the echo from a given target as received by a specified system. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):257, 1946-02-15 ROSENBERG, PAUL MIT Radiation Laboratory Potentiometer Type RI-B for azimuth and elevation indication on magnetically deflected CRT's MIT Rad Lab409 1943 28p The Type RL-B potentiometer provides the azimuth sweeps for B-scans, and the elevation as well as azimuth sweeps for C-scans, on magnetically deflected cathode ray tube indicators. One potentiometer may operate either one, two. or three CRT's. Report describes present production facilities and general construction and uses. A graph and diagrams. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):257, 1946-02-15 ROSENBERG, PAUL MIT Radiation Laboratory Present status of potentiometer projects in the Radiation Laboratory MIT Rad Lab 62-11 1943 17p Approximately sixty types of potentiometers were in various stages of development in the Radiation Laboratory (as of I943 the types described briefly in this report are arranged so that related types are grouped together. Brief descriptions of the different types are given. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES ELECTRONICS
United States
BSIR 1( 7):257, 1946-02-15 ROSENBERG, PAUL MIT Radiation Laboratory Sinusoidal potentiome